MATERIAL SUBMITTAL
PROJECT NAME : JH0017 MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING - PHASE 3A
CLIENT
CLIENT REP
CONCEPT
CONSULTANT
D & B CONSULTANT
D & B MAIN
CONTRACTOR
MJL
NORTH 25
DSA ARCHITECTS
INTERNATIONAL
NEXT
ENGINEERING
AL SAHEL
CONTRACTING
CO LLC.
DATE
28/10/2022
Material Submittal
Reference
Specifications
REF NO
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-03
Attachments
B.O.Q
Material
As per Index
N/A
ICT NETWORK &
ACTIVE SYSTEM
Use
For purpose
At place
Alternative proposal
Reason
Material
Subcontractor
x
x
Saifco Electromechanical
Works
Consultant's receipt
date & sign
Approved
Approved
Subject to comments
Approval requested
by ( date )
For consultant's use
Revised & Resubmit
Supplier / Brand
IBAM SYSTEMS /
OPTERNA, HUAWEI,
EATON
Contractor's
stamp & sign
Rejected
Engr. Comments
SECURITY CONSULTANT COMMENTS:
1. CLOSED.
2.1 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE AUXILIARY COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO DELIVER A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SOLUTION AS PER PROJECT SPECIFICATION.
2.2 CLOSED.
2.3 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PDU OUTLET TYPE MATCHES THE EQUIPMENT PLUG/TERMINAL TYPE.
3. CLOSED.
4.1 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE QTY OF NETWORK SWITCHES AND RELATED COMPONENTS ARE SUFFICIENT TO MEET SPARES REQUIREMENT.
4.2 CLOSED. MORE DETAILS REGARDING PORT SCHEDULING AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION BY THE CONTRACTOR.
5. CLOSED. CALCULATION SHALL BE FURTHER DEVELOPED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION.
6. CLOSED. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL DATA POINTS REQUIREMENTS ARE COVERED.
7. CLOSED.
8. CLOSED.
9. CLOSED.
10. CLOSED. ENSURE DETAILS TO BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING. COORDINATE WITH CLIENT/OPERATOR ON THE APPROVED LABELLING SCHEME AND PROVIDE RECORD.
11. CLOSED.
12. CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE PATCH CABLES DETAILS IN SHOP DRAWINGS. ENSURE COLOUR CODES ARE ASSIGNED PER SYSTEM'S DATA POINT.
13. CLOSED.
Refer Next comments in Compliance Statement ( Page No : 10 )
14 Way PDU to be provided for all Intercom Rack. Include this in the Equipment Schedule & provide associated Catalogue.
Ensure this PDU can be accomodated in 27u Rack . (10 Way C13 & 4 Way C19) as per Specification (Refer Attached Data Communication specification)
Also note that : Refer CCTV & UPS Material Submittal 24 Way PDU is already exist in the Approved Equipment Schedule for Main ICT Rack
Sign & date
(Consultant / Client Representative
Saleel / John
08-11-2022
MATERIAL SUBMITTAL
PROJECT NAME : JH0017 MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING - PHASE 3A
CLIENT
CLIENT REP
CONCEPT
CONSULTANT
D & B CONSULTANT
D & B MAIN
CONTRACTOR
MJL
NORTH 25
DSA ARCHITECTS
INTERNATIONAL
NEXT
ENGINEERING
AL SAHEL
CONTRACTING
CO LLC.
DATE
27/09/2022
Material Submittal
Reference
Specifications
REF NO
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Attachments
B.O.Q
Material
As per Index
N/A
ICT NETWORK &
ACTIVE SYSTEM
Use
For purpose
At place
Alternative proposal
Reason
Material
Subcontractor
x
x
Saifco Electromechanical
Works
Consultant's receipt
date & sign
Approved
Approved
Subject to comments
Approval requested
by ( date )
For consultant's use
Revised & Resubmit
Supplier / Brand
IBAM SYSTEMS /
OPTERNA, HUAWEI,
EATON
Contractor's
stamp & sign
Rejected
Engr. Comments
SECURITY CONSULTANT COMMENTS:
1. CLOSED.
2.1 FIREWALL IS NOT INCLUDED IN THE LIST OF MATERIALS AND CONNECTIVITY IS NOT SHOWN IN THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM. CONFIRM IF REDUNDANT FIREWALLS ARE PROPOSED. ENSURE COMPLETE DETAILS REGARDING THE COMPONENT ARE PROVIDED IN THE SUBMITTAL.
2.2 CLOSED.
2.3 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PDU OUTLET TYPE MATCHES THE EQUIPMENT PLUG/TERMINAL TYPE.
3. CLOSED.
4.1 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE QTY OF NETWORK SWITCHES AND RELATED COMPONENTS ARE SUFFICIENT TO MEET SPARES REQUIREMENT.
4.2 CLOSED. MORE DETAILS REGARDING PORT SCHEDULING AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION BY THE CONTRACTOR.
5. CLOSED. CALCULATION SHALL BE FURTHER DEVELOPED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION.
6. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL DATA POINTS REQUIREMENTS ARE COVERED.
7. CLOSED.
8. CLOSED.
9. CLOSED.
10. CLOSED. ENSURE DETAILS TO BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING. COORDINATE WITH CLIENT/OPERATOR ON THE APPROVED LABELLING SCHEME AND PROVIDE RECORD.
11. CLOSED.
12. CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE PATCH CABLES DETAILS IN SHOP DRAWINGS. ENSURE COLOUR CODES ARE ASSIGNED PER SYSTEM'S DATA POINT.
13. ADDITIONAL NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL UPS UNITS ARE EQUIPPED WITH SNMP MODULES.
NEC Comments
1. 14 Way PDU to be provided for all Intercom Rack. Include this in the Equipment Schedule & provide associated Catalogue.
Ensure this can be accomodated in 27u Rack . (10 Way C13 & 4 Way C19) as per Specification ( Attached)
2. Contractor has not provided Compliance Statement for Data Communication Specification by DSA. This has been already
commented in Rev01.
Sign & date
(Consultant / Client Representative
Saleel PS / John
13-10-2022
MATERIAL SUBMITTAL
ICT NETWORK & ACTIVE SYSTEM
PROJECT
MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING PHASE - 3A,
JUMERIAH UMM SUQIEM
Client
Consultant
Main Contractor
Ibam Systems LLC
.‫م‬.‫م‬.‫ذ‬.‫اﯾﺒﺎم ﻟﻼﻧﻈﻤﺔ ش‬
MEP Contractor
PROJECT DETAILS
PROJECT
MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING PHASE - 3A,
JUMERIAH UMM SUQIEM
CLIENT
MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING
CONSULTANT
DSA ARCHITECTS INTERNATIONAL
MAIN CONTRACTOR
AL SAHEL CONTRACTING COMPANY LLC
MEP CONTRACTOR
SAIFCO ELECTROMECHANICAL WORKS LLC
SYSTEM INTEGRATOR
IBAM SYSTEMS LLC
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
INDEX
S.No.
Contents
Index No.
1
Consultant Comments
1
2
Reply To Comments
2
3
List of Manufacturer
3
4
Technical Specification
4
5
Technical Compliance of the Specification
5
6
List of Proposed material with model number
6
7
Valid Trade License
7
8
Local Authorities approval for the proposed material
8
9
Country of Origin Certificate
9
10
Quality Assurance and Third-Party Certification
10
11
Original Product Catalogue
11
12
System Architect/Schematic Diagram
12
13
List of Project Executed
13
14
Company Profile
14
15
Valid Civil Defense/SIRA card/Local Authority (certificate)
15
16
Method Statement/Fixing detail for installation
16
17
Storing/Handling the Material
17
18
Scope Of Work
18
19
Load Calculation
19
20
Rack Details & Patch Panel Schedule
20
21
Annexure
21
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
1.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Consultant Comments
MATERIAL SUBMITTAL
PROJECT NAME : JH0017 MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING - PHASE 3A
CLIENT
CLIENT REP
CONCEPT
CONSULTANT
D & B CONSULTANT
D & B MAIN
CONTRACTOR
MJL
NORTH 25
DSA ARCHITECTS
INTERNATIONAL
NEXT
ENGINEERING
AL SAHEL
CONTRACTING
CO LLC.
DATE
27/09/2022
Material Submittal
Reference
Specifications
REF NO
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Attachments
B.O.Q
Material
As per Index
N/A
ICT NETWORK &
ACTIVE SYSTEM
Use
For purpose
At place
Alternative proposal
Reason
Material
Subcontractor
x
x
Saifco Electromechanical
Works
Consultant's receipt
date & sign
Approved
Approved
Subject to comments
Approval requested
by ( date )
For consultant's use
Revised & Resubmit
Supplier / Brand
IBAM SYSTEMS /
OPTERNA, HUAWEI,
EATON
Contractor's
stamp & sign
Rejected
Engr. Comments
SECURITY CONSULTANT COMMENTS:
1. CLOSED.
2.1 FIREWALL IS NOT INCLUDED IN THE LIST OF MATERIALS AND CONNECTIVITY IS NOT SHOWN IN THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM. CONFIRM IF REDUNDANT FIREWALLS ARE PROPOSED. ENSURE COMPLETE DETAILS REGARDING THE COMPONENT ARE PROVIDED IN THE SUBMITTAL.
2.2 CLOSED.
2.3 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PDU OUTLET TYPE MATCHES THE EQUIPMENT PLUG/TERMINAL TYPE.
3. CLOSED.
4.1 CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE QTY OF NETWORK SWITCHES AND RELATED COMPONENTS ARE SUFFICIENT TO MEET SPARES REQUIREMENT.
4.2 CLOSED. MORE DETAILS REGARDING PORT SCHEDULING AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION BY THE CONTRACTOR.
5. CLOSED. CALCULATION SHALL BE FURTHER DEVELOPED DURING SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION.
6. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL DATA POINTS REQUIREMENTS ARE COVERED.
7. CLOSED.
8. CLOSED.
9. CLOSED.
10. CLOSED. ENSURE DETAILS TO BE PROVIDED DURING SHOP DRAWING. COORDINATE WITH CLIENT/OPERATOR ON THE APPROVED LABELLING SCHEME AND PROVIDE RECORD.
11. CLOSED.
12. CLOSED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE PATCH CABLES DETAILS IN SHOP DRAWINGS. ENSURE COLOUR CODES ARE ASSIGNED PER SYSTEM'S DATA POINT.
13. ADDITIONAL NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL UPS UNITS ARE EQUIPPED WITH SNMP MODULES.
NEC Comments
1. 14 Way PDU to be provided for all Intercom Rack. Include this in the Equipment Schedule & provide associated Catalogue.
Ensure this can be accomodated in 27u Rack . (10 Way C13 & 4 Way C19) as per Specification ( Attached)
2. Contractor has not provided Compliance Statement for Data Communication Specification by DSA. This has been already
commented in Rev01.
Sign & date
(Consultant / Client Representative
Saleel PS / John
13-10-2022
A R C H I T E C TS
Madinat Jumeirah Living — Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
INTERNATIONAL
Rack shall have a roof panel with 2 apertures of not less than 300mm x 50mm
finished with brush strip (to prevent air leakage) to allow entry of high-level data
cabling.
Rack shall be with 50mm, minimum, wiring space on any side where
terminations are made, the wiring space shall be adjusted (increased] to suit
the quantities ond types of cables entering and leaving the equipment rack.
Rack shall be provided with four roofs mounted fans and have no loss of
installation height.
Rack shall be provided with suitable means of securing the complete assembly
to floors and / or walls.
The rack shall be able to support a maximum equipment load of 1000kg.
7) Racks shall be provided with self-levelling feet/castors and shall sit directly on to
the access floor or concrete slab. The feet/castors sholl be able to support the
maximum load capacity of the rack.
8) The surfaces of the rack shall be protected by good quality paintwork. The paint
shall be smooth, continuous and free from blemishes and scratches. The colour
of the paintwork shall be agreed with the Employer before installation.
9) The front and rear doors shall be provided mechanical barrel type locks and
with two sets of mechanical keys. The front and rear doors shall be the same
lock on each rack.
A full height and width side infill panel complete with vertical wire ways finished
with brush strip for inter-rack and frame cabling shall be provided by the
Contractor.
1 1) Three (x3) slotted component shelves per 42U rack shall be provided.
12) All racks shall be provided with removal panels, escutcheon plates (Doors
Locks), and covers.
13) The Rack shall have suitable clearance to ensure that the closure of the rack
door shall not interfere with ony device within the enclosure.
10. Power Strip for Equipment Rock
o. The power strips for the equipment racks shall be designed to comply with the
following standards:
• BS 7671 (IEE Wiring Regulation)
• BS 5733 (General requirements for electrical accessories)
b. The main housing of the power strips shall be made of anodized aluminium extrusion
and mouldings shall be made of high impact, flame retardant grade of
polycarbonate.
c. The internal wiring shall be single cables insulated in low smoke, low fume grade of
material to BS 711. The power leads shall be multi-core flexible cables complying
with BS 6500, and shall be low smoke and fume.
d. The sockets are designed and tested to BS 1363 Part 2 (Specification for 13A
switched and unswitched socket-outlets). They shall be individually fused as 5A.
e. The tape-off lead shall be at least 3 metre and the terminating plug shall be fused
as 13A.
f. Power requirements for racks:
Locofion
ICT Rack
Power Rotin
16 Amps PDU
Quont
X02
Min. no. of Outlets
10 way: C13
04 way: C19
Remarks
Vertically
mounted
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
2.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Reply to Comments
REPLY TO COMMENTS
S.NO
CONSULTANT COMMENTS
REPLY TO COMMENTS
SECURITY CONSULTANT COMMENTS:
1.
Firewall is not included in the list of materials
and connectivity is not shown in the schematic
diagram. Confirm if redundant firewalls are
proposed. Ensure complete details regarding
the component are provided in the submittal.
Comply. Firewall considered. Refer section 06
point 37. There is no redundancy mentioned for
firewall in the specification.
2.
Contractor shall ensure pdu outlet type matches
the equipment plug/terminal type.
Noted & Comply.
3.
Contractor shall ensure qty of network switches
and related components are sufficient to meet
spares requirement.
More details regarding port scheduling and
equipment arrangement shall be provided
during shop drawing submission by the
contractor.
Comply.
5.
Calculation shall be further developed during
shop drawing submission.
Comply.
6.
Contractor to ensure that all data points
requirements are covered.
Comply.
7.
Ensure details to be provided during shop
drawing. Coordinate with client/operator on the
approved labelling scheme and provide record.
Comply.
8.
Contractor shall include patch cables details in
shop drawings. Ensure colour codes are
assigned per system's data point.
Contractor to ensure that all ups units are
equipped with snmp modules.
Comply.
4.
9.
Comply.
Comply.
NEC COMMENTS
1.
14 Way PDU to be provided for all Intercom
Rack. Include this in the Equipment Schedule
& provide associated Catalogue. Ensure this
can be accomodated in 27u Rack . (10 Way
C13 & 4 Way C19) as per Specification (
Attached)
Noted.14way PDU provided in main ICT rack
& 6 way PDU provided in the IDF racks(ICT
racks at different level) as per DSA
specification ( refer page 19 of DSA
specification).
Response not acceptable. 14 Way PDU to be provided for all Intercom Rack. Include this in the Equipment Schedule & provide associated Catalogue.
Ensure this PDU can be accomodated in 27u Rack . (10 Way C13 & 4 Way C19) as per Specification (Refer Attached Data Communication specification)
Also note that : Refer CCTV & UPS Material Submittal 24 Way PDU is already exist in the Approved Equipment Schedule for Main ICT Rack
2.
Contractor has not provided Compliance
Statement for Data Communication
Specification by DSA. This has been already
Commented in Rev01.
Comply. Refer section 05.
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
3.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
List of Manufacturer
Opterna branded equipments have been proposed for
structured cabling system
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
4.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Technical Specification
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1: GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 3
A.
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 3
B.
SCOPE OF WORKS .................................................................................................................. 4
C.
RELATED WORKS ................................................................................................................... 4
D.
CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .............................................................................. 5
E.
SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................................... 6
F.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .................................................................................... 8
G.
WARRANTY AND CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................... 8
PART 2: PRODUCTS ........................................................................................................................... 8
A.
GENERAL STRUCTURED CABLING COMPONENTS .................................................................. 8
B.
ROOF TOP ROOM AND MOBILE SERVICE ROOM (GSM) ........................................................ 9
C.
EQUIPMENT/SERVER CABINET ............................................................................................ 10
D.
GENERAL IDF/FLOOR TELEPHONE ROOM (FTR) CABINET .................................................... 11
E.
IDF/FTR STANDING CABINET ............................................................................................... 11
F.
IDF/FTR WALL-MOUNTED CABINET ..................................................................................... 13
G.
HORIZONTAL CABLING- CAT6A UTP .................................................................................... 13
H.
CAT6A COPPER PATCH CORDS ............................................................................................. 14
I.
CAT6A COPPER PATCH PANELS ........................................................................................... 15
J.
DATA OUTLETS .................................................................................................................... 16
K.
MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES ....................................................................................... 16
L.
SINGLE MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES ..................................................................................... 17
M.
FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS ............................................................................................ 18
N.
FIBER CONNECTORS ............................................................................................................ 19
O.
ACTIVE NETWORK SYSTEM BRIEF ........................................................................................ 21
P.
CORE SWITCHES .................................................................................................................. 23
Q.
CORE SWITCHES MODULES ................................................................................................. 24
R.
ACCESS/EDGE SWITCHES ..................................................................................................... 24
S.
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) ........................................................................... 25
PART 3: EXECUTION ........................................................................................................................ 26
A.
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 26
B.
INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................................... 26
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
1
C.
INSPECTION ......................................................................................................................... 27
D.
TEST EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................ 27
E.
DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS .................................................................................................... 27
F.
WARRANTY ......................................................................................................................... 29
G.
MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................... 29
H.
TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 30
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
2
ICT/TELECOMMUNCATION
PART 1: GENERAL
A. OVERVIEW
1. It is the Design Intent to provide an intra-building structured cabling system which will
support 10 Gb/s switched, multi-protocol, ethernet-based networks.
2. The networks shall be compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA, ISO standards and Building Industry
Consulting Service International (BICSI) Telecommunications Design Methods to the facility.
3. The Structured Cabling shall support the following dedicated networks:
a. Converge ICT network- for the residential intercom and Background Music
System (BGM) which shall utilize common network and network switches for
management and connectivity
b. Security Network- dedicated for the security systems for the connectivity of
cameras, access control devices, etc.
4. Incoming services infrastructure should be provided from the Service Providers network to
the Main Telecom Room which is dedicated for both the service provider of the facility. The
Client shall determine the chosen lead services provider (Etisalat/Du) for the project.
5. Fibre and copper connectivity shall be by the contactor between MTR, IDF rooms, Landlord
Server Room and Tenant space as required providing adequate connectivity for data,
telephone and TV services.
6. All the active core equipment for the multiple networks (as detailed above) shall be located
in the Server Room. The Server Room shall be sub-divided for each of the above networks
providing physical separation and security.
7. Multi-mode OM4, Single-mode OS2 Optical Fiber and Cat 6A Copper cables shall be provided
for the backbone system in a hierarchical star arrangement which will terminate on fibre and
copper patch panels at each IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame).
8. The Backbone shall consist of Multi-mode, Single-mode Fiber and/or Cat6A UTP copper
cables and shall be routed as per the IT single line diagrams through the main IT riser and
IDFs.
9. Horizontal cabling shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6A UTP (or equivalent), deployed in a
“home- run” arrangement from the IDF to the Telecommunications Outlet (TO), floor boxes
and consolidation points.
10. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated within the IDF rooms using ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6A
Patch panels. Dedicated patch panels and lockable equipment cabinets shall be provided for
the 2 networks. Each cable shall be terminated in the equipment cabinet and associated
patch panel corresponding to the use of the end device.
11. Patching within Server Room and IDF rooms shall be provided for 100% of outlets and active
edge switch ports.
12. The entire installation shall be fully certified by the manufacturer. A guaranteed Channel
Performance with Product and Application Certification shall be provided for the entire
cabling system installation (copper and fibre).
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
3
13. Main Earthing & Bonding system clean earth shall be provided to each equipment rooms
(Security Control room, IDF’s) by the Contractor. Connection from clean earth to Structured
Cabling System by ELV / IT Contractor.
14. Training shall be provided from the manufacturer or an authorized training centre as
described further herein.
15. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the requirements for Telecom room and
verifying space, selection of rack (dimension and door type), power and cooling
requirements associated with this Section and coordinate with the relevant trades.
16. Use the same manufacturer throughout the SCS installation.
17. Rack mountable UPS with backup of 30 minutes and SNMP card shall be considered with
additional of 25% spare load.
18. Communication link between lift and BMS room or between lift and security room shall be
provided.
B. SCOPE OF WORKS
1. The scope consists of all passive data network components for the building associated with
all IP Network and telecom spaces (MMR, MTR, Server Room, IDFs etc.) throughout the
facility, Telecommunication Outlets (TO) and all interconnecting copper and fibre cabling.
2. The scope also consists of all active data network components for the building associated
with all IP network throughout the facility and IP Data transmission for all networkconnected systems.
3. Building connectivity to MTR should through nearest existing Telecom manhole.
4. This scope does not cover design for operational servers or data storage for operational
systems such as Building Management, billing, etc.
5. This scope does not cover design for systems provided by Third Parties such as the HighSpeed Internet Access (HSIA), IPTV, Wireless Internet Billing etc.
6. All connections from core to access layers to be are 2 x 10GB providing a total of 20GB per
access layer switch.
7. All Access Layer switches will 10/100/1000 Mbps.
8. Access switches enabled with PoE+ shall be provided to the Apartment Intercom and BGM
system devices (as necessary). Access switches requirement for the security systems is
detailed in the security systems specification.
C. RELATED WORKS
1. Raceway, cable tray, ladder runway, sleeves, channels, conduits and pull boxes specified
under electrical specifications
2. Standard-compliant telecommunications grounding system to be provided under
earthing/grounding (electrical) specifications
3. Raised access flooring (specified under architectural design), if ever applicable
4. Cutting, patching and painting (generally civil works)
5. Conduit stubs below floors and above the finished ceilings at designated locations specified
under electrical specifications
6. Double gang, deep back boxes at each wall mounted outlet location specified under
electrical specifications
7. Shared power/telecom and shared power/telecom /AV raised access floor flush-mounted
boxes specified under electrical specifications
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
4
8. Security, audio-visual and BMS systems proprietary cabling and equipment designed and
specified in each respective section
9. Installation of and cross-connection to hardware and cabling assemblies supplied by
telephone system, data or data hardware vendors
10. Provision of inter-machine cabling and ancillary communications cabling within the
equipment rooms, except as indicated on the drawings
11. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) specified under electrical specifications
D. CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
1. Comply with the most recently issued requirements, standards, recommendations, rules,
and regulations of:
a. Telecommunications Regulatory Authority, UAE
b. TRA/Common Du and Etisalat guidelines
c. The National Electrical Code (NEC)
d. National Fire Protection Act (NFPA)
e. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
f. Building Industry Consulting Services International (BICSI)
g. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL)
h. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
2. Follow the most restrictive code or recommendations. Undistinguishable details shall be
consulted to the responsible engineer for interpretation.
3. All equipment shall be equal to or shall exceed the minimum requirements of NEC, IEEE,
ASME, ANSI and UL.
4. The requirements and recommendations of the following are included herein and made a
part of these contract documents:
a. Electrical Specifications Sections
b. UAE laws and Telecommunications Regulations Authority (TRA) codes
c. TRA/DU & Etisalat Design and Installation Guidelines
d. ICT requirements for Residential Towers.
e. ANSI/TIA-568-C: Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises,
published 2009
f. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,
2009.
g. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunication Cabling and
Components Standard, 2009.
h. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3: Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, 2008.
i. ANSI/TIA-758-A: Customer-owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure
Standard, 2005.
j. NSI/TIA-942-2: Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centres
Addendum 2- Additional Media and Guidelines for Data Centres – 2010.
k. ANSI/TIA -492 Series: Single and Multimode series of specifications up to OS2 and
OM4 Fibers.
l. International Standards Organization/International Electro Technical Commission
ISO/IEC 11801, Amendment 1, 2009: Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, Class
EA.
m. Underwriters Laboratories (UL®) Cable Certification and Follow up Program.
n. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 12th Edition
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
5
o. L 910, Test for Flame-Propagation and Smoke Density Values for Electrical and
Optical Fiber Cables in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air, 1997
p. UL 1685, Vertical-Tray Fire Protection and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and
Optical Fiber Cables.
q. IEEE 1100-2005, Powering and Grounding of Electronic Equipment.
5. All equipment shall be as per latest TRA requirements.
E. SUBMITTALS
1. Bid Submittal
a. The contractor shall submit to the Consultant – four (4) copies of Descriptive
Literature which also includes list of equipment, Technical Data, Catalogues,
Installation Instructions and Maintenance recommendation of all the Products used.
b. Provide a Schedule of values and quantities for the equipment where each piece of
equipment shall be priced individually.
c. Include on the above schedule non-equipment and service cost schedule. This will
include:
i. Engineering Design.
ii. Pre-installation works.
iii. Installation including wiring and site supervision.
iv. Software programming (if applicable)
v. Documentation
vi. Training
vii. Project management
viii. Warranties
d. Submit proposal for Alternates and associated equipment costs.
e. Shop drawings – detailed schematic, layout, installation & rack details.
f. Organization profile, chart and career & qualification records of Project manager /
technical staff.
g. The submittal must include all the electronic copies of the required documentations
and the sample product.
h. In addition to hard copy submittals, submit all files necessary to produce the above
submittals as follows:
i. Transportation media shall be on CD ROM format.
ii. A Master File List in text format shall be placed on each CD ROM with a short
description of files in the submittal.
iii. The shop drawings shall be in AutoCAD R2015 or later drawing (.DWG)
format. All XREFs, fonts, and other drawing parts necessary shall be
included.
iv. Manufacturers’ data sheets, equipment manuals, and other documentation
provided by the Manufacturers to the Contractor or documents that are
similarly not otherwise available to the Contractor in electronic format shall
be excluded from this requirement.
2. Product Datasheet
a. Submit catalogue data sheets, space for submittal stamps. List all proposed
equipment. Indicate all accepted substitutions.
b. Submit a schedule of finishes indicating proposed materials and color selections for
all exposed items subject to Architect selection.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
6
c. Submit a list showing coordination of selected frequencies for all wireless
transmitters.
3. Construction Schedule
a. The Contractor shall provide a Construction Schedule indicating general project
deadlines with specific dates relating to the installation of the system. At a
minimum, this construction schedule shall include the following milestones:
i. Cabling Procurement Date
ii. Equipment Procurement Date
iii. Cabling Installation Start Date
iv. Cabling Installation Completion Date
v. Equipment Installation Start Date
vi. Equipment Installation Completion Date
vii. Equipment Testing Start Date
viii. Equipment Testing Completion Date
ix. Completion of Documentation
4. Shop Drawings
a. Shop drawings must include, but not limited to:
b. All drawings must be the same size as the project drawings.
c. All drawings must follow the Project’s drafting standards.
d. All plans drawn to project standard scales for floor plans, ceiling plans, sections,
enlarged details, etc., and must be drawn in Landscape, not Portrait rotation.
e. Submit as-installed point-to-point wiring diagrams and typed wire lists identifying
every connection for information. Include electronic devices
f. Submit system layouts showing all as-installed device locations, ceiling layouts.
g. Submit conduit riser diagrams showing as-installed connection of all devices.
h. Submit rack layouts indicating the as-installed arrangement of mounted equipment.
i. Submit as-installed fully dimensioned construction details of all panels, plates.
5. Submit wiring diagrams identifying every connection for information including:
a. All equipment such as distribution hub, power supply etc., complete with make and
model numbers.
b. Electronic devices such as distribution switches, transformers, and terminal blocks.
c. Calculated voltage loss in each circuit and cable distance should be followed as per
manufacture’s guidelines.
d. Indicate locations of all components by room number.
e. Identify cables by types, models, colors, and wire numbers.
f. Identify all connector types including make and model along with cable termination
details including connector pin-outs, conductor color codes and cable dressing
details for each type of connector used in the system.
g. Submit system plans showing all device locations, containment riser diagrams
showing connection of all devices, required containment type and sizes along with
types and quantities of cables to be used and cable identification tags.
h. Submit Power and cooling requirements for each equipment rack / room.
i. Submit fully dimensioned construction details of all panels. Include complete parts
lists and, as required, schematic diagrams.
j. Submit electronic copies of any custom programming including source codes.
Include printed copies of all control screens, wiring pages, etc.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
7
6. Samples
a. Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the Work.
Samples will be reviewed for color and appearance and workmanship. Compliance
with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Furnish
samples of the following:
b. All exposed plates and panels for approval of color, engraving, text size and material.
c. Terminated cable samples.
7. Upon completion of the installation, Contractor shall prepare as built documentation of the
entire installation. And should also include the electronic copies.
F. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1. Deliver, store and handling of the equipment will be at designated areas as defined by the
Client.
2. Deliver and store materials in manufacturer’s original packaging labelled to show name,
brand, type, and grade. Store materials in protected environment in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions, any loss or damage to the equipment will be fully responsible
by the contractor.
3. Equipment damaged prior to system acceptance shall be replaced at no cost to the
Employer.
G. WARRANTY AND CERTIFICATION
1. The Contractor shall provide a letter from the Manufacturer confirming certifications and
trained engineers under the employ of the company. The Contractor shall provide the
Manufacturer’s Warranty, including the Manufacturers Performance Guarantee & Test Data
and all applications supported under the warranty. The period of the warranty shall not be
less than twenty five (25) years in accordance with the manufacturer’s extended warranty
program.
2. Warrant all other portions of the work against faulty and improper material and
workmanship for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of acceptance as defined
herein. Where warranties for longer terms are offered through manufacturer/installer
programs, such longer terms shall apply.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL STRUCTURED CABLING COMPONENTS
1. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Regulations.
2. All system components shall be manufactured by ISO 9001:2008 certified companies and all
packaging shall carry clear product identification (catalogue number, quality control number,
etc.)
3. All products shall be new of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
site in original manufacturer's packaging. Electrical components shall bear the Underwriter's
Laboratories label. This listing requirement applies to the entire assembly. Only systems and
equipment that meet or exceed the level of quality and capabilities stated within this
document will be considered for acceptance.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
8
4. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application.
5. All system components of the entire cabling system (copper and fibre) shall be from a single
manufacturer which will ensure that a single performance warranty covers all applications
on vertical and horizontal links. This includes but is not limited to:
a. Horizontal distribution
b. Fiber optics distribution
c. Copper distribution
d. Patch Panels
6. All components and devices will be provided with labelling to the standards set out in
ANSI/TIA/EIA 606-B. Prior written authorization must be obtained from the Client or
Supervising Engineer for any deviation from this standard.
7. All components are to be accepted by the Engineer and afford the most aesthetic value
possible while maintaining specified functionality. Hardware will adhere to the following
guidelines:
a. Fit and finish to the existing surrounding structure.
b. Unobtrusiveness
c. Functionality
8. All workstation termination hardware shall match the existing wall surface colour as closely
as possible, to include mounting boxes, faceplates, and outlets.
9. Used equipment or damaged material will be rejected.
B. ROOF TOP ROOM AND MOBILE SERVICE ROOM (GSM)
1. Roof top room and Service Room shall be provided based on the TRA requirement for a
multi-tenant building which are up to G+10 floors or less at a minimum dedicated 3m x 3m x
3m (WLH).
2. GSM Room shall also be provided in the ground floor adjacent to the Main Telecom Room.
This will be a dedicated room for GSM equipment. A cable tray 300mmx 150mm is required
from GSM room to Main Telecom Room and will extend until the Roof top GSM Room.
3. The main requirements for the Roof Top Room for the residential building are below but not
limited to:
a. The roof-top room shall be connected to building riser through 300mm x 50mm
vertical cable tray.
b. The doors of this room shall open outwards and have a minimum opening of
1000mm x 2100mm (WxH).
c. The following electromechanical must be provided while designing roof-top room.
d. 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated 20A circuit
breaker.
e. 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with
resistance less than 1ohm.
f. Add 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential power supply
(EDB);
g. Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units with proper
interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C;
h. Heat dissipation can be considered at 36kW for roof-top Room;
i. 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room;
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
9
j.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200 Lux at table
level;
k. Room shall be compliant with the fire and safety requirements like smoke detector,
fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local authority standards. Any water
sprinklers must be avoided.
The floors of the roof-top rooms must have a minimum distributed load rating of 10kN/m2.
Openings must be provided to the room to allow for cables to connect to external antennas.
These openings must be 600mm x 400mm (W x H), 500mm below the room ceiling in walls
facing the building’s roof-top area.
Space must be reserved on the roof-top of the building for the installation of mobile-service
antennas.
This setup may vary from building to building scenario, but this will be typically at the
corners of the building or on any raised structure on the roof-top.
The requirements as stated above shall be coordinated by the contractor to the respective
provider/contractor to ensure full compliance.
C. EQUIPMENT/SERVER CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide Server racks in the main server room in the configuration shown
on the design drawings.
2. The outside dimensions of the server cabinets shall be 800mm (W) x 1000mm (D).
3. Server Cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, with a flange base, capable of
minimum 42U of useable interior height.
4. Server Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel construction
and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Server cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces (units)
stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Server racks shall be provided with stabilizer feet attached to the front and sides of each
enclosure for increased stability.
9. Accessories: Horizontal stabilization hardware, appropriate fasteners for mechanical
attachment to structural floor.
10. Server racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units (PDU) for
primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to present a
dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for future
installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece of
equipment.
11. Integral vertical cable management:
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
10
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
a. 150mm, 254mm, 300mm and 406.4mm wide vertical management cages, with
individual 1-rack unit fingers, including spools and bend limiting clips. The cages will
be covered by double hinged aluminum doors. Clip-on panels are not acceptable.
b. Integral bend radius control to eliminate strain on cables.
c. In the case where racks are assembled side by side, they shall be separated by
minimum 200mm wide cable management cages.
The bottom flange shall turn inwards, allowing it to fit on a floor tile.
Provide adjustable (sliding type) equipment support bracket to ensure that all active
equipment are adequately supported from the rear as well as the front. Equipment not
adequately supported (front and rear) will not be accepted.
Server cabinets shall be provided with Honeycomb style side rails and baffles which shall be
combined to manage intake and exhaust air from side vented equipment to creating cold
aisle / hot aisle air distribution.
The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers.
All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification.
D. GENERAL IDF/FLOOR TELEPHONE ROOM (FTR) CABINET
1. IDFs shall be provided with dedicated cabinets for each of the networks installed in the
development. Refer to the structured cabling schematic and voice data layout for details of
the cabinets to be installed in each of the IDFs.
2. IDF equipment cabinets shall be sized accordingly to accommodate all active and passive
equipment required to support the full functionality of the associated network design intent
+ 20% spare capacity for future use.
3. All cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel construction and
treated to resist corrosion.
4. Wall mounted cabinets may be used where network requirements do not warrant full height
floor standing cabinets.
5. Where multiple wall mounted cabinets are located on the same wall, they shall not be
installed vertically aligned. The contractor shall offset the cabinets to ensure unobstructed
vertical routes for containment to high level horizontal distribution.
6. The contractor shall ensure that wall mounted cabinets are installed at a height where
installation and maintenance works can be undertaken without the use of a ladder or
alternative elevating equipment.
7. Each cabinet shall be provided with dedicated power and connections to the local clean
earth.
E. IDF/FTR STANDING CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide Equipment racks in the IDF rooms in the configuration shown
on the design drawings.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
11
2. The outside dimensions of the server cabinets shall be 800mm (W) x 800mm (D).
3. Equipment Cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, with a flange base, capable of
minimum 42U of useable interior height.
4. Equipment Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel
construction and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces
(units) stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Equipment racks shall be provided with stabilizer feet attached to the front and sides of each
enclosure for increased stability.
9. Accessories: Horizontal stabilization hardware, appropriate fasteners for mechanical
attachment to structural floor.
10. Equipment racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units
(PDU) for primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to
present a dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for
future installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece
of equipment.
11. Integral vertical cable management:
a. 150mm, 254mm, 300mm and 406.4mm wide vertical management cages, with
individual 1-rack unit fingers, including spools and bend limiting clips. The cages will
be covered by double hinged aluminium doors. Clip-on panels are not acceptable.
b. Integral bend radius control to eliminate strain on cables.
c. In the case where racks are assembled side by side, they shall be separated by
minimum 200mm wide cable management cages.
12. Provide adjustable (sliding type) equipment support bracket to ensure that all active
equipment are adequately supported from the rear as well as the front. Equipment not
adequately supported (front and rear) will not be accepted.
13. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with Honeycomb style side rails and baffles which
shall be combined to manage intake and exhaust air from side vented equipment to creating
cold aisle / hot aisle air distribution.
14. The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
15. All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers.
16. All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
12
F. IDF/FTR WALL-MOUNTED CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide wall mounted equipment racks in the IDF rooms in the
configuration shown on the design drawings.
2. Wall mounted cabinet shall be sized accordingly to accommodate the associated active and
passive requirements of the network supported. Cabinets shall have minimum dimensions of
15 U (Rack Units) (H) x 600mm (W) x 600mm (D).
3. Wall mounted cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, welded construction.
4. Equipment Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel
construction and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces
(units) stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Cabinets shall be provided with Lockable glass front door with 180° opening, quick release
pins and cable entry points at the top and rear with gland plates.
9. Cabinets shall be provided with hinged rear and front section providing easy access to the
rear of installed equipment. The contractor shall ensure that all cabling is installed with
enough "slack" to allow for full opening of front section of the cabinet without damage to
cables. Installations not providing full opening and swing of front section will be rejected.
10. Cabinets shall be provided with removable, lockable vented sides.
11. Cabinets shall be provided with 4 x 19" adjustable mounting frames.
12. Equipment racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units
(PDU) for primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to
present a dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for
future installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece
of equipment.
13. The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
14. All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers.
15. All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification.
16. The size and exact details of the cabinets may vary due to the location and installation
conditions. Where proposed cabinets are proposed that deviate from the above details, the
contractor is provide the appropriate material submittals and shop drawings for approval by
the client’s representative.
G. HORIZONTAL CABLING- CAT6A UTP
1. Be augmented category 6A component compliant out to 500MHz with operational
bandwidth to 500 MHz.
2. Have a round LSOH cable jacket available with a nominal cable O.D. of less than or equal to
7.4mm
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
13
3. Have a construction comprised of 4-pairs of 0.57mm (0.02 in) (22AWG) solid bare copper
conductors utilizing a centre isolation member to maintain pair geometry for optimal NEXT
performance
4. Have a Foil tape surrounding the cable pairs with a drain wire with an aluminium foil tape
surrounding the drain wire.
5. Have a rip cord installed under the jacket for jacket removal. Be available in both 305m,
500m and 1000m reels.
6. Be available in jacket colours of Blue – CMR, Gray – CMX and Violet - LSOH
7. Provide the following 100m, 4-connector topology performance (white cells – std ref. values
in grey cells):
8. Meet the following electrical characteristics:
Max DC Resistance (@ 20°C)
<8.5Ω /100m
Characteristic Impedance (no impedance
averaging allowed)
1-100 MHz: 100 ohms ± 15%
100 - 750MHz: 100 ohms ± 22%
Nominal Velocity of Propagation (NVP)
LSOH – 67%
H. CAT6A COPPER PATCH CORDS
1. Category 6A RJ45, third party component verified to Cat 6A ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 B 2.1. and
ISO/IEC 11801 Cat 6 channel compliant.
2. Support T568A and T568B wiring.
3. Support applications up to 500 MHz
4. Durable black powder coat finish with flame retardant UL 94V-0.
5. Connection of the cable will be carried out through rear IDC contacts with use of a standard
110 impact tool.
6. Shall consist of 24 ports on 1 RU of rack space. In the case of rack space shortages, 48 ports
with 1RU space shall be available.
7. Angled Patch Panels shall be used for all patch panels. Patch panels shall be recessed from
the 19” rails.
8. Rear-side cable support bracket far enough from the panel to accommodate the cable bend
radius limitations.
9. Metal structure enabling it to be durably fixed to the uprights of the 19”chassis assuring
ground
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
14
10. continuity with metal frames.
11. Modular contacts shall be plated with minimum 50 micro-inches of gold. Manufacturer will
be the same as that selected for work area outlet jacks.
12. Allow for re-terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limit.
13. Augmented category 6A component compliant out to 250MHz with operational bandwidth
to 500MHz.
14. Factory assembled and 100% transmission tested with laboratory grade network analyzers
for proper performance up to 250MHz.
15. Backwards compatible with lower performing categories.
16. Equipped with identical screened modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight
through with standards compliant wiring.
17. Utilize patented metallic isolator shields pairs inside plug for optimum NEXT performance
and a 360 degree crimp for providing strain relief without causing pair deformation.
18. Use bend relief compliant boots (with optional color-coded icons) to ensure proper category
6 performance and feature a latch guard to protect against snagging.
19. Resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants.
20. Available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths available upon
request
21. Made by an ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer.
22. Certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian
Telecommunications Standards.
I. CAT6A COPPER PATCH PANELS
1. Patch panels shall be used in the cross-connect facilities to connect the four-twisted pair
cables and their related outlet, to the active devices via patch cords.
2. Category 6A RJ45, third party component verified to Cat 6 ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 B 2.1. and
ISO/IEC 11801 Cat 6 channel compliant.
3. Support T568A and T568B wiring.
4. Support applications of 1Gb/s at 500 MHz.
5. Compliant to FCC part 68500, section F and UL1863, dealing with the interface's physical
6. dimensions, including the 1.27μm gilding on the contacts, the traction force to be borne by
the RJ45 socket, the plug (100 grams) and the maximum force authorized for connecting the
plug in the jack (2.2 kg).
7. Durable black powder coat finish with flame retardant UL 94V-0.
8. Connection of the cable will be carried out through rear IDC contacts with use of a standard
110 impact tool.
9. Shall consist of 24 ports on 1 RU of rack space. In the case of rack space shortages, 48 ports
with 2RU space shall be available.
10. Rear-side cable support bracket far enough from the panel to accommodate the cable bend
radius limitations.
11. Slots in the front face for the insertion of designation tabs (icons for Voice- Data-Video) for
ports and a label designation system in the front and in the back to provide identification
marking that meets the requirements of standard ANSI/TIA/EIA –606-A.
12. Metal structure enabling it to be durably fixed to the uprights of the 19”chassis assuring
ground continuity with metal frames.
13. Modular contacts shall be plated with minimum 50 micro-inches of gold. Manufacturer will
be the same as that selected for work area outlet jacks.
14. Allow for re-terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limit.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
15
15. made by an ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer.
J. DATA OUTLETS
1. All 500MHz category 6 information outlets designed for termination of 4-pair balanced
twisted- pair category 6A copper cables must possess the following characteristics at the
minimum:
a. Exceed category 6A component compliance through the frequency range of 1 to
500MHz with usable bandwidth to 500MHz.
b. Be available in black, white, red, grey, yellow, blue, green, orange, ivory, bright
white, light ivory and alpine white.
c. Universal design allows the same outlet to be mounted in flat or angled orientation.
d. Be backwards compatible to allow lower performing categories of cables or
connecting hardware to operate to their full capacity.
e. Support industry standards for T568A or T568B wiring options on each individual
outlet.
f. Provide color-coded, snap-in icons available for circuit identification.
g. Allow for a minimum of 5 terminations without signal degradation below standards
compliance limits.
h. Be constructed of high impact, glass reinforced nylon.
i. Faceplates shall be a single or double gang as identified on drawings, Jacks shall be
of the same manufacturer.
j. Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and
C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards.
K. MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES
1. Backbone Fibre Cables shall be provided as per the structured cabling schematic.
2. The fibres shall meet ITU-T: G652 for multi-mode specifications.
3. Laser Optimized 50/125um multimode fiber optical fiber cables shall be in compliance with
the following standards:
a. ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Amendment 2 OM4
b. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3
c. ANSI/TIA-598-C
d. ANSI/TIA-492 AAAD
e. IEC 60793-2-10 Fiber type A1a.3
f. Telcordia GR-409-CORE
g. IEC 60332-1-2(Single strand)
h. IEC 60754-1(Non Halogens)
i. IEC 60754-2(Acid gas)
j. IEC 61034-2(Smoke Density)
4. All optical fiber cable shall be appropriate for the environment in which it is installed.
5. In addition to meeting the applicable performance specifications, all optical fiber cable shall
be appropriate for the environment in which it is installed.
6. Have a round lead free cable jacket available in OFNR, OFNP and LSOH constructions.
7. Shall contain a Rip Cord applied longitudinally under the cable jacket for easy cable jacket
removal
8. Shall contain a light weight central strength member located in the middle of the fibre
bundles.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
16
9.
10.
11.
12.
Shall contain both colour-coded buffered fibres as well as colour-coded buffer tubes.
Cables shall have length markings in 2 ft. increments.
Fibre will be available in strand counts of 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72 and 96.
Shall meet these minimum performance parameters:
Minimum Performance Parameters for Qualified Cables
Maximum Attenuation
Minimum Bandwidth (MHz-km)
Group Index of Refraction
(dB/km)
850 nm
1300 nm
850 nm
1300 nm
850 nm
1300 nm
Laser - 2000 OFL 1500
OFL - 500
3.5
1.0
1.483
1.479
13. Ethernet applications supported:
Application
Distance (m)
10GBASE-SX (850 nm)
10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm)
1000BASE-SX (850 nm)
1000BASE-LX (1300 nm)
Fibre Channel 266 (1300 nm)
ATM 622 (1300 nm)
ATM 155 (1300 nm)
ATM 52 (1300 nm)
FDDI (Original 1300 nm)
100BASE-FX (1300 nm)
300
300
900
600
1,500
500
2,000
3,000
2,000
2,000
14. Physical Characteristics 50/125um:
L.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Core Size
(Microns)
Cladding
Size
(Microns)
Coating Size
(Microns)
Buffer Size
(Microns)
Core Cladding
Concentricity (Microns)
50 ± 3
125 ± 2
245 ± 10
900 ± 50
≤3.0
SINGLE MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES
Backbone Fibre Cables shall be provided as per the structured cabling schematic.
The fibres shall meet ITU-T: G652 for single mode specifications.
Single mode optical fiber cable shall be used for Backbone and ISP applications only.
Optical fiber backbone cable shall be plenum rated and meet the following fire performance
standards: IEC 60332-1, IEC60332-3C, IEC 1034-1/2, IEC 754-1/2.
Have a Yellow coloured round lead free cable jacket available in OFNR, OFNP and LSOH
constructions.
Shall contain a Rip Cord applied longitudinally under the cable jacket for easy cable jacket
removal.
Shall contain a lightweight Central Strength member located in the middle of the fibre
bundles.
Shall contain both colour-coded buffered fibres as well as colour-coded buffer tubes.
Cables shall have length markings in 2 ft. increments.
Fibre will be available in strand counts of 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, and 96.
Shall meet these minimum performance parameters:
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
17
Minimum Performance Parameters for Qualified Cables
Maximum Attenuation
(dB/km)
Cable Type
Indoor
1310
nm
1550 nm
0.60
0.60
Zero dispersion
Slope
Wavelength (nm) (nm²-km)
1300-1324
<0.093
Index of Refraction
1310 nm
1550 nm
1.467
1.468
12. Ethernet Applications Supported:
Application
10GBASE-L (1310 nm)
10GBASE-E (1550 nm)
10G Fibre Channel (Serial-1310 nm)
10G Fibre Channel (WDM-1310 nm)
1000BASE-LX (1300 nm)
Fibre Channel 266/1062 (1300 nm)
ATM 52/155/622 (1300 nm)
Distance (m)
8,000
30,000
10,000
10,000
5,000
10,000
15,000
13. Physical Characteristics:
Mode and Fiber
Type
Core Size
(Microns)
Cladding
Size
(Microns)
Single mode
8.3 ± 1.0
125 ± 1.0
Coating Size Buffer Size
(Microns)
(Microns)
245 ± 10
900 ± 50
Core Cladding
Concentricity
(Microns)
≤ 0.8
M. FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS
1. All fiber patch panels, enclosures, and coupler inserts shall be of the same manufacturer and
colour.
2. Shall be used in the cross-connect facilities to connect optical fiber cables to active devices
via fiber jumpers. They shall be dimensioned to enable the connection of all fiber cores of
the installed cables.
3. Shall be a black metallic box type modular structure, with front section comprising of
standardized 19" chassis, and able to accommodate all standard optical connector such as:
LC, SC, ST. They shall include all the appropriate cabling accessories (bend limiting clips for
the cables and fiber jumper, cable-ties, label-holders, etc.), to ensure correct positioning of
fiber cores and to maintain the minimum bend radius for all changes in direction.
4. Shall have removable doors/panels front and rear. They will be designed for cable entry
from the rear of the enclosure and be equipped with appropriate means for physically
securing the cable(s) in place.
5. All enclosure housings are required to be equipped with an integral bonding lug or stud for
securing the fiber strength member.
6. Each 2U enclosure shall provide space for a minimum of 4 coupler panels and 4 splice trays.
7. Each 4U enclosure shall provide space for 12 coupler panels and 12 splice trays.
8. For connectors that employ a plastic housing, coupler panels will provide color-coding in
accordance with industry standards (i.e. beige adapters for graded-index optical fiber, blue
for single-mode optical fiber).
9. All optical fiber cables shall be fusion spliced to LC pigtails of 2m length. They shall meet the
following performance:
a. Ultra-Physical Contact (UPC) finish for single-mode: Insertion loss: 0.40dB maximum,
0.20 dB typical; Return loss: minimum 55db.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
18
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
b. Physical Contact (PC) finish for Multimode 50 micron: Insertion loss: 0.50dB
maximum, 0.30 dB typical; Return loss: minimum 20db.
All connectors and adaptors shall be provided with dust caps. Not be bigger than one rack
mount space and accommodate up to 36 ports for SC, MT-RJ, LC or ST adapter plates.
Have preloaded adapter plates with ST and SC fiber adapters in 6 and 8-port version, as well
as a 12 port version for the SC, MT-RJ and LC adapters.
Have blank adapter plates for future growth of the fiber infrastructure.
Be modular in design with internal fiber managers that provide slack storage to comply with
fiber bend radius and the recommended slack storage length.
Have a snap-on front shield to be used as a labeling surface and to protect jumpers. This
shield can also relocate to another position during termination to maintain circuit
identification.
All connectors and adaptors shall be provided with dust caps.
Accommodates a splice tray for mechanical or fusion splices.
Be available with a drawer mechanism, which allows the panel to slide forward or to the
rear.
The following solutions are not acceptable:
a. Field polishing.
b. Composite / Polymer ferrules.
c. Mechanically splicing pigtails.
Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2
Canadian Telecommunications Standards.
N. FIBER CONNECTORS
1. LC Connectors- Multimode
a. Meet the Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS) specifications of
TIA/EIA-604-10.
b. Be available in simplex and duplex versions.
c. Utilize same termination kit available for ST and SC versions with the addition of an
LC upgrade kit.
d. Terminate both 50/125um and 62.5/125um optical fiber.
e. Have a quick field termination process, which does not require power.
f. Have a termination process, which incorporates use of a reliable anaerobic adhesive,
which has a high resistance to environmental extremes.
g. Have jacketed and buffered versions.
h. Meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Performance(dB)
Insertion Loss (typ)
0.1
Insertion Loss (max)
< 0.2
Durability (500 cycles)
< 0.1
Return Loss (min)
20
2. LC Connectors- Single Mode
a. Meet the Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS) specifications of
TIA/EIA-604-10A.
b. Be available in simplex and duplex versions.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
19
c. Utilize same termination kit available for ST and SC versions with the addition of an
LC upgrade kit.
d. Have a quick field termination process, which does not require power.
e. Have a termination process, which incorporates use of a reliable anaerobic adhesive,
which has a high resistance to environmental extremes.
f. Have jacketed and buffered versions.
g. An outer housing color-coded (blue) in accordance with TIA and ISO cabling
standards.
h. Meet the following performance specifications:
Insertion Loss (typ)
Performance
(dB)
0.1
Insertion Loss (max)
< 0.2
Durability (500 cycles)
< 0.1
Parameter
Return Loss (min)
55
3. LC Multimode Fiber Jumpers
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths
available upon request.
b. Utilize 50/125um duplex multimode fiber cable that is OFNR riser grade and meets
the requirements of NEC/NFPA 70 Section 770-51(B)
c. Meet IEEE 802.3ae 10 Gigabit Ethernet requirements as well as IEC 60793-2-10 and
TIA 492AAAC specifications for laser bandwidth Differential Modal Delay (DMD)
specifications.
d. Meet Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for end-face geometry (including radius of
curvature, apex offset, and spherical undercut).
e. Use cable and connectors that are complaint with color coding specifications as
listed in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B.
f. Have LC-SC hybrid versions available.
g. Include dust caps on all assemblies.
h. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHzkm)
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
850nm
50/125m
1300nm
850nm*
1500
500
2000
0.50 (0.10 Typical)
30 (35 Typical)
*laser bandwidth
4. LC Single Mode Fiber Jumpers
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths
available upon request
b. Utilize duplex single-mode fiber cable that is OFNR riser grade and meets the
requirements of NEC/NFPA 70 Section 770-51(B).
c. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
d. Use cable and connectors that are complaint with colour coding specifications as
listed in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B
e. Have SC-LC hybrid versions available
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
20
f. Include dust caps on all assemblies
g. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Single Mode
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
0.40 (0.1 Typical)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
55 (60 Typical)
5. LC Multimode Fiber Pigtails
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1 meter with custom lengths available upon
request
b.
requirements as well as IEC 60793-2-10 and TIA 492AAAC specifications for laser
bandwidth Differential Modal Delay (DMD) specifications.
c. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
d. Use connectors that are complaint with color coding specifications as listed in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B.
e. Include dust caps on all connectors
f. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHzkm)
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
850nm
50/125m
1300nm
1500
500
850nm*
2000
0.50 (0.10 Typical)
30 (35 Typical)
*laser bandwidth
6. LC Single Mode Fiber Pigtails
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1 meter with custom lengths available upon
request
b. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
c. Use connectors that are complaint with colour coding specifications as listed in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B
d. Include dust caps on all assemblies.
e. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Singlemode
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
0.40 (0.1 Typical)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
55 (60 Typical)
O. ACTIVE NETWORK SYSTEM BRIEF
1. Converged ICT & Security Networks – The development shall be provided with multiple
independent networks. These networks shall provide dedicated services. These networks
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
21
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
shall run on independent infrastructure and utilize dedicated switching hardware. The
current defined independent networks are :
a. Converged ICT Network
b. Security Network
Various building systems will use the networks as their transport method. It is the
requirement of this Section to provide fully redundant network to meet these requirements.
The various building systems will be separated onto the networks as follows:
a. Converged ICT Network
i. BGM and Apartment Intercom System
ii. Building Management Applications such as email, building management
software, billing software, time attendance etc. (as required)
iii. Back of House Office computers and printers (as required)
iv. Building Management System (BMS)
b. Security Network
i. Video Surveillance System
ii. Access Control System and other related security systems
iii. Security Headend Equipment and Control Room Devices/Equipment
All networks shall be configured to a fully dual-redundant star topology with the network
cores in the server room and the edge switches in the IDFs.
The Contractor shall provide logical separation between different Networks. Each network
shall be provided with a dedicated server room space, dedicated backbone cabling
dedicated racks in the IDF's.
The contractor shall provide firewall, router, dedicated core and edge switches for each
network as shown on the design drawings.
A dedicated MTR room has been provided on the B2 level to house all the IT equipment for
the chosen Internet Service Providers (ISPs) incoming infrastructure from the site boundary
and the service distribution to building networks.
GSM rooms are provided to house the active GSM equipment for the 2 GSM service
providers.
The contractor is to provide dedicated UPS units for all IT related rooms to support the
installed equipment for a minimum of 30 minutes unless otherwise specified or agreed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the requirements for and verifying space,
selection of rack (size and door type) power and cooling requirements associated with this
Section and coordinate with the relevant trades.
It is the Design Intent to provide multiple intra-building infrastructures which shall support
fully redundant, high-speed, standards-based, switched 10/100/1000 Mbps, multi-protocol,
Ethernet network, providing IP services based on ANSI/TIA/EIA and ISO standards, and
Building Industry Consulting Service Inter- national (BICSI) Telecommunications Design
Methods Manual (TDMM).
All network end-points and outlets shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps operation and Power
over Ethernet for optimum performance of all users and applications.
The system LAN configurations shall be a two-tier hierarchical star.
All services for the development will originate at the redundant Core Switches located in the
Server room.
Core Switches will be interconnected to the optical fiber backbone by means of rackmounted fibre interconnect patch cords as detailed in the structured cabling section of this
document.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
22
15. The backbone will deliver data to and terminate at the Edge Switches located in the IDF’s
located throughout the building.
16. Firewalls shall be used for added network protection as detailed in the network topology
drawings.
17. The network is an IP network, therefore it is required that all Active components such as
CCTV surveillance must support IP over the provided network. The data network extends to
the structured cabling system, which must be capable of accommodating a variety of IP
enabled devices as well as the above listed items. Systems for Security Cameras and Access
control are not to be included in this network.
18. Access layer devices must support Power over Ethernet plus (PoE+) in order to provide
electrical power to access layer devices capable of utilising the PoE+ standard.
19. Access Switch stacks shall have Layer 3 capability and dual uplinks over multimode fibre,
with a minimum bandwidth of 10G per uplink, connecting to the distribution / core layer.
20. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Regulations
21. All products shall be new, of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
Site in original manufacturer's packaging.
22. The Contractor is to provide a written statement from all manufacturers that all installed
hardware and software are the latest models at the time of Taking-Over.
23. All software supplied for the Project shall be manufacturer furnished and supported
applications. The Contractor “custom” software, written in-house, will not be accepted
except in cases where a suitable application does not exist and only with prior written
acceptance by the Engineer.
24. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application.
25. All workstation termination hardware shall match the existing wall surface color as closely as
possible, to include mounting boxes, faceplates, and outlets.
26. Used equipment or damaged material will be rejected.
P.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
CORE SWITCHES
Fully redundant Core Switches shall be provided for all of the active networks on the project.
Switches shall be provided with the premium build software and all required licenses.
Each core switch is required to have redundant power supply and redundant supervisor
module.
Scalability and performance and port density across several chassis configuration and LAN,
WAN and metropolitan-area network (MAN) interfaces.
Redundant power supply and redundant supervisor module in each core switch.
Enabled Hardware accelerated IPv6m MPLS, GRE and NAT.
Integrating high performance forwarding capacity upto 150Mpps. with the new routing and
forwarding engine including third generation policy features card (PFC3).
Simplified network operations.
Resilient and load-sharing Switching Fabrics in the core switches with a maximum stateful
failover time at Layer 2 and Layer 3 of <1second. Synchronization of dynamic and static
information shall be replicated on both processors modules
In a multi-switch network scenario, either of primary or secondary core switches shall
failover to the other in <1second by means of layer 2 resiliency techniques (having uplinks
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
23
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
from edge switches split among the two core switches. All links between any given edge
switch and all core switches shall be actively load-sharing traffic.)
Hot Swappable Switch Fabric, Power Supplies and fan trays and Switching modules.
Dual switch software and configuration file images on processors.
Active Alternate locations for switch software and configuration file images (Flash, PCMCIA,
Network Drive).
Real-time operating system (RTOS) for mission critical applications which is Stable and
reliable with no vulnerabilities in Software / configurations.
The switch’s operating system or application-specific software(s) shall not, at any time,
affect the operation by causing a system to: crash, reboot, enter a state of Denial of Service
(DoS), fail to respond to any type of user/network traffic, fail to respond to any type of
management traffic, use built-in user name/passwords to gain illegal access to the switch.
Ability to Cluster both backbone switches to provide a single virtual Switch facing the Servers
and the Edge switches. Thus all links between the (backbone switches – edge switches),
(Backbone switches – Servers) shall be active and Load-Sharing using Standard 802.3ad.
Q. CORE SWITCHES MODULES
1. Supervisor modules. 2 no supervisor modules shall be provided per core switch.
2. Supervisor modules must be configured to include network system virtualization
technologies to cluster the core switches as a single virtual switch.
3. 10/100/1000-MBPS Ethernet Interface Modules for IP (over copper) connectivity to local
devices within 100m from the core switch.
4. 10Gb fibre Ethernet modules for backbone uplinks to edge and server switches requiring
higher bandwidth (greater than 1Gbps) availability. 10Gb modules should not be subject to
oversubscription unless approved otherwise.
5. SFP modules as per the design requirements.
R. ACCESS/EDGE SWITCHES
1. The contractor must maintain a single model of server/edge switch throughout the project
to ensure the consistency of the design, reliability of the performance, efficacy of
manageability and maintain lower overhead of the maintenance.
2. The contractor shall provide switches with capability of 10GB uplinks from the core switches
for all 24 and 48 port switches. External switches (if any) must be provided with a minimum
of 10GB uplink capability.
3. The number of ports on the active components design is based on the number of cable
terminations to the IDF location. Effective schedule of area document will facilitate
calculating the ports required per IDF location. 20% of active ports spare to be calculated for
each IDF location.
4. All edge switches must connect directly to the redundant equivalent switch and directly to
the core switch using the fiber uplink ports with primary uplink to first core switch and
secondary uplink to the second core switch, cascading in any form is not permitted in the
network.
5. 20% Spare uplink ports and associated cores must be available with the fiber infrastructure
to accommodate future expansion.
6. Two servers farm switch type will be required to be installed in the CCTV Network servers‘
racks each with 48 Gigabit ports and two fiber uplinks to the core switches.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
24
7. The individual switches shall be ASIC based and have an internal switch fabric which
operates at speed greater than or equal to 24 Gbps for the Giga Ethernet interfaces. Each
shall have expansion slot, which has access to the internal switch fabric. The operating code
in each switch shall be stored in Flash memory and to be upgraded by downloading new
code to the switch.
8. Layer 2 requirements – Full 10/100/1000 UTP auto-negotiation. No Single Point of Failure.
9. All switches must be POE (Power over Ethernet) Enabled.
10. Support port monitoring. The edge switches shall support the port monitoring for at least
once source/destination pair at a time. The source and the destination ports can be selected
from any Ethernet port in any switch in the switching stacks.
11. Load-Balancing load uplink capabilities using link aggregation group (LAG) allows multiple
links to be grouped.
12. The LAG shall load share the traffic between two switches allowing the bandwidth to be
multiplied and the traffic to be averaged. The use of LAG in addition to boosting the
performance of an uplink, also inherently increase the resilience of the solution since the
links behaves as hot standby links to one another.
13. If the traffic is shared over multiple links, and one of the links is lost the traffic shall be
automatically redistributed over the other links and communications shall continue without
interruption.
14. Inter-module-Redundancy Provides link redundancy functionality in the event of module
failure.
15. The switchover time between the ports in event of failure of the primary port shall be less
than 1 second.
16. The traffic prioritization according to IEEE 802.1p tagged frames.
17. Leaky LAN: the switches shall support leaky LAN and support block broadcast traffic between
VLANs but allows unicast traffic to be forwarded to VLANs.
18. Ability to download S/W images shall be in safe mode, check CRC, copy, compare, then to be
active.
19. Backup code always to be present. Security on MAC address.
20. Ability to enable and disable port security as required.
21. Ability to implement port security by locking the addresses in the switch MAC tables, only
allowing access to those devices whose MAC addresses are known.
22. Each switch shall have an integral network management agent. IP multicast filtering via
IGMP snooping.
23. All switches shall comply with NEBS level 3 requirements and to be certified.
24. All switches shall meet the requirements of IR-NWT-000063 NEBS for shock criteria,
vibration criteria, shock and vibration test methods and Layer 4 load balancing.
25. Support SSH and CRYPTO and central logging commands
26. For External devices such as the CCTV points, externally rated with operating temperatures
of - 40 °C to 85°C.
27. All external switches must be externally rated as detailed above and must be mounted in an
IP 65 enclosure as a minimum. All enclosures and mounting details must be submitted for
approval by the clients’ representative prior to procurement and installation.
S. UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
1. Refer to the electrical specifications for the UPS requirement.
2. Minimum of 15 mins backup, generator-powered power supply shall be considered for ICT
equipment.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
25
3. Security equipment shall comply with SIRA requirements of minimum 30mins UPS backup
and 120mins backup for the security control room.
PART 3: EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Regulations
2. All system components shall be manufactured by ISO 9001:2008 certified companies and all
packaging shall carry clear product identification (catalogue number, quality control number,
etc)
3. All products shall be new, of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
Site in original manufacturer's packaging. Electrical components shall bear the Underwriter's
Laboratories label. This listing requirement applies to the entire assembly. Only systems and
equipment that meet or exceed the level of quality and capabilities stated within this
document will be considered for acceptance.
4. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application.
5. All system components of the entire cabling system (copper and fibre) shall be from a single
manufacturer which will ensure that a single performance warranty covers all applications
on vertical and horizontal links. This includes but is not limited to:
a. Horizontal Distribution
b. Fiber Optic Distribution
c. Copper Distribution
d. Patch Panels
e. Copper and Fibre Outlet Modules
B. INSTALLATION
1. Install components in accordance with Contract Drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and
approved submittal data.
2. System installation and construction methods shall conform to the requirements of the
applicable International Standards.
3. The Contractor shall install all system components including Employer Furnished Equipment,
and appurtenances in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and adjustments
required to deliver a complete and operable system.
4. Earthing and Bonding shall be installed as necessary to preclude ground loops, noise, and
surges from adversely affecting system operation.
5. The Contractor shall adhere to the installation schedule of the Engineer and should attend all
construction meetings scheduled by the Engineer.
6. Final configuration of the network equipment shall be performed to the satisfaction of the
Employer’s IT Staff. This includes, but is not limited to; VLAN configuration, IP addressing
schemas, final port assignments, and trunking/bonding configurations. The Contractor shall
ensure that the proper documentation is provided to assist in the final system configuration.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
26
7. Mount all equipment to be installed over public areas in a manner adequate to support the
equipment loads with a minimum safety factor of five. Do not use formed eyebolts or lag
screws for support of suspended equipment.
8. Firmly and permanently, attach electrical boxes, enclosures, and permanent equipment to
the building. Rigidly mounted equipment and devices shall be plumb and square.
9. Choose color and finishes of all exposed and custom fabricated items and labels to blend in
with the surroundings as accepted by the Engineer.
C. INSPECTION
1. The Contractor shall undertake testing and commissioning for all elements and aspects of
the installation. Witnessing of testing and commissioning of the installation shall be offered
to the Engineer for acceptance and sign-off.
2. Prior to an inspection, the Contractor shall issue, for acceptance, an Installation, Testing and
Commissioning Plan detailing each test that will be conducted and the expected results
required to pass the inspection.
3. Provide a statement of completion certifying that the system is installed and is ready for
acceptance testing and equalization to The Engineer.
4. Schedule a time for The Engineer to perform system acceptance testing and equalization
with at least 14 days advance notice.
5. Furnish a technician who is familiar with the system to assist The Engineer during the
acceptance testing and equalization for the duration of time it takes to complete the
adjustments (regular time or overtime as required). A minimum of 24 hours, as required to
complete the adjustments.
6. Each cable shall be inspected for proper termination.
7. Record final settings on all equipment and submit with contract closeout documents.
8. Upon completion of initial tests and adjustments, submit written report of tests to the
Employer along with all documents, diagrams, and record drawings required herein.
9. If the system does not meet criteria or if additional trips to the Site for testing or
equalization are required, The Contractor shall reimburse the Employer for all expenses and
professional time encountered by The Engineer.
D. TEST EQUIPMENT
1. Furnish all test equipment necessary for the complete testing and commissioning of the
system, to be available for the entire test period through final system testing and TakingOver.
2. Test equipment shall be calibrated no more than 1 month prior to the start of testing. All
test equipment must be accompanied with a certificate from the equipment manufacturer
showing date of last calibration.
E. DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
1. Upon project completion and acceptance, submit the following to the property
management:
a. Technical Manuals: Provide documentation as follows:
b. Block Diagrams: Detailed functional block diagrams that illustrate as-built conditions.
i. Identify each equipment item by manufacturer and model number, label
alpha numerically contractor furnished controls, relays, patch panel jacks,
and similar devices.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
27
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
ii. Reference the designations on fabrication drawings, patch panel details and
related instruments.
Fabrications: Detailed as-built drawings of contractor fabrications. Illustrate the
mechanical and electrical construction, with manufacturer’s part numbers and
values for components.
Rack Elevations: Final rack elevation drawings.
Manufacturer’s Literature: Descriptive literature and performance specifications,
operating
manuals, and servicing information.
Control Settings: Schedule of nominal control settings for proper system operation.
Test & Measurements: Documented data gathered during systems tests and
commissioning.
Systems Operating Instructions: Describe the functions, operation and maintenance
for each installed system. Write the instructions in full detail in language sufficiently
clear for comprehension by non-technical persons.
Troubleshooting Guide: System operator’s procedures to follow in the event of an
apparent equipment failure, written in logical outline format.
Terms & Conditions: Restatement of the systems warranty terms and conditions and
schedule of manufacturer’s warranties covering parts and labor for the provided
equipment.
Programming: Submit to the property management, a legal copy of the authoring
software and unrestricted license and an archival electronic copy of the uncompiled
operating code when submitting the record (as-built) documents for system
programs.
Upon completion of the installation, Contractor shall prepare as built
documentation of the entire installation. This documentation should include the
electronic copies.
i. User Manuals
1. Systems Operating Instructions: Describe each provided system,
specifically the functions, operation, and maintenance. Write the
instructions in full detail and in language sufficiently clear for
comprehension by non-technical persons.
2. Control Settings: Schedule of nominal control settings for proper
system operation.
3. Troubleshooting Guide: Operator’s procedures to follow in the
event of an apparent equipment failure, written in logical outline
form.
4. Block Diagrams: Simplified as-built block diagrams with alpha
numeric references to controls, relays, patch panel jacks and other
similar devices.
5. Terms & Conditions: A restatement of the system warranty terms
and conditions. Describe the terms of manufacturers’ warranties
that extend beyond the two year provisions of the system warranty.
6. Document Revisions: Submit within four weeks official system
acceptance, four complete sets of corrected and revised pages and
drawings to update the operating and maintenance manuals
described above to reflect adjustments and changes to the system
during the final testing and acceptance.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
28
ii. Operation Manual
1. Table of Contents
2. Typed description of each system including key features
3. Setup diagrams as directed by the Consultant
4. Single-line detailed schematics and layout showing all major system
components
5. Manufacturer's operation manuals for equipment intended for
operation by system users
6. All software shall be fully documented, and that documentation
included.
7. Any and all user definable software configurations and/or
programming shall become the sole property of the employer. This
includes all source code, source code copyrights, and related
documentation.
iii. Maintenance Manual
1. Bind each with tabbed dividers between sections and include a title
page with space for submittal stamps.
2. Table of Contents
3. Company name, address, telephone number and contact name for
system service or maintenance
4. Listing of all equipment and materials manufacturer's names,
addresses, and telephone numbers, model or part numbers and
catalogue data sheets
5. Product manufacturers' warranties and a typed system warranty
explicitly covering all materials and labor
6. Manufacturers' service manuals for all major equipment items.
7. Test documentation showing results of source quality control tests,
field quality control tests, acceptance testing, and equalization
8. List of spare equipment
F. WARRANTY
1. The contractor will provide a written warranty valid for minimum 20 years from date of
structured cabling acceptance or practical completion, whichever is the later. Advanced
replacements should be available during this period.
2. For Active Equipment, the contractor will provide a written warranty valid for minimum 3
Years from date of system acceptance or practical completion, whichever is the later.
Advanced replacements should be available during this period.
3. Acting as a franchised dealer, the contractor is required to provide agreed service of
equipment including warranty claims and repairs;
4. Support costs required for 3 years (or show qty 3 x 1 year support cost) and should include
new equipment / software and extend any existing contract to end approximately the same
time as any new contract.
G. MAINTENANCE
1. Annual Maintenance Contract
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
29
2. Include along with pricing of AMC any services schedule, preventative maintenance
scheduling and actual contract wording.
3. 24x7x4 terms are mandatory for all critical components
4. 8x5xnbd terms are acceptable for non-critical components such as telephone handsets.
5. Direct vendor support contracts are mandatory although the contractor can submit an
alternative to direct vendor support if the contractor has extensive supplies of equipment in
UAE and can match or exceed the service and expertise of the vendor.
H. TRAINING
1. The manufacturers authorized and factory trained personnel must provide 5 Days of training
sessions. Duration of each training session shall be at-least four hours long. Contractor to
video record each session and provide six soft copies of the recording as part of the CloseOut Submittals.
2. The training must include at a minimum:
a. Preventive maintenance service techniques and schedules.
b. Overall system concepts, capabilities and functions.
c. Explanation of all control functions.
3. Methods and means of troubleshooting and replacement of all distribution and drop wiring
and devices.
4. Manuals, drawings and technical documentation must be used in training and shall be left
with the Employer, or its designated representative at the completion of training for
Employer use in the future.
5. The use of proprietary equipment does not justify failure to provide technical
documentation, such as programming information, electronic schematic drawings and
technical description, as part of training and documentation. It shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor to ensure this documentation can be obtained prior to acceptance, as listed
in this document.
END OF SECTION
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
30
MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING
PHASE 3A
DATA COMUNICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
(ICT, AV, INTERCOM)
REV. A
DESIGN COMPLIANCE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27TH JUNE 2019
Revision
A
Date
2019 06 27
By
SN
Description
DESIGN COMPLIANCE PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA
Resp. Consult
BW
NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE CONCEPT REPORT
SCALE:
NTS
SHEET SIZE:
A4
DATE STARTED:
2019 06 13
CHECKED:
RT
DWG №
18164E-TE-GEN-0-050-01
STAGE:
CPT
Rev:
A
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Table of Contents
PART 1 - GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 3
1.01
PROJECT INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 3
1.02
SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 3
1.03
TENDER SUBMITTAL .................................................................................................................. 4
1.04
TENDER DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................ 4
1.05
COORDINATION ..................................................................................................................... 4
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
PART 2 – DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ................................................................................... 6
2.01 – ICT (INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY) ............................................................. 6
2.02
AUDIO-VISUAL SYSTEM (BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM) ................................................................ 25
2.03
AUDIO INTERCOM SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 28
2
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
SECTION 27 0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
(ICT, AV, INTERCOM)
PART 1 - GENERAL
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.01 PROJECT INTRODUCTION
A.
B.
C.
Madinat Jumeirah Living (MJL) Project, Dubai. Madinat Living will share the same
DNA as the Madinat Jumeirah. The site is accessible from the surrounding wellestablished road network (Sheikh Zayed Road, Umm Suqeim Road, Al Wasl Road
and Jumeirah Beach Road).
This specification focuses in the Building 6, 7 and 8 of the Madinat Jumeirah living
development contained within Phase 3A of the Project and focuses on the Data
Communication System (ICT, AV, Intercom) to be installed in MJL buildings 6, 7 and
8.
The underlying concepts behind the design of the Data Communication systems
for this project are as follows: 1. The MJL development wish to provide Data Communication systems in
specific areas of the development. This forms the basis of this specification.
2. Provision of features and services that will help differentiate the
development from its competitors
3. Provision of systems that meet the guidelines of the MJL requirements and
international best practices.
In responding to this tender, the contractor shall consider the requirements and
needs of the operator with specific regard to the following criteria:1. The nature of the development
2. The Intrinsic business nature of the residences.
3. The criteria provided by the client.
4. Current industry trends
1.02 SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
This specification covers Data Communications systems (ICT, AV, Intercom) as
described below for the MJL Development
The objective is to provide professional systems, installed, acceptance tested, and
ready for use.
Drawings pertaining to this specification shall be considered as a part of the
specification and shall be a part of the Contract documents. System features that
are mentioned in one part may not be shown in the others. In case of conflict
between the written specifications and the drawings, Contractor must seek
clarification from the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor fails to obtain such
clarification, the interpretation of the Engineer will prevail.
The General Conditions, Particular Conditions, Electrical General Provisions, and
the applicable requirements of the Main Contract apply to each and every
contract, contractor, subcontractor or other persons supplying materials and/or
labor for this project.
The security contractor must ensure that the developed detailed design provides
a robust resilient system with considerable expansion capability throughout all
3
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
security equipment with the purpose and functionality of all security subsystem
components, combined to provide a fully functional and integral system.
In all cases guidance should be requested from the Client and Consultant.
Comprehensive method statement shall be submitted for approval and this
statement must clearly include all aspects of installation.
The contractor shall comply with the project safety standards.
Liaise with and coordinate all works with the client and consultant.
This specification document outlines the design criteria, distribution routes and
considerations which form the basis for the development of Security Services.
Contractor shall perform all work, coordination, aid to system integration,
engineering design and testing, and shall install and provide all products in
approved manner to ensure a fully operative system. Acceptance Test plan would
be executed to verify the installation and operation of the system.
All material / installation shall be approved by the ID/Engineers/Client
representative.
The contractor must ensure that the developed detailed design provides a robust
resilient system with considerable expansion capability throughout all security
equipment with the purpose and functionality of all security subsystem
components, combined to provide a fully functional and integral system
Detailed specifications are provided within section 2.0 of this document.
1.03 TENDER SUBMITTAL
A.
The following items are to be submitted with the tender return.
1. Provide a detailed Bill of Quantity with brands and model number.
2. Provide a schedule of equipment showing manufacturer and model
3. Provide a compliance statement stating if fully compliant, partially
compliant or non-complaint with reasons if not fully complying.
4. Provide system description and schematic.
5. Provide all data sheets of the system being provided
6. Provide compliance with authorities
7. Provide company profile and highlight the projects done that are similar to
this project
8. Provide project implementation plan
9. Provide Project team plan with resumes of probable team members
10. Provide training details.
1.04 TENDER DRAWINGS
A.
The specification should be read with reference made to the tender drawings and
reference to the contract electrical and architectural drawings.
B.
It should be noted that tender drawings are detailed only to the extent necessary to
show design intent and signal flow. It is understood and agreed by the contractor
that the work herein described shall be complete in every detail so as to provide a
complete and fully functional system even though every item necessarily involved is
not specifically mentioned.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate all work with the Architect, Interior Designer and Engineer.
B.
Coordinate the location of all active equipment with the location of all electrical
mains power outlets.
4
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor Status: The Security Contractor shall be a registered, certified business
partner and authorized installer for the proposed ACS manufacturer.
B. The contractor Have previously installed at least 5 projects of the same scale with the
brands being proposed and has completed within the last five years. They must be
currently certified by the manufacturers. Provide at least on such completed job for
inspection by the Engineer. Proof of the same must be submitted at the presentation
of bid proposal.
C. The Contractor shall have ten years’ experience with equipment and systems of the
types specified, shall maintain a fully in house staffed and equipped service facility,
and shall be an authorized service provider for the major brands specified for the
project
D. The Contractor resumes of engineers and installers shall be provided as being
planned for the project. This shall be presented during the Prequalification at the
tender submission stage.
E. The Contractor shall have local presence within Dubai and provide 24/7 service
support.
F.
The integrator must have a good standing within Dubai on all current /previous
projects. Proof to be provided of successful handing over of such projects. This is
subject to be verified by client.
G. The contractor must submit proof for each of the below mentioned items in the
prequalification list at time of tender submission.
H. Proof of all above items must be submitted during pre-qualifications at the time of
tender submission.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Contractor to provide Owner with exact beginning and ending dates of the
warranty period. Include the name of the person to call for service and telephone
number. This information to be part of Project Record Drawings and handover.
B. Manufacturer shall provide a limited 3-year warranty for Manufacturer supplied
hardware to be free of defects in material and workmanship.
C. Manufacturer shall provide software support and updates for a period of 12 months.
Extended support options shall be available.
D. Client software shall not require a license and have no limitations on number of client
users. This excludes third-party plug-ins.
1.08 TRAINING
A.
Provide on-site training for Owner's representatives as appointed. All manufacturers’
equipment manuals for each system described in these specifications will be on-site
during training. Unless training is provided, this Contract will not be considered
complete.
B.
Provide required training sessions for all the supplied and installed system.
5
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
PART 2 – DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
2.01 – ICT (Information and Communications Technology)
A. SCOPE OF WORK
1. Supply, delivery, supervision, coordination, and installation, of equipment specified
herein and shown on the Tender and Contract Drawings.
2. Supervision, coordination and installation of Structured Cabling System (SCS) as
required by Etisalat and Du.
3. Incorporation of Client Furnished Equipment as required, providing a complete
installation.
4. Termination, testing, documentation and instruction of equipment specified herein and
shown on the Tender and Contract Drawings.
5. The Contractor shall verify space, power and cooling requirements associated with the
Structured Cabling System as described within this and related documents.
6. Provide all equipment, materials, labour, and services, not specifically mentioned or
shown, which may be necessary to complete or perfect all aspects of the installation.
Ensure that they comply with requirements stated or reasonably inferred by the
specifications.
7. Provide calculations and analysis to support design and engineering decisions as
specified in submittals.
8. Comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and other legal requirements of public
authorities which bear on performance of work.
9. The Contractor shall provide system performance warranty for the SCS from the cabling
system manufacturer to ensure all end-to-end connectivity channels can support up to
1 Gigabits per second.
10. The Contractor shall provide proper earthing of all components in the SCS including but
not be limited to equipment cabinets / racks. The Contractor shall coordinate with the
Client / MEP Contractor for the locations of the nearest earth nodes from where the
Contractor shall install the equipotential bonding to the SCS equipment.
11. The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are coordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Employer and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives.
12. The Contractor shall liaise and co-ordinate with appropriate statutory authorities as
required.
13. The Contractor shall designate qualified person(s), other than the Project Manager, to
be responsible for the on-site quality control and attendance of regular design with
Employer implementation progress meetings. The Contractor shall furnish adequate
information and drawings in a timely manner to the Employer and / or the Consultant
in ensuring smooth SCS implementations.
14. The Contractor shall provide SCS documentation including system schematics, design
topology, wiring schemes, labelling conventions, rack layout plans, SCS outlet layout
plans, and also other information relevant to utilizing this infrastructure
15. The Contractor shall provide a complete SCS that includes components including but
not be limited to all cables and wirings, drop cables and patch cords for connecting
outlets to equipment, under-floor outlet back-boxes, outlets, jacks, faceplates, cable
terminations, cable ties, cable labelling and outlet labelling, patch panels, patch
cords, equipment racks, plywood and frames, termination boxes (back-box and
junction boxes), cable containment (including trunking, cable trays, cable ladders, riser
trunking, conduits, etc.) within the Main Telecom Room, IDF Rooms, Electrical Rooms,
6
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
•
and equipment racks, and all necessary printed warning notices, signage and labels
and the like as specified in this Technical Specification.
The contractor shall be responsible to have anti-static paint in all technical room floors
including main telecom room, floor telecom rooms, GSM rooms, AV rooms…etc.
The Contractor shall be responsible in developing requirements into a fully functional
and complete system to produce a detailed SCS design that is fully co-ordinated with
other building services, the building structure and architectural features and all
furniture, fittings, and equipment.
The Contractor shall also provide fire stopping materials to fill the holes after the trunking
/ tray has been installed. The fire stopping materials shall meet the original fire rating of
the floors and walls that the holes are on.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and liaise with the Employer and
or the Main Contractor to ensure the final cable containment sizing shall meet the
Employer's requirements.
The Contractor shall coordinate with other contractors for the termination of cables
required by other systems.
The Contractor shall supply and install all equipment cabinets and racks for the System.
The Contractor shall coordinate with others for cabinet / rack standards and quantities
required for the Project. These shall include but not be limited to the cabinets / racks in
the Main Telecom Room, IDF rooms and other locations specified by the Consultant /
the Employer. The Contractor shall refer to the Tender Drawings for the arrangement of
cabinets / racks.
The Contractor shall provide all patch cords and drop cables (equipment leads) for all
systems on Day One. All patch cables and drop cables shall be patched to the cabling
patch panels and punch down frames and neatly dressed within cabinets, racks and
wall frames. Final connection to active equipment shall be undertaken by other
respective contractors, unless otherwise stated or requested.
The Contractor shall provide weather proof termination boxes for outlets installed at
outdoor locations.
The Contractor shall perform full (100%) testing and commissioning of all installed
cables, including drop cables at two ends and connectors, and submit test reports
accordingly. The Contractor shall provide patching records (in the format agreed by
the Employer and / or the Consultant), prepare and submit Operation & Maintenance
Manuals to document the SCS installation and include the test reports into the manuals.
The Contractor shall provide full documentation with labelling of the entire SCS,
including cables and connectors, cabling cabinets / racks, equipment cabinets / racks,
patch cords, patch panels, etc. for the Project.
The Contractor shall conduct on-site user training on the System to the Employer's
operation team and relevant representatives.
The Contractor shall be responsible for running the fibre cable from the Telecom
Equipment Cabinet to the equipment rack and respective termination need to be
carried out.
The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are co-ordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Client and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives.
Related work specified elsewhere:
The work described in this document includes hardware, installation, training, and
support activities related to providing complete systems as described within this, and
related sections.
7
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Where specifications require exact match or conformance to an established sample
or quality standard or objective, the Consultant’s decision will be final on whether a
proposed product or installation practices matches satisfactorily.
• Requirements for inconspicuous or concealed installation, as one example, establish
such a standard and objective. If required, fabricate custom-made enclosures and or
chassis with careful consideration being given to aesthetic, technical, and functional
aspects of the components and their installation.
29. Coordination will be required between the Contractor and the following entities to
ensure a complete working system, including, but not limited to:
• Du
• Etisalat
• Other Trades
•
B. SYSTEM & PRODUCT
1. System Description
a. The intra-building infrastructure shall support a high-speed1Gb switched, multiprotocol, Ethernet based network providing converged IP-based services based on
ANSI/TIA/ETA, ISO standards and BICSI TDMM (Telecommunications Design Methods
Manual).
b. The backbone connectivity shall be subdivided into the following:
•
ISP (Combined DU and Etisalat - TRA guidelines)
- Backbone for Apartments
•
Building ICT Backbone (Building CNS Backbone)
c. Madinah Jumeirah Living will have latest ISP design guidelines called TRA guidelines,
and the same need to be implemented in this project.
d. As per TRA design guidelines combined (Du & Etisalat) MTR room should be
provided in the building.
e. Single infrastructure to be provided inside building for ISP connectivity to every
residential apartment.
f. Madinah Jumeirah Living buildings having one Main Telecommunication Room
(combined DU and Etisalat) at Ground Level provided as per latest TRA design
guidelines.
g. Four-core single mode fibre cable shall be linked between Mini ODF and every
residential apartment HCC (Home consolidation Cabinet) as per latest ISP (TRA)
design guidelines.
h. Multicore Fibre should be pulled between Mini ODFs at different levels of telecom
room and ISP - MTR room at Ground level, refer Schematic layouts.
i. Horizontal cabling inside each apartment shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6 UTP,
deployed in a "home-run" arrangement. Cat.6a horizontal cable permanent link
shall not exceed 90 meters.
j. Horizontal cables inside each apartment shall be terminated on 1U patch panels in
HCC (Home Consolidation Cabinet).
k. Each residential apartment will have 12U HCC panel (600mm H x 600mm W x
150mm D) as per TRA guidelines.
l. All pairs of all horizontal cables will terminate to a modular 8-Position, 8-Conductor
outlet at the telecommunications outlet.
m. MDF Rack for ICT Backbone shall be located in ground floor MTR room.
n. GSM services should be provided as per TRA design guidelines.
o. GSM containment should be provided between MTR room and GSM room
p. Main GSM room in GF and Roof be considered as shown in the schematic layouts.
8
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
q. Multi core (24 core as per TRA Guidelines) single mode fibre cable shall be pulled
between MTR room and GSM rooms as per latest design guidelines.
r. Space shall be provided to allow for the development of a Tetra system.
s. Tenderer to assure that no fibre and copper cables is manufactured in China,
shipped, assembled or repackaged in other country.
t. Tenderer to provide confirmation on manufacturer letterhead on Country of Origin
and country of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities,
including ISO certificates
u. Tenderer to provide letter from manufacturer to confirm Country of Origin / Country
of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities, including
ISO certificates.
2. Design Topology
a. The Contractor shall refer schematics and Drawings for the detail such as locations and
quantities of IT related equipment rooms and the quantities of cables required between
the rooms.
b. The Contractor shall undertake site surveys to familiarize themselves with the site
conditions.
C. ISP (DU and Etisalat) Backbone for Apartments
1. Madinah Jumeirah Living-buildings 6, 7 and 8 will have single telecom (ISP) infrastructure
for Du & Etisalat service as per latest design guidelines (TRA) inside building.
2. Entry ducts should be provided from ISP (Internet Service Provider) OSP manhole to
combined MTR room inside building.
3. Four Core indoor rated Single-mode Optical Fibre Cables shall be considering for ISP
connectivity to apartments as per latest ISP (TRA) Standards.
4. Four core single mode fibre cable shall be provided between Home Consolidation
cabinet (HCC) located in each apartment and Mini ODF located in Floor
Telecommunication rooms at different levels in the tower.
5. fibre cable shall be of continuous lengths free from joints, branches or patching.
6. Four core fibre cable should be ITU-T standard compliant with G.652D as per ISP
guidelines.
7. Jacket of the cable shall be Low Smoke Zero Halogen(LSZH) or Flame-retardant
polythene sheath(FRP).
8. Multicore Single mode fibre cable shall be connected between Mini ODF at different
levels and Main Telecommunication Room(MTR).
9. Contractor must follow latest ISP design guidelines for the calculation of multicore single
mode fibre core count and fibre termination details.
10. The contractor shall terminate the fibre cable in MTR, Mini ODFs as well as a dedicated,
secure HCC (Home Consolidation Cabinet) in each Apartment as per latest TRA design
guidelines.
11. Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of cable containments / conduits
within the MTR’s, Mini ODFs or other designated rooms.
12. The fibre cables should be labelled at both ends with a unique reference for the
consolidation point served, Mini ODFs and the MTR.
13. Contractor shall make sure that all the installation should be in accordance with ISP
(TRA) latest standards.
14. The Contractor shall undertake site surveys to familiarize themselves with the site
conditions.
9
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
D. Building ICT backbone
1. ICT communication network will establish communication between:
•
IP based devices for Background Music System.
Building intercom system – Outdoor unit in Reception and all units will have
intercom handset.
MDF Rack for ICT Backbone shall be located in ground floor FTR (Floor Telecom Room)
Fiber Backbone (2 x 2 core multi-mode fibre cable) shall be connected between GF
Floor Telecom Room and Floor Communication Network Racks (IDF’s) at different
levels.
OM4 multi-mode indoor LSZH (Low Smoke Zero Halogen) Tight Buffered fibre shall be
provided for Building ICT Backbone.
OM4 Multimode fibre shall be completed with graded index optical fibre waveguide
with mode field diameter of 50µm ±0.5µm and cladding diameter of 125µm ±2 µm.
Optical fibre shall conform to the OM4 standard defined in ISO-11801 2" Edition, to
support 10 GB Ethernet over increased distances.
All fibres shall operate in both 850nm and 1300nm optical windows with maximum
attenuation of 3.5dB/km and 1.5dB/km respectively.
All fibre shall have its minimum information transmission capacity for 850nm and
1300nm optical windows as 200 MHz-km and 500 MHz-km respectively.
All fibre cables shall be of a dry and dielectric construction. No gel or metallic content
shall be allowed.
The sheath of the cable shall be of LSZH construction. The sheath of the cable shall be
extruded free from pin holes, joints, mended places and other defects. It shall be
reasonably circular and the curvature of the external surface shall not be concave at
any point. The minimum allowable bending radius of the cable shall be 10D and 20D
during and after installation respectively where D stands for the overall cable diameter.
The cable shall have water sellable yarn located with the fibres to prevent the
migration of water should the sheath material become punctured.
The cable shall operate within the stated specifications for temperatures ranging from
-10°C to +65 °C
•
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13. ICT and ISP (Telecom) will share the Riser space, however 50mm gap should be
provisioned between each trucking as mentioned in the floor layouts.
14. Communication network riser shall be established between Control room and
mechanical floors & designated floors and should have dedicated wall mount
cabinet.
15. Wall mount cabinet shall have 13Amps Dual Power socket and rack-mounted 2 kVA
UPS.
16. Wall mount rack will accommodate Network Access Switch.
17. Main ICT rack in Ground floor FTR room - should have a dedicated 42U rack (800 mm x
1000mm) allocated, this rack includes: •
Riser fiber patch panels
•
Core switch – connecting to all mechanical floors and designated floors as per
building ICT requirements such as Intercom Systems etc.
•
IP based connections such as server, workstation or other devices via access
switch.
•
3kva UPS
10
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
18. Communication network will be used for services/devices which supports IP based
communications such as Intercom and BGM …etc. as per client requirements.
E. Apartment ICT Requirements
1. Each apartment will have 12U Home Consolidation Cabinet (HCC) (600mm H x 600mm
W X 150mm D) with dual 13Amps power sockets.
2. Home Consolidation Cabinet(HCC) will accommodate the service provider’s ONUs.
3. CAT 6a, UTP cable should be used inside apartment for horizontal cabling.
4. All Cat.6a Cable inside apartment should be terminated in 1U Cat.6a patch panel
5. Cable organizer should be provided for proper management of patch cords inside
HCC panel
6. ISP 4 core fibre cable should be terminated inside HCC panel as per ISP design
guidelines.
7. Proper Labelling should be provided for Cat.6a patch panels, Cat.6a Cables, Face
plates and patch cords inside apartment, and the labelling scheme should be
approved by client/ consultant.
F.
GSM Services
1. GSM services should be provided as per latest TRA design guidelines
2. Every GSM room should be connected to MTR room with multicore single mode fiber
optic cables, refer TRA guidelines.
3. GSM room should have 4 x 13 Amps twin power sockets fed from essential power supply
with dedicated 20A circuit breaker.
4. 2 numbers of ac & dc earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with resistance
less than 1 ohm.
5. 2 x 63 Amps TP isolator fed from dedicated feeder from essential power supply should
be provided inside GSM rooms
6. Cross connect cabinet with fiber cable termination devices should be provided in GSM
rooms as per design guidelines
7. Firefighting & fire safety requirements should be provided inside GSM room based on
design guidelines.
8. GSM antenna locations and equipment details will be designed by GSM service
provider.
9. Scope of Installation and termination should be done as per TRA guidelines, by service
provider.
G.
Horizontal Cabling (CAT 6a) Topology
1. Category 6a(UTP) Standard, structured cabling shall be considered for horizontal
cabling.
2. The physical topology of the horizontal cabling should be configured as a star with
each outlet connected directly to a Home Consolidation Cabinet(HCC) inside
Apartment.
3. The Contractor shall ensure that the end-to-end length of each individual run of any
fixed horizontal cable from the Distribution Box / Equipment rack to the SCS outlets shall
not exceed 90 meters.
4. All Horizontal Cables inside each Apartments shall be terminated on 1U patch panel
provided in 12U Home Consolidation cabinets (600mm h x 600mm W x 150 mm D), flush
mount Cabinet.
11
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5. The maximum combined length of any work area equipment patch cable /cord and
equipment patch cable / cord shall not exceed 10 meters.
6. The Contractor shall leave an extra length of 3m of cable on either end for terminations.
The cable must be suitably labelled.
7. The Contractor shall leave an extra length of 5m of cable, for Wireless Access Point. The
cable must be suitably labelled.
8. The Contractor shall provide horizontal cabling connectivity to the RJ45 outlets to
support the following services / applications:
• Data
• Voice (VoIP)
• Other services / applications as requested by the Client
9. Refer to schematics & Drawings to develop schedule for the location and quantity of
outlets required.
10. The Contractor shall coordinate regularly with other parties such as the Client,
architect, other contractors for the final quantities and locations of SCS outlets.
H. Components
1. General
a. Between any two termination points, all installed cables shall be continuous and
without any joints or splices.
b. All indoor cables shall not be laid on areas exposed to external weather conditions.
Cables shall not be laid on wet or damp concrete surfaces.
c. The SCS shall be designed and installed to make the best use of the installed
containment in terms of diversity, system resilience, utilization and room for
expansion.
d. All cable bundles shall not run over hard or sharp edges.
e. All cable bends shall not be tighter than the manufacturer's minimum bending
radius requirements.
f.
All the installed cables shall be terminated at both ends and labelled neatly on
patch panels inside racks and faceplates on slab-mounted boxes or outer
termination boxes where appropriate.
g. The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer's original certificates for cables or
related components of the Work for review by the Employer and / or the Consultant.
h. All cable types shall be proposed by the Contractor and quoted in the Tender
Returns. Generally, all wiring shall be run in conduit and trunking systems.
i. Tenderer to assure that no fiber and copper cables is manufactured in China,
shipped, assembled or repackaged in other country
j. Tenderer to provide confirmation on manufacturer letterhead on Country of Origin
and country of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities,
including ISO certificates
2. Horizontal Cabling (Cat.6a UTP)
a. All Category 6a UTP cables shall be of Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH) type.
b. All cables shall be accompanied with traceable serial numbers from the
manufacturer indicated on the packaging to assist in quality validation of the
installed cables.
c. All cables shall have cable markings – “Category 6a UTP" imprinted on the cable
sheath in a color that contrasts with the sheath color.
d. The length of each individual run of fixed horizontal cable from the ACP/equipment
rack to the SCS outlet shall not exceed 90 meters and within 4 connections.
12
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
e. All cables shall be 4-pair (Unshielded twisted pair UTP) cables meeting or exceeding
the quality and performance requirements for Category 6a UTP cables stipulated in
Class 'E' ANSI/TIA/EIA 568B-2.1:2001 and ISO/IEC 11801:2002.
f. The UTP copper cabling system shall be properly ground and bond. The grounding
and bonding requirements specified in the current TIA J-STD-607-A Commercial
Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications
shall be applied to the copper cabling systems.
3. Patch Panels
a.
Copper Patch Panels
1)
The Category 6a patch panels shall meet or exceed the quality and performance
requirements for Category 6a cross-connect panel stipulated in EIA/TIA-568-B.2.
2)
The patch panels shall incorporate enough space to accommodate a label for
each port to indicate its function / termination / application.
3)
The patch panels shall pass the reliability test of no more than 1 failure in 500
insertions for each modular jack port.
b.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
Optical Fiber Patch Panels
Fiber patch panels shall be used to terminate all optical fiber cables with LC type
connections, using fusion splicing technology.
Patch panels shall be modular in design, equipped with patch-cord routing
troughs and suitable for mounting in the frames/racks supplied.
The patch panels shall provide protection from mechanical stresses, and macro
bending losses on the cables.
The patch panels shall provide means to locate and clamp the incoming cables
without causing damage to the cable or affecting the quality and performance
of the link.
Patch panels shall provide patch guides, with a closed front to protect the patch
cords.
Patch panels shall be designed to allow termination and maintenance work, that
can be carried out without having to remove the entire panel.
Patch panels shall provide enough space to accommodate the bending radius
for the patch cords, once connected to the panel.
Patch panels shall provide enough management space and tools to store the
fiber after breaking the fibers out from the cable.
Patch panels shall be provided with either a screw-in or lockable dustcover to
protect unused connector adapters.
Patch panels shall have enough space in its front, to accommodate a minimum
of one label. The label shall indicate its function/termination/application for each
connection.
4. Patch Cords & Connectors
a. Copper Patch Cords
1) The patch cords and work area cords shall be pre-terminated rather than fieldterminated.
2) All patch cords shall exceed or be an equivalent of TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC Category
6a
3) The patch cords shall provide air-tight connections and shall comply with ISO 11801
and EIA/TIA-568-B.2 Category 6a requirement.
4) The Contractor shall provide different colors of patch cords to distinguish between
different services / applications.
13
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5) The color and length of patch cords to be used for each service shall be agreed
with the Employer and / or the Consultant. Normally patch cords shall come in 1m,
2m and 5m in length, excluding modular plugs at both ends.
6) Patch cords shall have built-in exclusion features to prevent accidental polarity
reversals and split pairs. They shall have a latching mechanism to prevent
accidental dislodging of the plug from the termination module or modular jack
panel.
7) All cordage shall be round, and shall consist of 22-24 AWG copper, stranded
conductors, tightly twisted into individual pairs.
8) The Contractor shall provide and include adequate quantities of copper and fiber
patch cords.
b. Horizontal Cable Connectors
1) All horizontal cables shall be terminated with RJ-45 modular jacks at the user outlet
end and IDC-type patch modules at the equipment rack/HCC end.
2) Cable connectors shall be wired to the T568B wiring pattern.
3) Cable connectors shall be constructed with a housing of polycarbonate of rating
94V-0.
4) Cable connectors shall be mechanically and electrically compatible with the
Category 6a UTP cables supplied under this Contract.
5) Communications outlets shall be Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed.
6) Communications outlets shall be of RJ-45 type, with Insulation Displacement
Connectors (IDC) used to terminate the cable.
7) Horizontal cables shall terminate on RJ-45 sockets, 4-pair terminated, housed in
closures agreed with the Employer as acceptable.
8) The installed connectors shall meet or exceed the quality and performance
characteristics for Category 6a connector stipulated in EIA/TIA-568-B.2.
c. Single-mode Optical Fiber Patch Cords
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
The single-mode fiber patch cords shall be single fiber cords, flexible in nature with
factory terminated fiber connectors at both ends.
The color and length of patch cords to be used for each service shall be agreed
with the Employer and / or the Consultant. Normally the length of each single-mode
fiber patch cord shall come in various lengths of 1 m, 2 m, and 5 m, excluding the
mechanical structure of the connectors.
The single-mode fiber patch cords shall have core diameter of 8.7pm ±0.5µm and
cladding diameter of 125µm ± 2µm.
The outer jacket of the single-mode fiber patch cord shall be made of LSZH.
The cable marking shall include traceable part numbers from the manufacturer
packaging to assist in quality validation of the installed cable.
The outer jacket shall be color coded and imprinted with cable markings "Singlemode" in a contrasting color.
The outer diameter of the single-mode fiber cord shall not exceed 3mm.
d. Fiber Connectors
1) LC type duplex fiber connector /adaptors shall be used for single mode and
multimode fiber cables and have a locking feature on the duplex coupler.
2) Pigtail shall be field installable, compatible with other fibers supplied in this project.
14
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
3) Pigtail shall allow the use of PC polishing on the tip, to provide high yield during
installation.
4) Fiber connectors shall be able to operate within specification in temperatures
ranging from - 10 to +65°C.
5) The insertion loss of mated connectors shall have a mean value of 0.35dB and a
standard deviation of 0.2dB.
6) The insertion loss change due to temperature variations within the operating
temperature shall be less than 0.3dB.
7) Insertion loss change after 1,000 reconnections shall be less than 0.2dB.
8) The return loss of the connector for the connections shall be better than -20dB for
multimode connections and -40dB for single mode connections.
9) The tip material of the fiber connector shall be made of ceramic.
10) Refer ISP Standards for DU and Etisalat cable termination and type of connectors.
5. Faceplates, Outlets, Trunking
a. Faceplates
1) Flush mount (flush-fitted wall-mounted) outlets shall be used for wall mounted
outlets and wherever else possible.
2) Where space does not permit mounting of a flush face plate, modular surface
mounted boxes shall be used.
3) Modular faceplates for mounting either at 90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees
(angled) RJ-45 modular jacks shall be installed for the floor slab-mounted outlet
boxes where a raised floor is provided.
4) All face plates shall be constructed of ABS mounding compound and be
compatible with standard electrical outlet boxes used by the MEP contractor.
5) Shutter covers shall be provided for each RJ-45 modular jack. Insertion of an RJ-45
jack shall cause the shutter to open. When the plug is removed, the shutter shall
close automatically to protect the jack from ingress of dust.
6) Dust cover / blanks shall be provided for unused jacks.
7) Flush plates shall be mounted on skirting wiring duct cover section, metal wall box
for outlets in masonry walls or metal mounting brackets for outlets in plasterboard
lined stud walls.
8) The Contractor shall coordinate with the Employer and / or the IT Consultant, and
architect on the colour and finish of faceplates to be provided and the same
should be match with electrical accessories.
6. Cable Laying
a. Cable Laying Principles
1) Cables shall be fixed in straight parallel runs and shall be held in place by broad
cable ties at not more than 900mm centers on horizontal trays and 900mm on
vertical trays.
2) Cables shall not be held so tightly or by sufficiently narrow cable ties that
permanent indentation (enough to measurably affect the transmission
characteristics of the cable) or cutting of the outer sheath or conductor insulation
occurs.
3) The manufacturer's minimum bending radius requirements shall be adhered during
cable installation.
4) Cables running along horizontal and vertical cable ladder system shall be neatly
dressed, tied and wrapped at regular intervals. Different types of cables shall be
15
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
grouped separately. Velcro type cable ties shall be used for all 4-pair twisted pair
cabling; PVC cable ties shall be acceptable for larger multi-core cables.
Sufficient protection shall be provided to all installed cables and terminations to
prevent damages from other trades on the construction site. Any damaged
cables shall be replaced at Contractor's own costs.
Installed cable shall take the shortest route consistent with the defined routes, and
shall not, unless specified, contain length in excess of the distance required.
All cables which cross service pipes carrying hot or refrigerant fluids shall be
protected from excessive high or low temperatures or condensation. This may
require separation and / or thermal insulation.
Cables shall be kept clear of fire suppression outlets, heat and smoke detectors
and water detector strips. Installed cables shall not be subject to vibration or
movement.
Cables shall not be fixed with staples, Cables should be properly routed with velcro
tapes.
7. Separation from power cables
a. The communications cables shall not be tied to power cables or run along the same
conduits/ducts or run through the same connection box.
b. Any internal cables running in metal enclosed trunking or conduit shall be separated
from external parallel runs of power cables by a minimum of 600mm. All other power
and communications cables shall be separated according to the recommendations
stated in CIBSE AM7.
c. Where busbar inter-connecting power cables cross communications cable trays these
cables shall cross at 90-degree angles. These power cables shall be shielded to
minimize any interference with communications cabling data signals.
8. Cables in Trunking / Conduit
a. Trunking compartments shall be no more than 60% full to allow for future installation of
cables.
b. Cables shall enter and exit trunking via bridges to ensure complete separation between
communications and power compartments, if any.
c. The number of cables in each conduit shall be controlled to allow for future cable
installation and to stay within the manufacturers' maximum allowable cable pulling
tension.
d. All draw wires shall be replaced during each cable pull.
e. After cabling in trunking that passes through a fire-resistant structural element that has
been designated as fire barrier, such as floor and wall, approved type of fire resisting
material with the appropriate degree of fire protection shall be provided to prevent
the spread of fire or smoke through the trunking. Supply and installation of all firestopping materials at the openings to walls, ceiling and partitions shall be by the
Contractor
16
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
9. Equipment Cabinets & Racks
a. Preferable Dimensions of the racks shall be as follows:
Location
ICT Rack in MTR Room (MDF)
ICT Racks in different levels
(Telecommunication Rooms)
HCC Cabinets in Apartments
Rack Dimension
800mm (W) x 1000mm (D) x 42U (H)
600mm (W) x 600mm (D) x 15U (H) Wall Mount
Enclosure
600mm (W) x 150mm (D) x 15U (H) Flush Mount
b. Power Sockets Requirement for ICT MDF, ICT IDF, and HCC/RCC:
Location
ICT Rack in GF FTR Room
(MDF)
ICT Racks in different levels
(Telecommunication Rooms)
HCC Cabinets in
Apartments/Shops.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Socket Rating
No. of
Sockets
Backup
– UPS +
Generator
16 Amps Industrial
Type
(Surface
Mounted)
X 02
2 kva
mount
Rack
13 Amps
X 01
1 kva
mount
Rack
13 Amps
X 01
Not Required
For exact dimension and location of the racks, the Contractor shall verify at site and
submit for Employer and Consultant's approval.
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13Amps twin power sockets power inside
the HCC for powering the network equipment.
The Contractor shall supply and install 1 no 13 Amps rated non-switched 6- way
power strip as a minimum for each 12U equipment rack at HCC and earth bonded
to the rack frame.
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13Amps twin power sockets power inside
the ICT racks in telecommunication room’s for powering the network equipment
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13 Amps rated non-switched 6- way
power strip as a minimum for each 12U ICT equipment rack floor
telecommunication rooms of Building 1 and Building 2 and earth bonded to the
cabinet frame / rack frame.
The Contractor shall supply and install 2Nos. 16 Amps twin power sockets power for
the ICT MDF rack in Ground floor MTR room for powering the ICT network equipment
The Contractor shall supply and install 2 Nos. 16 Amps rated non-switched 10- way
C13 & 4-way C19 power strip as a minimum for 42U ICT MDF rack in Ground floor
MTR room and earth bonded to the cabinet frame / rack frame.
ICT MDF rack (800mm W x 1000mm D) characteristics as listed below:
1) Rack shall have a roof panel with 2 apertures of not less than 300mm x 50mm
finished with brush strip (to prevent air leakage) to allow entry of high-level data
cabling.
17
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
2) Rack shall have a roof panel with 2 apertures of not less than 300mm x 50mm
finished with brush strip (to prevent air leakage) to allow entry of high-level data
cabling.
3) Rack shall be with 50mm, minimum, wiring space on any side where
terminations are made, the wiring space shall be adjusted (increased) to suit
the quantities and types of cables entering and leaving the equipment rack.
4) Rack shall be provided with four roofs mounted fans and have no loss of
installation height.
5) Rack shall be provided with suitable means of securing the complete assembly
to floors and / or walls.
6) The rack shall be able to support a maximum equipment load of 1000kg.
7) Racks shall be provided with self-levelling feet/castors and shall sit directly on to
the access floor or concrete slab. The feet/castors shall be able to support the
maximum load capacity of the rack.
8) The surfaces of the rack shall be protected by good quality paintwork. The paint
shall be smooth, continuous and free from blemishes and scratches. The colour
of the paintwork shall be agreed with the Employer before installation.
9) The front and rear doors shall be provided mechanical barrel type locks and
with two sets of mechanical keys. The front and rear doors shall be the same
lock on each rack.
10) A full height and width side infill panel complete with vertical wire ways finished
with brush strip for inter-rack and frame cabling shall be provided by the
Contractor.
11) Three (x3) slotted component shelves per 42U rack shall be provided.
12) All racks shall be provided with removal panels, escutcheon plates (Doors
Locks), and covers.
13) The Rack shall have suitable clearance to ensure that the closure of the rack
door shall not interfere with any device within the enclosure.
10. Power Strip for Equipment Rack
a. The power strips for the equipment racks shall be designed to comply with the
following standards:
• BS 7671 (IEE Wiring Regulation)
• BS 5733 (General requirements for electrical accessories)
b. The main housing of the power strips shall be made of anodized aluminium extrusion
and mouldings shall be made of high impact, flame retardant grade of
polycarbonate.
c. The internal wiring shall be single cables insulated in low smoke, low fume grade of
material to BS 711. The power leads shall be multi-core flexible cables complying
with BS 6500, and shall be low smoke and fume.
d. The sockets are designed and tested to BS 1363 Part 2 (Specification for 13A
switched and unswitched socket-outlets). They shall be individually fused as 5A.
e. The tape-off lead shall be at least 3 metre and the terminating plug shall be fused
as 13A.
f. Power requirements for racks:
Location
Power Rating
Quantity
ICT Rack
16 Amps PDU
x02
Min. no. of Outlets
10 way : C13
04 way : C19
Remarks
Vertically
mounted
18
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
ICT Racks at different
levels
13 Amps Power Strip
x01
x06 : 3pin UK type
HCC/RCP Cabinets in
Apartments/Shops.
13 Amps Power Strip
x01
x06 : 3pin UK type
1U;600m
m
horizontal
1U;600m
m
horizontal
11. Uninterruptible Power Supply
a. An Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) shall be provided for the ICT MDF Room, &
ICT IDF to provide uninterruptible electrical supply to the IT and electronic
equipment inside the rooms.
b. For the input to ICT MDF rack , the UPS shall be supplied by 1-phase essential power
in- feeds from the electrical rooms with full back up by emergency generators.
c. In addition to supplying all the loads inside the ICT Racks, the UPS shall have
sufficient spare capacity of 20% to ensure its service reliability to support any surge
loads and also cater for future expansion of the IT and electronic equipment inside
the rooms.
d. The rated capacity of each UPS shall be expandable at least 30% for future
expansion.
e. The UPS capacity shall comply with the following rating requirements.
f. UPS Rating
• ICT MDF Rack
: 02 kVA
• ICT IDF Racks
: 01 kVA
g. The battery bank of each UPS shall have sufficient capacity for support the normal
equipment operation under full loads for at least 15 minutes in case of city mains
failure.
h. The electrical provisions shall be equipped with the necessary by-pass mechanism
to main the normal supply to all connected loads during the routine maintenance
and / or enhancement of the UPS.
i. In case of UPS breakdowns, the loads shall be automatically transferred to the city
mains bypass via the system static bypass unit without any interruption.
j. Each UPS shall be equipped with necessary interface and network card for connection
to Local-Area-Network via SNMP protocol for remote monitoring of the UPS status
including mains failure, output on battery, low battery, mains restored and return on
UPS, etc.
k. UPS management system shall be able to forward all type of alarm to an e-mail or
SNMP trap.
l.
UPS management system shall have the ability to monitor and control UPS systems
connected via network-based SNMP card.
m. UPS management system shall be able to generate connected UPS health report.
n. The UPS equipment shall comply with the following specifications as a minimum:
1
2
Description
Type
Configuration
3
Construction
Specification
On-line type
N; with flexibility to upgrade to
N+1, 2N configuration, if required
in future
High reliability rack-mounted
modular UPS, with no limit of
scalability and paralleling for IDF
rooms (Service Floors)
19
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Standalone UPS for ICT MDF Room
200% of phase busbar
(double neutral)
Minimum 65% capacity
within 10 times of discharge time
(i.e. 300 minutes)
400V / 230V, +10% to -15%
(read + confirm)
<5%
4
Neutral Busbar
5
Recharge Time
6
Input Voltage
7
8
Total Harmonic Distortion
Power Factor
- at 100% load
- at 50% load
9
Efficiency
- at 100% load
- at 50% load
10
11
12
Output Rating
Output Voltage Adjustment
Output Voltage (Transient)
13
14
Output Voltage Transient Response
Overload Capability
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Short Circuit Current Capability
Audible Noise
Operating Temperature
Operating Humidity
Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF)
Automatic Battery Test
Battery Care Voltage Compensation
: >0.9
: >0.83
: 92% p.f. 0.8 lagging
: 91.5%
As mentioned in Section 2.3.7
220V, 50Hz
20% load step, ± 4%
30% load step, ± 5%
50% load step, ± 8%
<50ms
110% 60 minutes
125% 10 minutes
150% 60 seconds
200% 200 ms
150% for 0.3 second
<50dB (A)
0 – 40⁰C
Up to 905 (90%) non-condensing
Up to 200,000 hours
Yes
Yes
o. The battery unit shall comply with the following specifications as a minimum:
Description
Specification
1.
Type
Sealed Lead Acid Inbuilt battery
2.
Backup Time
15 minutes
3.
Accommodation arrangement
Inbuilt with UPS
12. Entry Duct
1. The contractor must provide lead-in ducts from the plot boundary to the main
telecom room (MTR). The exact connection points at the plot boundary will depend
on the DU/ Etisalat manhole location.
2. The contractor shall connect to the DU/ Etisalat ICT Infrastructure ducting system.
3. The ISP construction NOC will identify the location and quantity of their lead-in ducts.
4. Refer ISP guidelines (TRA) for lead-in duct specifications.
20
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
I.
Performance Requirements
1. Contractor shall provide enough skilled labour to complete testing within the agreed
upon test period.
2. Cabling system need to be tested with latest technology testing equipment as per the
guidelines of TIA/EIA 568. C
3. Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience installing and testing fibre
optic, Unshielded Twisted Pair and coaxial cabling systems. All installers assigned by the
Contractor to the installation shall have a minimum of 2 years’ experience in the
installation of cabling systems.
4. Contractor is responsible for supplying all of the required test equipment used to
conduct acceptances tests.
5. Installation, Termination and testing shall be done by manufacturer’s certified
technicians.
6. Testing Equipment shall be calibrated as per the manufacturer’s instructions and
specifications
7. Contractor shall produce testing equipment calibration certificate prior to the testing
carried out at site.
8. NVP testing shall be carried out in room temperature as well as high ambient
temperature as per the manufacture specifications.
9. Testing of all horizontal cabling shall be performed prior to system cutover. Voice and
data horizontal wiring pairs shall be tested from the telecommunications outlet to the
copper Patch Panel. The cable runs shall be tested for conformance to the
specifications of EIA/TIA 568B Category 6a Testing
10. Horizontal cabling testing shall be done with a TIA/EIA TSB-67 UL Certified Level 3 test
set. Test shall include length, mutual capacitance, characteristic impedance,
attenuation, and near-end crosstalk. Near end crosstalk measurements shall be done
at both the information outlet and the cross connect.
11. All fibre testing shall be performed on all fibres in the completed end-to-end system.
Testing shall consist of a bidirectional end to end OTDR trace performed. The system
loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and 1310 nanometres for multimode fibres
and 1310 and 1550 for single mode fibres.
Fibre Splicing and testing shall be performed in clean, neat and dust free atmosphere
J.
EXECUTION
1. Pre –Installation Site Survey
a. Prior to start of systems installation, meet at the project site with the owner's
representative and representatives of trades performing related work to coordinate
efforts. Review areas of potential interference and resolve conflicts before
proceeding with the work. Facilitation with the General Contractor will be
necessary to plan the crucial scheduled completions of the equipment room and
telecommunications closets.
b. Examine areas and conditions under which the system is to be installed. Do not
proceed with the work until satisfactory conditions have been achieved.
2. Installation
a.
Receive, check, unload, handle, store, and adequately protect equipment and
materials to be installed as part of the contract. Store in areas as directed by the
21
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
b.
c.
owner's representative. Include delivery, unloading, setting in place, fastening to
walls, floors, ceilings, or other structures where required, interconnecting wiring of
system components, equipment alignment and adjustment, and other related
work whether or not expressly defined herein.
Install materials and equipment in accordance with applicable standards, and
manufacturer requirements, recommendations and manufacturer's printed
instructions.
Adhere to manufacturer's published specifications for pulling tension, minimum
bend radii, and sidewall pressure when installing cables
3. Grounding
a.
b.
c.
Grounding shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA 607 - Commercial Building Grounding
and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, and manufacturer's
grounding requirements as minimum
Ground equipment racks, housings, messenger cables, and raceways.
Connect cabinets, racks, and frames to single-point ground which is connected
to building ground system via #6 AWG green insulated copper grounding
conductor.
4. Labelling
a.
b.
c.
Labelling shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-606(A) standards. Provide labelling at
each outlet, both end of the cables, Patch Panel port, patch panel, rack...etc.
Labelling scheme/schedule shall be approved by client/Consultant prior to
implement at site
Labelling scheme/Schedule shall be reflected in as built drawings
5. Submittals
1. Submit Four (4) Sets of electronic copies and (4) Sets of hard copies for all below Items
3 to 7.
2. Electronic copies shall have:
• Transportation media shall be in IBM-type structure on DVD format.
• A Master File List in text format shall be placed on each DVD with a short description
of files in the submittal.
• The shop drawings shall be in AutoCAD 2018 or later drawing (.DWG) format.
Drawing Exchange File Format (.DXF) is not acceptable. All XREFs, fonts, and other
drawing parts necessary shall be included.
• Word processing files shall be in latest MS Word format. Graphs and charts shall be
in MS Excel format. Any graphic images necessary for the reproduction of the
submittals shall be included in the files, and shall be included in JPEG (.JPG) file
format.
• Manufacturers' data sheets, equipment manuals, and other documentation
provided by the Manufacturers to the Contractor or documents that are similarly
not otherwise available to the Contractor in electronic format shall be excluded
from this requirement.
• Detailed Network Map (High level and Low level designs)
22
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
3. The Contractor shall provide a detailed network map to be utilized as a road map
during the implementation of the Structured Cabling System. This map shall show all
segments, all interconnects between segments and all active network devices. This
network map shall not include the individual nodes interconnected to each
concentrator but shall have the modules, interfaces, protocols, addresses and other
identifying features for each concentrator and other active device.
4. The Contractor shall provide a Cable Plant interconnectivity chart showing all fiber
patch panels and individual identifiers for each fiber associated with the
interconnectivity of each network device.
5. The Contractor shall also provide a time scaled Construction Schedule indicating
general project deadlines with specific dates relating to the installation of the system.
At a minimum, this Construction Schedule shall include the following milestones per
floor:
• Equipment Installation Start Date
• Equipment Installation Completion Date
• Equipment Testing Start Date
• Equipment Testing Completion Date
• Potential Slippage Periods
• Contingent Tasks
• Concurrent Tasks
• Completion of Documentation
6. Product Data
• Submit catalogue data sheets, neatly bound with title page, space for submittal
stamps, and tabbed dividers between sections. List all proposed equipment with
reference to corresponding specification paragraph numbers or equipment title.
Indicate all accepted substitutions.
• Submit a schedule of finishes indicating proposed materials and color selections for
all exposed items subject to Consultant selection.
• Submit a list showing coordination of selected frequencies for all wireless
transmitters.
7. Shop Drawings
• Submit point-to-point wiring diagrams and typed wire lists identifying every
connection for information. Include electronic devices such as switches,
transformers, and terminal blocks. Indicate locations of all components. Identify
cables by types, colors, and wire numbers.
• Submit system plans showing all device locations and ceiling distributed
loudspeaker layouts with wattage tap settings.
• Submit conduit riser diagrams showing connection of all devices, required conduit
sizes along with types and quantities of cables to be used and cable identification
tags.
• Submit rack layouts indicating the proposed arrangement of mounted equipment
including junction boxes and locations of conduit penetrations.
• Submit fully dimensioned construction details of all panels, plates and other custom
fabricated items or modifications (e.g. installation of audio/visual equipment in
lecterns). Include complete parts lists and, as required, schematic diagrams.
• Submit mounting and support details for distributed ceiling loudspeakers, and all
other items mounted overhead complete with parts lists and dimensions. Include a
full plan view, front elevation, and side elevation of each item with corresponding
support structure and mounting hardware. Verify load ratings of all hanging
components including attachment hardware.
23
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Submit electronic copies of any custom programming including source codes.
Include printed copies of all control screens, wiring pages, etc.
8. Samples submit for Consultant's action. Label samples to indicate product,
characteristics and locations in the work. Samples will be reviewed for color,
appearance, and workmanship. Compliance with all other requirements is the
exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
• Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the Work.
Samples will be reviewed for color and appearance and workmanship.
Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor.
• Furnish samples of the following:o All exposed plates and panels for approval of color, engraving, text size and
material.
o All exposed equipment’s such as display trims, projector assembly panels etc.
o Terminated cable samples.
•
9. The Contractor shall provide the username and password for all levels (hardware,
operating system, application) of each programmable device.
10. The Contractor shall provide complete TAFV project-related configuration files of
programmable devices including final program /codes.
11. The Contractor shall provide the related license details and program software of
systems.
12. The Contractor shall provide details of Warranty and prepare asset register with all
details as per forms provided by consultant.
3.1
Product Warranty
1. Materials, workmanship and performance specifications hereinafter specified and
furnished shall be fully guaranteed by the manufacturer for 20 years from transfer of
title against any defects. Defects, which may occur as the result of faulty materials or
workmanship within 20 years after installation and acceptance by The Customer, shall
be corrected by The Vendor at no additional cost to The Customer.
2. This warranty shall in no manner cover equipment that has been damaged or
rendered unserviceable due to negligence, misuse, acts of vandalism, or tampering
by The Customer or anyone other than employees or agents of The Vendor. The
Vendor’s obligation under its warranty is limited to the cost of repair of the warranted
item or replacement thereof, at The Vendor’s option
3. Contractor has to provide 1-year free maintenance starting since hand over of the
project.
24
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
2.02 Audio-Visual System (Background Music System)
A.
SCOPE OF WORK
1. Supply, delivery, supervision, coordination, installation of equipment items specified
herein and shown on The Contract Drawings as well as incorporation of Employer
Furnished Equipment (E.F.E), testing, documentation, and instruction related to
complete Audio, Video, Racks, Consoles, Cables, and Control wiring for the Audiovisual System.
2. Complete Audio-Visual Systems for the Madinah Jumeirah Living- shall include including
Public Spaces like Main Lobby and Gym.
3. Provide all equipment, materials, labour, and services, not specifically
mentioned or shown, which may be necessary to complete or perfect all aspects of
the installation. Ensure that they comply with requirements stated or reasonably inferred
by the specifications.
4. Perform all work; provide all products, systems integration, engineering, design work,
and testing required for the project in order to ensure fully operative systems and proper
installation of equipment. Provide calculations and analysis to support design and
engineering decisions as specified in submittals.
5. The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are coordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Employer and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives.
6. The Contractor shall designate qualified person(s), other than the Project Manager, to
be responsible for the on-site quality control and attendance of regular design with
Employer implementation progress meetings. The Contractor shall furnish adequate
information and drawings in a timely manner to the Employer and / or the Consultant
in ensuring smooth AV systems implementations.
7. The Contractor shall provide AV system documentation including system schematics,
design topology, wiring schemes, labelling conventions, rack layout plans, Equipment
layout plans, and also other information relevant to utilizing this infrastructure.
8. Contractor shall ensure that all ducts and conduits till display screens are done as
required and shall consider any type of drill work under his scope.
9. The Contractor shall be responsible in developing requirements into a fully functional
and complete system to produce a detailed AV design that is fully coordinated with
other building services, and architectural features.
10. The AV installations must be fully coordinated with the interior design and with other
technologies such as voice/data and the fire alarm systems. AV control system must
have an audio override by the fire alarm system.
11. The Contractor shall conduct on-site user training on the System to the Employer's
operation team and relevant representatives under the supervision of the consultant.
12. The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are coordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Client and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives.
25
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
B.
CODES AND STANDARDS
1. Codes:
Work should be performed in accordance with applicable requirements of governing
codes, rules and regulations including the following minimum standards, whether
statutory or not:
•
Local Building Code
•
National Electric Code (NEC)
•
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
•
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
•
City, and other local codes and requirements
2. Standards:
Equipment and materials specified should conform to the current edition of the following
standards where applicable:
•
UL – Underwriters' Laboratories
•
ASTM – American Society for Testing Materials
•
NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
•
ANSI – American National Standards Institute
•
ETL – Electrical Testing Laboratories
•
SMPTE – Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
•
EIA – Electronic Industries Association
•
ISO – International Standards Organization
•
SCTE – Society of Cable Television Engineers
C.
1.
SYSTEM & PRODUCT
Design Topology
The Madinah Jumeirah Living project expects good quality BGM.
Background music should be provided the following areas:
•
Main Lobby
•
Gym area
a. As a design principle, ensure that guests are not able to hear more than one
music source at any time, in public spaces.
b. BGM system should have scheduling feature, so client can prearrange music
changes according to time of day. As per program changes occur automatically
and do not require client intervention or action.
c. Provide central matrix audio distribution system. The matrix system shall also
provide digital signal processing capabilities, volume controls and similar
functions should be available over Ethernet.
d. Contractor should provide Separate Network system for AV and BGM system.
BGM music should be provided to all AV racks through Network switch.
e. BGM, Ceiling speakers shall be 5.5“, 6’’ or bigger size, depending on the ceiling
height (Refer Drawings).
f. Proposed System should be digital DSP and can be expanded easily.
g. BGM Rack should have integration with Fire evacuation system. During Trigger
from fire evacuation BGM music should be muted.
h. 20% Spare capacity should be kept in each BGM & AV Amplifiers.
26
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Provide Facility panel/Audio Tie line to connect local source & provide Control
panel to select source and control volume. Location should be as per client
requirements. Below area should be consider for facility panel:
• Gym
• Main Lobby-Reception Area
j. Provide a secured system to prevent unauthorized access to the audio system
electronics, when an authorized operator is not present.
k. Contractor should coordinate with ID & client for reflected ceiling plans.
l. The MJL Personnel should have convenient access to the control panel to select
source and volume.
m. Sufficient Cabling (Fiber/AV/Cat6a) should be consider between BGM/Fire
Evacuation/Voice Evacuation panel (located elsewhere in project) and AV
Room for Integration functionalities.
n. Contractor should co-ordinate with interior designer and architect for BGM/AV
niche, jack locations and speaker types.
o. Contractor should coordinate with the ID and architect for Finishes.
i.
2.
BGM System Requirement
The following is a general outline of minimum requirements for the Background
Music system:
• Digital music Server with minimum 04 output channels
• CD/MP3 player (6 CD changer)
• Amplifiers, speakers and volume controls with channel selector
• DSP supporting AVB/DANTE
• Amplifier should have at least 01 spare channel.
• Equipment rack with complete accessories.
• UPS rack mounted
• Monitor speaker rack mounted
• Audio mixer on table inside BGM/AV Server room
• AV Tie-in points with BGM DSP to play local music, follow drawings for
locations.
• FM/AM tuner with antenna and accessories
BGM Speaker spec:
•
•
•
•
•
•
6.5-inch High Output High Quality Two-Way
70V/100V Autoformer: 60W, 30W, 15W, 7.5W (@70V only)
Continuous Max Output: 114 dB (120 dB Peak)
Operating Range: 65 Hz – 22 kHz
Sensitivity (1W/1m): 94 dB
Power Handling: 100W continuous @ 8 ohms
BGM subwoofer spec:
•
•
•
•
10-inch High Output High Quality Subwoofer
Operating Range: 42 Hz – 200 Hz
Sensitivity (1W/1m): 93 dB
Power Handling: 200W continuous @ 8 ohms
27
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
•
•
•
Continuous Max Output: 116 dB (122 dB Peak)
70V/100V Autoformer: 200W, 100W, 50W, 25W (@70V only)
Nominal Beam width (H x V): 180° Conical Two-Way
2.03 Audio Intercom System
A.
GENERAL
1. SECTION INCLUDES
a. IP Audio Intercom to be installed in the Residential blocks. The system shall allow visitors
to call individual apartments and establish a video and audio link from the main calling
panel to the panel in the apartment. The tenant shall have the facility to release the
door to allow the guest access into the building.
2. REFERENCES
b. American National Standards Institute (ANSI/TIA/EIA) 568 - Commercial Building
Telecommunications Cabling Standard.
c. International Organization for Standards (ISO) 9001:2000 - Quality Management
Systems - Requirements.
3. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
IP Network Compatible Audio Intercom System: A network-based communication and
security system featuring video entry security, internal communication, emergency stations,
and paging. All units and app in the systems shall be able to unlock doors remotely on a
network, assist onsite visitors from an offsite location, broadcast emergency
announcements, and communicate using a PoE network.
1) Power Source: Power over Ethernet (802.3af).
2) Network Interface: 10 BASE-T / 100 BASE-TX Ethernet (RJ-45).
3) Network Protocols: IPv4, IPv6, TCP, UDP, SIP, HTTP, HTTPS, MJPEG, RTSP, RTP, RTCP, IGMP,
MLD, SMTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS.
4) Bandwidth Usage:
• G.711: 64Kbps x 2 per video call.
• 64Kbps per monitor.
• H.264: 24Kbps ~ 2,048Kbps.
5) Communication: Hands-free (VOX), push-to-talk (simplex), or handset (full-duplex).
6) Door Release: Programmable Form C dry contact, 24V AC/ DC, 500mA - use EL-12S (use
RY-24L for larger contact rating, which requires 24V DC power supply) or use RY-IP44
with 4 multipurpose relays.
7) Wire Type: CAT-5e or CAT-6.
8) Distance:
• Door Station or RA Station to Network Node: 100 metres
• Master Station to Network Node: 100 metres
4. SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
28
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
1)
2)
3)
Preparation instructions and recommendations.
Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
Installation methods.
b. Shop Drawings: Submit the following:
1) Wiring Diagrams: Indicate wiring for each item of equipment and interconnections
between items of equipment.
2) Include manufacturer's names, model numbers, ratings, power requirements,
equipment layout, device arrangement, complete wiring point-to-point diagrams,
and conduit layouts.
c. Installation and Operation Manuals:
1) Submit manufacturer's installation and operation manual, including operation
instructions and component wiring diagrams.
2) Provide detailed information required for Owner to properly operate equipment.
d. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty.
5. QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001:2008 certified company.
b. Installer Qualifications: Factory trained and experienced with system installations of
scope and size required for the Project.
c. Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and
application workmanship.
1) Finish areas designated by Architect.
2) Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by Architect.
3) Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.
6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and
packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.
b. Storage: Store materials in clean, dry area indoors in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
c. Handling: Protect materials during handling and installation to prevent damage.
7. PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits
recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under
environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
B.
1.
PRODUCTS
FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS:
a. As indicated and as required to complete system.
1) Master Station
29
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
a) An IP addressable audio master station. It can be wall or desk mounted (desk
stand included). The unit shall offer handset (duplex) and hands-free (VOX/PTT)
communication and call up to 200 other units. It connects directly to a network
using CAT-5e/6 cable. This station requires an 802.3af compliant Power-overEthernet network.
2) Audio Door Station
a) Flush mount unit connects to a PoE network using CAT-5e/6 cable. The door station
shall feature a stainless steel (or similar approved) face plate, a form C contact for
door release, a 600-ohm output for paging or an amplified speaker, call
placed/answered indication, and a contact input.
C.
2.
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
a. Examine areas to receive integrated security and communication system.
b. Notify Architect of conditions that would adversely affect installation or subsequent use.
c. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions are corrected.
3.
PREPARATION
a. Verify the following compliance before starting installation.
b. The unit turns inoperative during power failure.
c. Keep the intercom wires at least 1 foot (30 cm) away from strong electrical wiring (AC
100-240 V) including, in particular, wiring for inverter electrical appliances. Noise and
malfunction could result.
d. If a strong light shine on the main unit screen, the picture may turn white or only
silhouettes will be visible.
e. Other manufacturer's devices (such as sensor, detectors, door releases) used with this
system, comply with the manufacturer's installation requirements.
f. The LCD panel is manufactured with very high precision techniques, inevitably will have
a very small portion of its picture elements always lit or not lit at all. This is not considered
a unit malfunction. Please be aware of this in advance.
4.
INSTALLATION
a. Install integrated security and communication system in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions at locations indicated on the Drawings.
b. Mount equipment plumb, level, square, and secure. For video entrance stations and
video door stations, comply with manufacturer's design requirements to provide
optimum picture quality of station monitoring.
5.
SET-UP AND ADJUSTING
a. Adjust integrated security and communication system for proper operation in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
30
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
6.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
a. Demonstration:
1) Demonstrate that integrated security and communication system functions properly.
2) Perform demonstration at final system inspection by qualified representative of
manufacturer.
b. Instruction and Training:
1) Provide instruction and training of Owner's personnel as required for operation of
integrated security and communication system.
2) Provide hands-on demonstration of operation of system components and complete
system, including user-level program changes and functions.
3) Provide instruction and training by qualified representative of manufacturer.
7.
PROTECTION
Protect installed integrated security and communication
END OF SECTION
31
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
5.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Technical Compliance of the Specification
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1: GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 3
A.
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 3
B.
SCOPE OF WORKS .................................................................................................................. 4
C.
RELATED WORKS ................................................................................................................... 4
D.
CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .............................................................................. 5
E.
SUBMITTALS .......................................................................................................................... 6
F.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .................................................................................... 8
G.
WARRANTY AND CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................... 8
PART 2: PRODUCTS ........................................................................................................................... 8
A.
GENERAL STRUCTURED CABLING COMPONENTS .................................................................. 8
B.
ROOF TOP ROOM AND MOBILE SERVICE ROOM (GSM) ........................................................ 9
C.
EQUIPMENT/SERVER CABINET ............................................................................................ 10
D.
GENERAL IDF/FLOOR TELEPHONE ROOM (FTR) CABINET .................................................... 11
E.
IDF/FTR STANDING CABINET ............................................................................................... 11
F.
IDF/FTR WALL-MOUNTED CABINET ..................................................................................... 13
G.
HORIZONTAL CABLING- CAT6A UTP .................................................................................... 13
H.
CAT6A COPPER PATCH CORDS ............................................................................................. 14
I.
CAT6A COPPER PATCH PANELS ........................................................................................... 15
J.
DATA OUTLETS .................................................................................................................... 16
K.
MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES ....................................................................................... 16
L.
SINGLE MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES ..................................................................................... 17
M.
FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS ............................................................................................ 18
N.
FIBER CONNECTORS ............................................................................................................ 19
O.
ACTIVE NETWORK SYSTEM BRIEF ........................................................................................ 21
P.
CORE SWITCHES .................................................................................................................. 23
Q.
CORE SWITCHES MODULES ................................................................................................. 24
R.
ACCESS/EDGE SWITCHES ..................................................................................................... 24
S.
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) ........................................................................... 25
PART 3: EXECUTION ........................................................................................................................ 26
A.
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 26
B.
INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................................... 26
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
1
C.
INSPECTION ......................................................................................................................... 27
D.
TEST EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................ 27
E.
DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS .................................................................................................... 27
F.
WARRANTY ......................................................................................................................... 29
G.
MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................... 29
H.
TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 30
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
2
ICT/TELECOMMUNCATION
PART 1: GENERAL
A. OVERVIEW
1. It is the Design Intent to provide an intra-building structured cabling system which will
support 10 Gb/s switched, multi-protocol, ethernet-based networks. Comply
2. The networks shall be compliant with ANSI/TIA/EIA, ISO standards and Building Industry
Consulting Service International (BICSI) Telecommunications Design Methods to the facility. Comply
3. The Structured Cabling shall support the following dedicated networks:
a. Converge ICT network- for the residential intercom and Background Music
System (BGM) which shall utilize common network and network switches for
management and connectivity Noted, As per BGM specification & consultant comment seperate network proposed
for BGM system. ICT network contains residential intercom only.
b. Security Network- dedicated for the security systems for the connectivity of
cameras, access control devices, etc. part of security submittal
4. Incoming services infrastructure should be provided from the Service Providers network to
the Main Telecom Room which is dedicated for both the service provider of the facility. The
Client shall determine the chosen lead services provider (Etisalat/Du) for the project. Comply
5. Fibre and copper connectivity shall be by the contactor between MTR, IDF rooms, Landlord
Server Room and Tenant space as required providing adequate connectivity for data,
telephone and TV services. Comply
6. All the active core equipment for the multiple networks (as detailed above) shall be located
in the Server Room. The Server Room shall be sub-divided for each of the above networks
providing physical separation and security. Comply
7. Multi-mode OM4, Single-mode OS2 Optical Fiber and Cat 6A Copper cables shall be provided
for the backbone system in a hierarchical star arrangement which will terminate on fibre and
copper patch panels at each IDF (Intermediate Distribution Frame). Noted & comply
8. The Backbone shall consist of Multi-mode, Single-mode Fiber and/or Cat6A UTP copper
cables and shall be routed as per the IT single line diagrams through the main IT riser and
IDFs. backbone consists of multimode fiber & for horizontal connectivity CAT6A UTP cable.
9. Horizontal cabling shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6A UTP (or equivalent), deployed in a
“home- run” arrangement from the IDF to the Telecommunications Outlet (TO), floor boxes
and consolidation points. Comply
10. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated within the IDF rooms using ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6A
Patch panels. Dedicated patch panels and lockable equipment cabinets shall be provided for
the 2 networks. Each cable shall be terminated in the equipment cabinet and associated
patch panel corresponding to the use of the end device. Comply
11. Patching within Server Room and IDF rooms shall be provided for 100% of outlets and active
edge switch ports. Comply
12. The entire installation shall be fully certified by the manufacturer. A guaranteed Channel
Performance with Product and Application Certification shall be provided for the entire
cabling system installation (copper and fibre). Comply
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
3
13. Main Earthing & Bonding system clean earth shall be provided to each equipment rooms
(Security Control room, IDF’s) by the Contractor. Connection from clean earth to Structured
Cabling System by ELV / IT Contractor. scope of MEP
14. Training shall be provided from the manufacturer or an authorized training centre as
described further herein. Comply
15. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the requirements for Telecom room and
Comply
verifying space, selection of rack (dimension and door type), power and cooling
requirements associated with this Section and coordinate with the relevant trades.
16. Use the same manufacturer throughout the SCS installation. Comply
17. Rack mountable UPS with backup of 30 minutes and SNMP card shall be considered with
additional of 25% spare load. Comply
18. Communication link between lift and BMS room or between lift and security room shall be
provided. Noted, there is no outlets shown in the lift & BMS room 0r lift & security room,
B. SCOPE OF WORKS
1. The scope consists of all passive data network components for the building associated with
all IP Network and telecom spaces (MMR, MTR, Server Room, IDFs etc.) throughout the
facility, Telecommunication Outlets (TO) and all interconnecting copper and fibre cabling.
2. The scope also consists of all active data network components for the building associated
with all IP network throughout the facility and IP Data transmission for all networkconnected systems. Comply
3. Building connectivity to MTR should through nearest existing Telecom manhole. Comply
4. This scope does not cover design for operational servers or data storage for operational
systems such as Building Management, billing, etc. Comply
5. This scope does not cover design for systems provided by Third Parties such as the HighSpeed Internet Access (HSIA), IPTV, Wireless Internet Billing etc. Comply
6. All connections from core to access layers to be are 2 x 10GB providing a total of 20GB per
access layer switch. Comply
7. All Access Layer switches will 10/100/1000 Mbps. Comply
8. Access switches enabled with PoE+ shall be provided to the Apartment Intercom and BGM
system devices (as necessary). Access switches requirement for the security systems is
detailed in the security systems specification. Comply
Comply
C. RELATED WORKS
1. Raceway, cable tray, ladder runway, sleeves, channels, conduits and pull boxes specified
under electrical specifications
2. Standard-compliant telecommunications grounding system to be provided under
earthing/grounding (electrical) specifications
3. Raised access flooring (specified under architectural design), if ever applicable
4. Cutting, patching and painting (generally civil works)
5. Conduit stubs below floors and above the finished ceilings at designated locations specified
under electrical specifications
6. Double gang, deep back boxes at each wall mounted outlet location specified under
electrical specifications
7. Shared power/telecom and shared power/telecom /AV raised access floor flush-mounted
boxes specified under electrical specifications
Comply in
coordination
with MEP
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
4
8. Security, audio-visual and BMS systems proprietary cabling and equipment designed and
specified in each respective section
9. Installation of and cross-connection to hardware and cabling assemblies supplied by
telephone system, data or data hardware vendors
10. Provision of inter-machine cabling and ancillary communications cabling within the
equipment rooms, except as indicated on the drawings
11. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) specified under electrical specifications
comply in
coordination
with MEP
D. CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
1. Comply with the most recently issued requirements, standards, recommendations, rules,
and regulations of:
a. Telecommunications Regulatory Authority, UAE
b. TRA/Common Du and Etisalat guidelines
c. The National Electrical Code (NEC)
d. National Fire Protection Act (NFPA)
e. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
f. Building Industry Consulting Services International (BICSI)
g. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL)
h. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
2. Follow the most restrictive code or recommendations. Undistinguishable details shall be
consulted to the responsible engineer for interpretation.
3. All equipment shall be equal to or shall exceed the minimum requirements of NEC, IEEE,
ASME, ANSI and UL.
4. The requirements and recommendations of the following are included herein and made a
part of these contract documents:
a. Electrical Specifications Sections
b. UAE laws and Telecommunications Regulations Authority (TRA) codes
c. TRA/DU & Etisalat Design and Installation Guidelines
d. ICT requirements for Residential Towers.
e. ANSI/TIA-568-C: Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises,
published 2009
f. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,
2009.
g. ANSI/TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunication Cabling and
Components Standard, 2009.
h. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3: Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, 2008.
i. ANSI/TIA-758-A: Customer-owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure
Standard, 2005.
j. NSI/TIA-942-2: Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centres
Addendum 2- Additional Media and Guidelines for Data Centres – 2010.
k. ANSI/TIA -492 Series: Single and Multimode series of specifications up to OS2 and
OM4 Fibers.
l. International Standards Organization/International Electro Technical Commission
ISO/IEC 11801, Amendment 1, 2009: Generic Cabling for Customer Premises, Class
EA.
m. Underwriters Laboratories (UL®) Cable Certification and Follow up Program.
n. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual 12th Edition
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
5
Noted &
Comply
o. L 910, Test for Flame-Propagation and Smoke Density Values for Electrical and
Optical Fiber Cables in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air, 1997
p. UL 1685, Vertical-Tray Fire Protection and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and
Optical Fiber Cables.
q. IEEE 1100-2005, Powering and Grounding of Electronic Equipment.
5. All equipment shall be as per latest TRA requirements.
Noted &
Comply
E. SUBMITTALS
1. Bid Submittal
a. The contractor shall submit to the Consultant – four (4) copies of Descriptive
Literature which also includes list of equipment, Technical Data, Catalogues,
Installation Instructions and Maintenance recommendation of all the Products used.
b. Provide a Schedule of values and quantities for the equipment where each piece of
equipment shall be priced individually.
c. Include on the above schedule non-equipment and service cost schedule. This will
include:
i. Engineering Design.
ii. Pre-installation works.
iii. Installation including wiring and site supervision.
iv. Software programming (if applicable)
v. Documentation
vi. Training
vii. Project management
viii. Warranties
d. Submit proposal for Alternates and associated equipment costs.
e. Shop drawings – detailed schematic, layout, installation & rack details.
f. Organization profile, chart and career & qualification records of Project manager /
technical staff.
g. The submittal must include all the electronic copies of the required documentations
and the sample product.
h. In addition to hard copy submittals, submit all files necessary to produce the above
submittals as follows:
i. Transportation media shall be on CD ROM format.
ii. A Master File List in text format shall be placed on each CD ROM with a short
description of files in the submittal.
iii. The shop drawings shall be in AutoCAD R2015 or later drawing (.DWG)
format. All XREFs, fonts, and other drawing parts necessary shall be
included.
iv. Manufacturers’ data sheets, equipment manuals, and other documentation
provided by the Manufacturers to the Contractor or documents that are
similarly not otherwise available to the Contractor in electronic format shall
be excluded from this requirement.
2. Product Datasheet
a. Submit catalogue data sheets, space for submittal stamps. List all proposed
equipment. Indicate all accepted substitutions.
b. Submit a schedule of finishes indicating proposed materials and color selections for
all exposed items subject to Architect selection.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
6
Noted &
Comply
c. Submit a list showing coordination of selected frequencies for all wireless
transmitters.
3. Construction Schedule
a. The Contractor shall provide a Construction Schedule indicating general project
deadlines with specific dates relating to the installation of the system. At a
minimum, this construction schedule shall include the following milestones:
i. Cabling Procurement Date
ii. Equipment Procurement Date
iii. Cabling Installation Start Date
iv. Cabling Installation Completion Date
v. Equipment Installation Start Date
vi. Equipment Installation Completion Date
vii. Equipment Testing Start Date
viii. Equipment Testing Completion Date
ix. Completion of Documentation
4. Shop Drawings
a. Shop drawings must include, but not limited to:
b. All drawings must be the same size as the project drawings.
c. All drawings must follow the Project’s drafting standards.
d. All plans drawn to project standard scales for floor plans, ceiling plans, sections,
enlarged details, etc., and must be drawn in Landscape, not Portrait rotation.
e. Submit as-installed point-to-point wiring diagrams and typed wire lists identifying
every connection for information. Include electronic devices
f. Submit system layouts showing all as-installed device locations, ceiling layouts.
g. Submit conduit riser diagrams showing as-installed connection of all devices.
h. Submit rack layouts indicating the as-installed arrangement of mounted equipment.
i. Submit as-installed fully dimensioned construction details of all panels, plates.
5. Submit wiring diagrams identifying every connection for information including:
a. All equipment such as distribution hub, power supply etc., complete with make and
model numbers.
b. Electronic devices such as distribution switches, transformers, and terminal blocks.
c. Calculated voltage loss in each circuit and cable distance should be followed as per
manufacture’s guidelines.
d. Indicate locations of all components by room number.
e. Identify cables by types, models, colors, and wire numbers.
f. Identify all connector types including make and model along with cable termination
details including connector pin-outs, conductor color codes and cable dressing
details for each type of connector used in the system.
g. Submit system plans showing all device locations, containment riser diagrams
showing connection of all devices, required containment type and sizes along with
types and quantities of cables to be used and cable identification tags.
h. Submit Power and cooling requirements for each equipment rack / room.
i. Submit fully dimensioned construction details of all panels. Include complete parts
lists and, as required, schematic diagrams.
j. Submit electronic copies of any custom programming including source codes.
Include printed copies of all control screens, wiring pages, etc.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
7
Noted &
Comply
6. Samples
a. Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the Work.
Samples will be reviewed for color and appearance and workmanship. Compliance
with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Furnish
samples of the following:
b. All exposed plates and panels for approval of color, engraving, text size and material.
c. Terminated cable samples.
7. Upon completion of the installation, Contractor shall prepare as built documentation of the
entire installation. And should also include the electronic copies.
F. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1. Deliver, store and handling of the equipment will be at designated areas as defined by the
Client.
2. Deliver and store materials in manufacturer’s original packaging labelled to show name,
brand, type, and grade. Store materials in protected environment in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions, any loss or damage to the equipment will be fully responsible
by the contractor.
3. Equipment damaged prior to system acceptance shall be replaced at no cost to the
Employer.
Noted &
Comply
Noted &
Comply
G. WARRANTY AND CERTIFICATION
1. The Contractor shall provide a letter from the Manufacturer confirming certifications and
trained engineers under the employ of the company. The Contractor shall provide the
Manufacturer’s Warranty, including the Manufacturers Performance Guarantee & Test Data
and all applications supported under the warranty. The period of the warranty shall not be
less than twenty five (25) years in accordance with the manufacturer’s extended warranty
program. Comply
2. Warrant all other portions of the work against faulty and improper material and
workmanship for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of acceptance as defined
herein. Where warranties for longer terms are offered through manufacturer/installer
programs, such longer terms shall apply. Comply. 5 year warranty can be provided for material & 1 year warranty will be
provided for workmanship
PART 2: PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL STRUCTURED CABLING COMPONENTS
1. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Regulations. Comply
2. All system components shall be manufactured by ISO 9001:2008 certified companies and all
packaging shall carry clear product identification (catalogue number, quality control number,
etc.)
Comply
3. All products shall be new of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
site in original manufacturer's packaging. Electrical components shall bear the Underwriter's
Laboratories label. This listing requirement applies to the entire assembly. Only systems and
equipment that meet or exceed the level of quality and capabilities stated within this
document will be considered for acceptance. Comply
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
8
4. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application. Comply
5. All system components of the entire cabling system (copper and fibre) shall be from a single
manufacturer which will ensure that a single performance warranty covers all applications
on vertical and horizontal links. This includes but is not limited to:
a. Horizontal distribution
b. Fiber optics distribution
c. Copper distribution
d. Patch Panels
6. All components and devices will be provided with labelling to the standards set out in
ANSI/TIA/EIA 606-B. Prior written authorization must be obtained from the Client or
Supervising Engineer for any deviation from this standard.
7. All components are to be accepted by the Engineer and afford the most aesthetic value
possible while maintaining specified functionality. Hardware will adhere to the following
guidelines:
a. Fit and finish to the existing surrounding structure.
b. Unobtrusiveness
c. Functionality
8. All workstation termination hardware shall match the existing wall surface colour as closely
as possible, to include mounting boxes, faceplates, and outlets.
9. Used equipment or damaged material will be rejected.
B. ROOF TOP ROOM AND MOBILE SERVICE ROOM (GSM)
1. Roof top room and Service Room shall be provided based on the TRA requirement for a
multi-tenant building which are up to G+10 floors or less at a minimum dedicated 3m x 3m x
3m (WLH).
2. GSM Room shall also be provided in the ground floor adjacent to the Main Telecom Room.
This will be a dedicated room for GSM equipment. A cable tray 300mmx 150mm is required
from GSM room to Main Telecom Room and will extend until the Roof top GSM Room.
3. The main requirements for the Roof Top Room for the residential building are below but not
limited to:
a. The roof-top room shall be connected to building riser through 300mm x 50mm
vertical cable tray.
b. The doors of this room shall open outwards and have a minimum opening of
1000mm x 2100mm (WxH).
c. The following electromechanical must be provided while designing roof-top room.
d. 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated 20A circuit
breaker.
e. 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with
resistance less than 1ohm.
f. Add 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential power supply
(EDB);
g. Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units with proper
interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C;
h. Heat dissipation can be considered at 36kW for roof-top Room;
i. 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room;
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
9
Comply
Pat of ISP
submittal
j.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200 Lux at table
level;
k. Room shall be compliant with the fire and safety requirements like smoke detector,
fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local authority standards. Any water
sprinklers must be avoided.
The floors of the roof-top rooms must have a minimum distributed load rating of 10kN/m2.
Openings must be provided to the room to allow for cables to connect to external antennas.
These openings must be 600mm x 400mm (W x H), 500mm below the room ceiling in walls
facing the building’s roof-top area.
Space must be reserved on the roof-top of the building for the installation of mobile-service
antennas.
This setup may vary from building to building scenario, but this will be typically at the
corners of the building or on any raised structure on the roof-top.
The requirements as stated above shall be coordinated by the contractor to the respective
provider/contractor to ensure full compliance.
C. EQUIPMENT/SERVER CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide Server racks in the main server room in the configuration shown
on the design drawings.
2. The outside dimensions of the server cabinets shall be 800mm (W) x 1000mm (D).
3. Server Cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, with a flange base, capable of
minimum 42U of useable interior height.
4. Server Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel construction
and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Server cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces (units)
stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Server racks shall be provided with stabilizer feet attached to the front and sides of each
enclosure for increased stability.
9. Accessories: Horizontal stabilization hardware, appropriate fasteners for mechanical
attachment to structural floor.
10. Server racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units (PDU) for
primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to present a
dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for future
installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece of
equipment.
11. Integral vertical cable management:
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
10
part of ISP
submittal
Comply
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
a. 150mm, 254mm, 300mm and 406.4mm wide vertical management cages, with
individual 1-rack unit fingers, including spools and bend limiting clips. The cages will
be covered by double hinged aluminum doors. Clip-on panels are not acceptable.
b. Integral bend radius control to eliminate strain on cables.
c. In the case where racks are assembled side by side, they shall be separated by
minimum 200mm wide cable management cages.
The bottom flange shall turn inwards, allowing it to fit on a floor tile.
Provide adjustable (sliding type) equipment support bracket to ensure that all active
equipment are adequately supported from the rear as well as the front. Equipment not
adequately supported (front and rear) will not be accepted.
Server cabinets shall be provided with Honeycomb style side rails and baffles which shall be
combined to manage intake and exhaust air from side vented equipment to creating cold
aisle / hot aisle air distribution.
The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers. Comply
All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification. scope of MEP
D. GENERAL IDF/FLOOR TELEPHONE ROOM (FTR) CABINET
1. IDFs shall be provided with dedicated cabinets for each of the networks installed in the
development. Refer to the structured cabling schematic and voice data layout for details of
the cabinets to be installed in each of the IDFs.
2. IDF equipment cabinets shall be sized accordingly to accommodate all active and passive
equipment required to support the full functionality of the associated network design intent
+ 20% spare capacity for future use.
3. All cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel construction and
treated to resist corrosion.
4. Wall mounted cabinets may be used where network requirements do not warrant full height
floor standing cabinets.
5. Where multiple wall mounted cabinets are located on the same wall, they shall not be
installed vertically aligned. The contractor shall offset the cabinets to ensure unobstructed
vertical routes for containment to high level horizontal distribution.
6. The contractor shall ensure that wall mounted cabinets are installed at a height where
installation and maintenance works can be undertaken without the use of a ladder or
alternative elevating equipment.
7. Each cabinet shall be provided with dedicated power and connections to the local clean
earth.
E. IDF/FTR STANDING CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide Equipment racks in the IDF rooms in the configuration shown
Comply
on the design drawings.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
11
Comply
Comply
2. The outside dimensions of the server cabinets shall be 800mm (W) x 800mm (D).
3. Equipment Cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, with a flange base, capable of
minimum 42U of useable interior height.
4. Equipment Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel
construction and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces
(units) stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Equipment racks shall be provided with stabilizer feet attached to the front and sides of each
enclosure for increased stability.
9. Accessories: Horizontal stabilization hardware, appropriate fasteners for mechanical
attachment to structural floor.
10. Equipment racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units
(PDU) for primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to
present a dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for
future installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece
of equipment.
11. Integral vertical cable management:
a. 150mm, 254mm, 300mm and 406.4mm wide vertical management cages, with
individual 1-rack unit fingers, including spools and bend limiting clips. The cages will
be covered by double hinged aluminium doors. Clip-on panels are not acceptable.
b. Integral bend radius control to eliminate strain on cables.
c. In the case where racks are assembled side by side, they shall be separated by
minimum 200mm wide cable management cages.
12. Provide adjustable (sliding type) equipment support bracket to ensure that all active
equipment are adequately supported from the rear as well as the front. Equipment not
adequately supported (front and rear) will not be accepted.
13. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with Honeycomb style side rails and baffles which
shall be combined to manage intake and exhaust air from side vented equipment to creating
cold aisle / hot aisle air distribution.
14. The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
15. All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers.
16. All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification. scope of MEP
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
12
Comply
F. IDF/FTR WALL-MOUNTED CABINET
1. The contractor shall provide wall mounted equipment racks in the IDF rooms in the
configuration shown on the design drawings.
2. Wall mounted cabinet shall be sized accordingly to accommodate the associated active and
passive requirements of the network supported. Cabinets shall have minimum dimensions of
15 U (Rack Units) (H) x 600mm (W) x 600mm (D).
3. Wall mounted cabinets shall be constructed of rust free alloy, welded construction.
4. Equipment Cabinets shall be fully enclosed, lockable, ventilated modular type steel
construction and treated to resist corrosion.
5. Finish: Black/Grey, Powder coat pain with fingerprint and scratch resistant finish.
6. Equipment cabinets shall be provided with EIA 19” rack mounting frames with rack spaces
(units) stamped every unit.
7. Cabinets shall be provided with modular cooling trays/panels to provide mechanical air
circulation and heat extract from the active equipment. The cooling trays/panels are to be
selected for the appropriate hot air flow directions from the active equipment, taking into
account cold and hot aisle configurations and locations of computer room air conditioning
distribution.
8. Cabinets shall be provided with Lockable glass front door with 180° opening, quick release
pins and cable entry points at the top and rear with gland plates.
9. Cabinets shall be provided with hinged rear and front section providing easy access to the
rear of installed equipment. The contractor shall ensure that all cabling is installed with
enough "slack" to allow for full opening of front section of the cabinet without damage to
cables. Installations not providing full opening and swing of front section will be rejected.
10. Cabinets shall be provided with removable, lockable vented sides.
11. Cabinets shall be provided with 4 x 19" adjustable mounting frames.
12. Equipment racks shall be provided with a minimum of 2 (two) Power Distribution Units
(PDU) for primary and secondary supplies to the equipment. Each PDU shall be sized to
present a dedicated outlet for each piece of active equipment with an additional 20% for
future installations. Each outlet must be rated to support the full load of each attached piece
of equipment.
13. The Contractor shall provide blank panels for all unoccupied spaces within enclosure(s) to
maintain correct air flow.
14. All enclosures shall be provided with cable organizers.
15. All enclosures shall be provided with Grounding (Earthing) kit and shall be connected to the
nearest clean earth bar with suitable earth wire as detailed in the electrical section of this
specification.
16. The size and exact details of the cabinets may vary due to the location and installation
conditions. Where proposed cabinets are proposed that deviate from the above details, the
contractor is provide the appropriate material submittals and shop drawings for approval by
the client’s representative.
G. HORIZONTAL CABLING- CAT6A UTP
1. Be augmented category 6A component compliant out to 500MHz with operational
bandwidth to 500 MHz.
2. Have a round LSOH cable jacket available with a nominal cable O.D. of less than or equal to
7.4mm
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
13
Not
Applicable
Comply
3. Have a construction comprised of 4-pairs of 0.57mm (0.02 in) (22AWG) solid bare copper
conductors utilizing a centre isolation member to maintain pair geometry for optimal NEXT
performance
4. Have a Foil tape surrounding the cable pairs with a drain wire with an aluminium foil tape
surrounding the drain wire.
5. Have a rip cord installed under the jacket for jacket removal. Be available in both 305m,
500m and 1000m reels.
6. Be available in jacket colours of Blue – CMR, Gray – CMX and Violet - LSOH
7. Provide the following 100m, 4-connector topology performance (white cells – std ref. values
in grey cells):
Comply
8. Meet the following electrical characteristics:
Max DC Resistance (@ 20°C)
<8.5Ω /100m
Characteristic Impedance (no impedance
averaging allowed)
1-100 MHz: 100 ohms ± 15%
100 - 750MHz: 100 ohms ± 22%
Nominal Velocity of Propagation (NVP)
LSOH – 67%
H. CAT6A COPPER PATCH CORDS
1. Category 6A RJ45, third party component verified to Cat 6A ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 B 2.1. and
ISO/IEC 11801 Cat 6 channel compliant.
2. Support T568A and T568B wiring.
3. Support applications up to 500 MHz
4. Durable black powder coat finish with flame retardant UL 94V-0.
5. Connection of the cable will be carried out through rear IDC contacts with use of a standard
110 impact tool.
6. Shall consist of 24 ports on 1 RU of rack space. In the case of rack space shortages, 48 ports
with 1RU space shall be available.
7. Angled Patch Panels shall be used for all patch panels. Patch panels shall be recessed from
the 19” rails.
8. Rear-side cable support bracket far enough from the panel to accommodate the cable bend
radius limitations.
9. Metal structure enabling it to be durably fixed to the uprights of the 19”chassis assuring
ground
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
14
Comply
10. continuity with metal frames.
11. Modular contacts shall be plated with minimum 50 micro-inches of gold. Manufacturer will
be the same as that selected for work area outlet jacks.
12. Allow for re-terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limit.
13. Augmented category 6A component compliant out to 250MHz with operational bandwidth
to 500MHz.
14. Factory assembled and 100% transmission tested with laboratory grade network analyzers
for proper performance up to 250MHz.
15. Backwards compatible with lower performing categories.
16. Equipped with identical screened modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight
through with standards compliant wiring.
17. Utilize patented metallic isolator shields pairs inside plug for optimum NEXT performance
and a 360 degree crimp for providing strain relief without causing pair deformation.
18. Use bend relief compliant boots (with optional color-coded icons) to ensure proper category
6 performance and feature a latch guard to protect against snagging.
19. Resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants.
20. Available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths available upon
request
21. Made by an ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer.
22. Certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2 Canadian
Telecommunications Standards.
I. CAT6A COPPER PATCH PANELS
1. Patch panels shall be used in the cross-connect facilities to connect the four-twisted pair
cables and their related outlet, to the active devices via patch cords.
2. Category 6A RJ45, third party component verified to Cat 6 ANSI/TIA/EIA 568 B 2.1. and
ISO/IEC 11801 Cat 6 channel compliant.
3. Support T568A and T568B wiring.
4. Support applications of 1Gb/s at 500 MHz.
5. Compliant to FCC part 68500, section F and UL1863, dealing with the interface's physical
6. dimensions, including the 1.27μm gilding on the contacts, the traction force to be borne by
the RJ45 socket, the plug (100 grams) and the maximum force authorized for connecting the
plug in the jack (2.2 kg).
7. Durable black powder coat finish with flame retardant UL 94V-0.
8. Connection of the cable will be carried out through rear IDC contacts with use of a standard
110 impact tool.
9. Shall consist of 24 ports on 1 RU of rack space. In the case of rack space shortages, 48 ports
with 2RU space shall be available.
10. Rear-side cable support bracket far enough from the panel to accommodate the cable bend
radius limitations.
11. Slots in the front face for the insertion of designation tabs (icons for Voice- Data-Video) for
ports and a label designation system in the front and in the back to provide identification
marking that meets the requirements of standard ANSI/TIA/EIA –606-A.
12. Metal structure enabling it to be durably fixed to the uprights of the 19”chassis assuring
ground continuity with metal frames.
13. Modular contacts shall be plated with minimum 50 micro-inches of gold. Manufacturer will
be the same as that selected for work area outlet jacks.
14. Allow for re-terminations without signal degradation below standards compliance limit.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
15
Comply
Comply
15. made by an ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer.
Comply
J. DATA OUTLETS
1. All 500MHz category 6 information outlets designed for termination of 4-pair balanced
twisted- pair category 6A copper cables must possess the following characteristics at the
minimum:
a. Exceed category 6A component compliance through the frequency range of 1 to
500MHz with usable bandwidth to 500MHz.
b. Be available in black, white, red, grey, yellow, blue, green, orange, ivory, bright
white, light ivory and alpine white.
c. Universal design allows the same outlet to be mounted in flat or angled orientation.
d. Be backwards compatible to allow lower performing categories of cables or
connecting hardware to operate to their full capacity.
e. Support industry standards for T568A or T568B wiring options on each individual
outlet.
f. Provide color-coded, snap-in icons available for circuit identification.
g. Allow for a minimum of 5 terminations without signal degradation below standards
compliance limits.
h. Be constructed of high impact, glass reinforced nylon.
i. Faceplates shall be a single or double gang as identified on drawings, Jacks shall be
of the same manufacturer.
j. Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and
C22.2 Canadian Telecommunications Standards.
K. MULTIMODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES
1. Backbone Fibre Cables shall be provided as per the structured cabling schematic.
2. The fibres shall meet ITU-T: G652 for multi-mode specifications.
3. Laser Optimized 50/125um multimode fiber optical fiber cables shall be in compliance with
the following standards:
a. ISO/IEC 11801:2002 Amendment 2 OM4
b. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.3
c. ANSI/TIA-598-C
d. ANSI/TIA-492 AAAD
e. IEC 60793-2-10 Fiber type A1a.3
f. Telcordia GR-409-CORE
g. IEC 60332-1-2(Single strand)
h. IEC 60754-1(Non Halogens)
i. IEC 60754-2(Acid gas)
j. IEC 61034-2(Smoke Density)
4. All optical fiber cable shall be appropriate for the environment in which it is installed.
5. In addition to meeting the applicable performance specifications, all optical fiber cable shall
be appropriate for the environment in which it is installed.
6. Have a round lead free cable jacket available in OFNR, OFNP and LSOH constructions.
7. Shall contain a Rip Cord applied longitudinally under the cable jacket for easy cable jacket
removal
8. Shall contain a light weight central strength member located in the middle of the fibre
bundles.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
16
Comply
Comply
9.
10.
11.
12.
Shall contain both colour-coded buffered fibres as well as colour-coded buffer tubes.
Cables shall have length markings in 2 ft. increments.
Fibre will be available in strand counts of 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72 and 96.
Shall meet these minimum performance parameters:
Minimum Performance Parameters for Qualified Cables
Maximum Attenuation
Minimum Bandwidth (MHz-km)
Group Index of Refraction
(dB/km)
850 nm
1300 nm
850 nm
1300 nm
850 nm
1300 nm
Laser - 2000 OFL 1500
OFL - 500
3.5
1.0
1.483
1.479
13. Ethernet applications supported:
Application
Distance (m)
10GBASE-SX (850 nm)
10GBASE-LX4 (1300 nm)
1000BASE-SX (850 nm)
1000BASE-LX (1300 nm)
Fibre Channel 266 (1300 nm)
ATM 622 (1300 nm)
ATM 155 (1300 nm)
ATM 52 (1300 nm)
FDDI (Original 1300 nm)
100BASE-FX (1300 nm)
300
300
900
600
1,500
500
2,000
3,000
2,000
2,000
Comply
14. Physical Characteristics 50/125um:
L.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Core Size
(Microns)
Cladding
Size
(Microns)
Coating Size
(Microns)
Buffer Size
(Microns)
Core Cladding
Concentricity (Microns)
50 ± 3
125 ± 2
245 ± 10
900 ± 50
≤3.0
SINGLE MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLES
Backbone Fibre Cables shall be provided as per the structured cabling schematic.
The fibres shall meet ITU-T: G652 for single mode specifications.
Single mode optical fiber cable shall be used for Backbone and ISP applications only.
Optical fiber backbone cable shall be plenum rated and meet the following fire performance
standards: IEC 60332-1, IEC60332-3C, IEC 1034-1/2, IEC 754-1/2.
Have a Yellow coloured round lead free cable jacket available in OFNR, OFNP and LSOH
constructions.
Shall contain a Rip Cord applied longitudinally under the cable jacket for easy cable jacket
removal.
Shall contain a lightweight Central Strength member located in the middle of the fibre
bundles.
Shall contain both colour-coded buffered fibres as well as colour-coded buffer tubes.
Cables shall have length markings in 2 ft. increments.
Fibre will be available in strand counts of 4, 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, and 96.
Shall meet these minimum performance parameters:
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
17
Not
Applicable
for ICT
network
Minimum Performance Parameters for Qualified Cables
Maximum Attenuation
(dB/km)
Cable Type
Indoor
1310
nm
1550 nm
0.60
0.60
Zero dispersion
Slope
Wavelength (nm) (nm²-km)
1300-1324
<0.093
Index of Refraction
1310 nm
1550 nm
1.467
1.468
Not Applicable
for ICT network
12. Ethernet Applications Supported:
Application
10GBASE-L (1310 nm)
10GBASE-E (1550 nm)
10G Fibre Channel (Serial-1310 nm)
10G Fibre Channel (WDM-1310 nm)
1000BASE-LX (1300 nm)
Fibre Channel 266/1062 (1300 nm)
ATM 52/155/622 (1300 nm)
Distance (m)
8,000
30,000
10,000
10,000
5,000
10,000
15,000
13. Physical Characteristics:
Mode and Fiber
Type
Core Size
(Microns)
Cladding
Size
(Microns)
Single mode
8.3 ± 1.0
125 ± 1.0
Coating Size Buffer Size
(Microns)
(Microns)
245 ± 10
900 ± 50
Core Cladding
Concentricity
(Microns)
≤ 0.8
M. FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS
1. All fiber patch panels, enclosures, and coupler inserts shall be of the same manufacturer and
colour.
2. Shall be used in the cross-connect facilities to connect optical fiber cables to active devices
via fiber jumpers. They shall be dimensioned to enable the connection of all fiber cores of
the installed cables.
3. Shall be a black metallic box type modular structure, with front section comprising of
standardized 19" chassis, and able to accommodate all standard optical connector such as:
LC, SC, ST. They shall include all the appropriate cabling accessories (bend limiting clips for
the cables and fiber jumper, cable-ties, label-holders, etc.), to ensure correct positioning of
fiber cores and to maintain the minimum bend radius for all changes in direction.
4. Shall have removable doors/panels front and rear. They will be designed for cable entry
from the rear of the enclosure and be equipped with appropriate means for physically
securing the cable(s) in place.
5. All enclosure housings are required to be equipped with an integral bonding lug or stud for
securing the fiber strength member.
6. Each 2U enclosure shall provide space for a minimum of 4 coupler panels and 4 splice trays.
7. Each 4U enclosure shall provide space for 12 coupler panels and 12 splice trays.
8. For connectors that employ a plastic housing, coupler panels will provide color-coding in
accordance with industry standards (i.e. beige adapters for graded-index optical fiber, blue
for single-mode optical fiber).
9. All optical fiber cables shall be fusion spliced to LC pigtails of 2m length. They shall meet the
following performance:
a. Ultra-Physical Contact (UPC) finish for single-mode: Insertion loss: 0.40dB maximum,
0.20 dB typical; Return loss: minimum 55db.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
18
Comply
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
b. Physical Contact (PC) finish for Multimode 50 micron: Insertion loss: 0.50dB
maximum, 0.30 dB typical; Return loss: minimum 20db.
All connectors and adaptors shall be provided with dust caps. Not be bigger than one rack
mount space and accommodate up to 36 ports for SC, MT-RJ, LC or ST adapter plates.
Have preloaded adapter plates with ST and SC fiber adapters in 6 and 8-port version, as well
as a 12 port version for the SC, MT-RJ and LC adapters.
Have blank adapter plates for future growth of the fiber infrastructure.
Be modular in design with internal fiber managers that provide slack storage to comply with
fiber bend radius and the recommended slack storage length.
Have a snap-on front shield to be used as a labeling surface and to protect jumpers. This
shield can also relocate to another position during termination to maintain circuit
identification.
All connectors and adaptors shall be provided with dust caps.
Accommodates a splice tray for mechanical or fusion splices.
Be available with a drawer mechanism, which allows the panel to slide forward or to the
rear.
The following solutions are not acceptable:
a. Field polishing.
b. Composite / Polymer ferrules.
c. Mechanically splicing pigtails.
Must be certified by Underwriters Laboratories to United States Standards and C22.2
Canadian Telecommunications Standards.
N. FIBER CONNECTORS
1. LC Connectors- Multimode
a. Meet the Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS) specifications of
TIA/EIA-604-10.
b. Be available in simplex and duplex versions.
c. Utilize same termination kit available for ST and SC versions with the addition of an
LC upgrade kit.
d. Terminate both 50/125um and 62.5/125um optical fiber.
e. Have a quick field termination process, which does not require power.
f. Have a termination process, which incorporates use of a reliable anaerobic adhesive,
which has a high resistance to environmental extremes.
g. Have jacketed and buffered versions.
h. Meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Comply
Performance(dB)
Insertion Loss (typ)
0.1
Insertion Loss (max)
< 0.2
Durability (500 cycles)
< 0.1
Return Loss (min)
Comply
20
2. LC Connectors- Single Mode
a. Meet the Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS) specifications of
TIA/EIA-604-10A.
b. Be available in simplex and duplex versions.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
19
Not
applicable
c. Utilize same termination kit available for ST and SC versions with the addition of an
LC upgrade kit.
d. Have a quick field termination process, which does not require power.
e. Have a termination process, which incorporates use of a reliable anaerobic adhesive,
which has a high resistance to environmental extremes.
f. Have jacketed and buffered versions.
g. An outer housing color-coded (blue) in accordance with TIA and ISO cabling
standards.
h. Meet the following performance specifications:
Insertion Loss (typ)
Performance
(dB)
0.1
Insertion Loss (max)
< 0.2
Durability (500 cycles)
< 0.1
Parameter
Return Loss (min)
55
3. LC Multimode Fiber Jumpers
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths
available upon request.
b. Utilize 50/125um duplex multimode fiber cable that is OFNR riser grade and meets
the requirements of NEC/NFPA 70 Section 770-51(B)
c. Meet IEEE 802.3ae 10 Gigabit Ethernet requirements as well as IEC 60793-2-10 and
TIA 492AAAC specifications for laser bandwidth Differential Modal Delay (DMD)
specifications.
d. Meet Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for end-face geometry (including radius of
curvature, apex offset, and spherical undercut).
e. Use cable and connectors that are complaint with color coding specifications as
listed in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B.
f. Have LC-SC hybrid versions available.
g. Include dust caps on all assemblies.
h. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHzkm)
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
Not
applicable
850nm
50/125m
1300nm
850nm*
1500
500
2000
Comply
0.50 (0.10 Typical)
30 (35 Typical)
*laser bandwidth
4. LC Single Mode Fiber Jumpers
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 5 meters with custom lengths
available upon request
b. Utilize duplex single-mode fiber cable that is OFNR riser grade and meets the
requirements of NEC/NFPA 70 Section 770-51(B).
c. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
d. Use cable and connectors that are complaint with colour coding specifications as
listed in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B
e. Have SC-LC hybrid versions available
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
20
Not
applicable
f. Include dust caps on all assemblies
g. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Single Mode
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
0.40 (0.1 Typical)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
55 (60 Typical)
Not
Applicable
5. LC Multimode Fiber Pigtails
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1 meter with custom lengths available upon
request
b.
requirements as well as IEC 60793-2-10 and TIA 492AAAC specifications for laser
bandwidth Differential Modal Delay (DMD) specifications.
c. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
d. Use connectors that are complaint with color coding specifications as listed in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B.
e. Include dust caps on all connectors
f. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Min. Cable Bandwidth (MHzkm)
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
850nm
50/125m
1300nm
1500
500
Comply
850nm*
2000
0.50 (0.10 Typical)
30 (35 Typical)
*laser bandwidth
6. LC Single Mode Fiber Pigtails
a. Be available in standard lengths of 1 meter with custom lengths available upon
request
b. Offer a superior connector polish that meets Telcordia and ISO/IEC specifications for
end- face geometry (including radius of curvature, apex offset, and spherical
undercut)
c. Use connectors that are complaint with colour coding specifications as listed in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-598-B
d. Include dust caps on all assemblies.
e. Be 100% optically tested to meet the following performance specifications:
Parameter
Singlemode
Max. Insertion Loss (dB)
0.40 (0.1 Typical)
Min. Return Loss (dB)
55 (60 Typical)
O. ACTIVE NETWORK SYSTEM BRIEF
1. Converged ICT & Security Networks – The development shall be provided with multiple
independent networks. These networks shall provide dedicated services. These networks
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
21
Not
applicable
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
shall run on independent infrastructure and utilize dedicated switching hardware. The
current defined independent networks are :
Comply
a. Converged ICT Network
b. Security Network
Various building systems will use the networks as their transport method. It is the
requirement of this Section to provide fully redundant network to meet these requirements.
The various building systems will be separated onto the networks as follows:
a. Converged ICT Network
i. BGM and Apartment Intercom System comply for apartment intercom
ii. Building Management Applications such as email, building management
Comply as per IFc
software, billing software, time attendance etc. (as required)
drawing
iii. Back of House Office computers and printers (as required)
iv. Building Management System (BMS)
b. Security Network
i. Video Surveillance System
Part of security
ii. Access Control System and other related security systems
submittal
iii. Security Headend Equipment and Control Room Devices/Equipment
All networks shall be configured to a fully dual-redundant star topology with the network
cores in the server room and the edge switches in the IDFs. Comply
The Contractor shall provide logical separation between different Networks. Each network
shall be provided with a dedicated server room space, dedicated backbone cabling
Comply
dedicated racks in the IDF's.
The contractor shall provide firewall, router, dedicated core and edge switches for each
network as shown on the design drawings. Comply
A dedicated MTR room has been provided on the B2 level to house all the IT equipment for
the chosen Internet Service Providers (ISPs) incoming infrastructure from the site boundary
and the service distribution to building networks. Part of ISP
GSM rooms are provided to house the active GSM equipment for the 2 GSM service
providers. Part of ISP
The contractor is to provide dedicated UPS units for all IT related rooms to support the Comply
installed equipment for a minimum of 30 minutes unless otherwise specified or agreed.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the requirements for and verifying space,
selection of rack (size and door type) power and cooling requirements associated with this
Section and coordinate with the relevant trades. Comply
It is the Design Intent to provide multiple intra-building infrastructures which shall support
fully redundant, high-speed, standards-based, switched 10/100/1000 Mbps, multi-protocol,
Ethernet network, providing IP services based on ANSI/TIA/EIA and ISO standards, and
Building Industry Consulting Service Inter- national (BICSI) Telecommunications Design
Methods Manual (TDMM). Comply
All network end-points and outlets shall support 10/100/1000 Mbps operation and Power
over Ethernet for optimum performance of all users and applications. Comply
The system LAN configurations shall be a two-tier hierarchical star. Comply
All services for the development will originate at the redundant Core Switches located in the
Server room. Comply
Core Switches will be interconnected to the optical fiber backbone by means of rackmounted fibre interconnect patch cords as detailed in the structured cabling section of this
Comply
document.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
22
15. The backbone will deliver data to and terminate at the Edge Switches located in the IDF’s
located throughout the building. Comply
16. Firewalls shall be used for added network protection as detailed in the network topology
Comply
drawings.
17. The network is an IP network, therefore it is required that all Active components such as
CCTV surveillance must support IP over the provided network. The data network extends to
the structured cabling system, which must be capable of accommodating a variety of IP
enabled devices as well as the above listed items. Systems for Security Cameras and Access
control are not to be included in this network. security network will be part of security network
18. Access layer devices must support Power over Ethernet plus (PoE+) in order to provide
electrical power to access layer devices capable of utilising the PoE+ standard. Comply
19. Access Switch stacks shall have Layer 3 capability and dual uplinks over multimode fibre,
with a minimum bandwidth of 10G per uplink, connecting to the distribution / core layer. Comply
20. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Comply
Regulations
21. All products shall be new, of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
Site in original manufacturer's packaging. Comply
22. The Contractor is to provide a written statement from all manufacturers that all installed
hardware and software are the latest models at the time of Taking-Over. Comply
23. All software supplied for the Project shall be manufacturer furnished and supported
applications. The Contractor “custom” software, written in-house, will not be accepted
except in cases where a suitable application does not exist and only with prior written
acceptance by the Engineer.Comply
24. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application. Comply
25. All workstation termination hardware shall match the existing wall surface color as closely as
possible, to include mounting boxes, faceplates, and outlets. Not in scope
26. Used equipment or damaged material will be rejected.Comply
P.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
CORE SWITCHES
Fully redundant Core Switches shall be provided for all of the active networks on the project.
Switches shall be provided with the premium build software and all required licenses.
Each core switch is required to have redundant power supply and redundant supervisor
module.
Scalability and performance and port density across several chassis configuration and LAN,
WAN and metropolitan-area network (MAN) interfaces.
Redundant power supply and redundant supervisor module in each core switch.
Enabled Hardware accelerated IPv6m MPLS, GRE and NAT.
Integrating high performance forwarding capacity upto 150Mpps. with the new routing and
forwarding engine including third generation policy features card (PFC3).
Simplified network operations.
Resilient and load-sharing Switching Fabrics in the core switches with a maximum stateful
failover time at Layer 2 and Layer 3 of <1second. Synchronization of dynamic and static
information shall be replicated on both processors modules
In a multi-switch network scenario, either of primary or secondary core switches shall
failover to the other in <1second by means of layer 2 resiliency techniques (having uplinks
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
23
Comply
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
from edge switches split among the two core switches. All links between any given edge
switch and all core switches shall be actively load-sharing traffic.)
Hot Swappable Switch Fabric, Power Supplies and fan trays and Switching modules.
Dual switch software and configuration file images on processors.
Active Alternate locations for switch software and configuration file images (Flash, PCMCIA,
Network Drive).
Real-time operating system (RTOS) for mission critical applications which is Stable and
reliable with no vulnerabilities in Software / configurations.
The switch’s operating system or application-specific software(s) shall not, at any time,
affect the operation by causing a system to: crash, reboot, enter a state of Denial of Service
(DoS), fail to respond to any type of user/network traffic, fail to respond to any type of
management traffic, use built-in user name/passwords to gain illegal access to the switch.
Ability to Cluster both backbone switches to provide a single virtual Switch facing the Servers
and the Edge switches. Thus all links between the (backbone switches – edge switches),
(Backbone switches – Servers) shall be active and Load-Sharing using Standard 802.3ad.
Q. CORE SWITCHES MODULES
1. Supervisor modules. 2 no supervisor modules shall be provided per core switch.
2. Supervisor modules must be configured to include network system virtualization
technologies to cluster the core switches as a single virtual switch.
3. 10/100/1000-MBPS Ethernet Interface Modules for IP (over copper) connectivity to local
devices within 100m from the core switch.
4. 10Gb fibre Ethernet modules for backbone uplinks to edge and server switches requiring
higher bandwidth (greater than 1Gbps) availability. 10Gb modules should not be subject to
oversubscription unless approved otherwise.
5. SFP modules as per the design requirements.
R. ACCESS/EDGE SWITCHES
1. The contractor must maintain a single model of server/edge switch throughout the project
to ensure the consistency of the design, reliability of the performance, efficacy of
manageability and maintain lower overhead of the maintenance.
2. The contractor shall provide switches with capability of 10GB uplinks from the core switches
for all 24 and 48 port switches. External switches (if any) must be provided with a minimum
of 10GB uplink capability.
3. The number of ports on the active components design is based on the number of cable
terminations to the IDF location. Effective schedule of area document will facilitate
calculating the ports required per IDF location. 20% of active ports spare to be calculated for
each IDF location.
4. All edge switches must connect directly to the redundant equivalent switch and directly to
the core switch using the fiber uplink ports with primary uplink to first core switch and
secondary uplink to the second core switch, cascading in any form is not permitted in the
network.
5. 20% Spare uplink ports and associated cores must be available with the fiber infrastructure
to accommodate future expansion.
6. Two servers farm switch type will be required to be installed in the CCTV Network servers‘
racks each with 48 Gigabit ports and two fiber uplinks to the core switches.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
24
Comply
Comply
Comply
7. The individual switches shall be ASIC based and have an internal switch fabric which
operates at speed greater than or equal to 24 Gbps for the Giga Ethernet interfaces. Each
shall have expansion slot, which has access to the internal switch fabric. The operating code
in each switch shall be stored in Flash memory and to be upgraded by downloading new
code to the switch.
8. Layer 2 requirements – Full 10/100/1000 UTP auto-negotiation. No Single Point of Failure.
9. All switches must be POE (Power over Ethernet) Enabled.
10. Support port monitoring. The edge switches shall support the port monitoring for at least
once source/destination pair at a time. The source and the destination ports can be selected
from any Ethernet port in any switch in the switching stacks.
11. Load-Balancing load uplink capabilities using link aggregation group (LAG) allows multiple
links to be grouped.
12. The LAG shall load share the traffic between two switches allowing the bandwidth to be
multiplied and the traffic to be averaged. The use of LAG in addition to boosting the
performance of an uplink, also inherently increase the resilience of the solution since the
links behaves as hot standby links to one another.
13. If the traffic is shared over multiple links, and one of the links is lost the traffic shall be
automatically redistributed over the other links and communications shall continue without
interruption.
14. Inter-module-Redundancy Provides link redundancy functionality in the event of module
failure.
15. The switchover time between the ports in event of failure of the primary port shall be less
than 1 second.
16. The traffic prioritization according to IEEE 802.1p tagged frames.
17. Leaky LAN: the switches shall support leaky LAN and support block broadcast traffic between
VLANs but allows unicast traffic to be forwarded to VLANs.
18. Ability to download S/W images shall be in safe mode, check CRC, copy, compare, then to be
active.
19. Backup code always to be present. Security on MAC address.
20. Ability to enable and disable port security as required.
21. Ability to implement port security by locking the addresses in the switch MAC tables, only
allowing access to those devices whose MAC addresses are known.
22. Each switch shall have an integral network management agent. IP multicast filtering via
IGMP snooping.
23. All switches shall comply with NEBS level 3 requirements and to be certified.
24. All switches shall meet the requirements of IR-NWT-000063 NEBS for shock criteria,
vibration criteria, shock and vibration test methods and Layer 4 load balancing.
25. Support SSH and CRYPTO and central logging commands
26. For External devices such as the CCTV points, externally rated with operating temperatures
of - 40 °C to 85°C.
27. All external switches must be externally rated as detailed above and must be mounted in an
IP 65 enclosure as a minimum. All enclosures and mounting details must be submitted for
approval by the clients’ representative prior to procurement and installation.
S. UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
1. Refer to the electrical specifications for the UPS requirement. Comply
2. Minimum of 15 mins backup, generator-powered power supply shall be considered for ICT
equipment. com ply , 30mins backup will be provided
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
25
Comply
3. Security equipment shall comply with SIRA requirements of minimum 30mins UPS backup
and 120mins backup for the security control room. Part of security submittal
PART 3: EXECUTION
A. GENERAL
1. All materials and products, excepting Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE), and materials, shall
be appropriate for the intended use and shall meet all applicable UL, EN, BS, ISO and IEC
Regulations
2. All system components shall be manufactured by ISO 9001:2008 certified companies and all
packaging shall carry clear product identification (catalogue number, quality control number,
etc)
3. All products shall be new, of the latest version at time of Installation, and brought to the job
Site in original manufacturer's packaging. Electrical components shall bear the Underwriter's
Laboratories label. This listing requirement applies to the entire assembly. Only systems and
equipment that meet or exceed the level of quality and capabilities stated within this
document will be considered for acceptance.
4. Materials shall be listed and approved for the particular application and permitted by the
authority having jurisdiction for the application.
5. All system components of the entire cabling system (copper and fibre) shall be from a single
manufacturer which will ensure that a single performance warranty covers all applications
on vertical and horizontal links. This includes but is not limited to:
a. Horizontal Distribution
b. Fiber Optic Distribution
c. Copper Distribution
d. Patch Panels
e. Copper and Fibre Outlet Modules
B. INSTALLATION
1. Install components in accordance with Contract Drawings, manufacturer’s instructions and
approved submittal data.
2. System installation and construction methods shall conform to the requirements of the
applicable International Standards.
3. The Contractor shall install all system components including Employer Furnished Equipment,
and appurtenances in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and adjustments
required to deliver a complete and operable system.
4. Earthing and Bonding shall be installed as necessary to preclude ground loops, noise, and
surges from adversely affecting system operation.
5. The Contractor shall adhere to the installation schedule of the Engineer and should attend all
construction meetings scheduled by the Engineer.
6. Final configuration of the network equipment shall be performed to the satisfaction of the
Employer’s IT Staff. This includes, but is not limited to; VLAN configuration, IP addressing
schemas, final port assignments, and trunking/bonding configurations. The Contractor shall
ensure that the proper documentation is provided to assist in the final system configuration.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
26
Noted &
Comply
Comply
in
coordinat
ion with
MEP
7. Mount all equipment to be installed over public areas in a manner adequate to support the
equipment loads with a minimum safety factor of five. Do not use formed eyebolts or lag
screws for support of suspended equipment.
8. Firmly and permanently, attach electrical boxes, enclosures, and permanent equipment to
the building. Rigidly mounted equipment and devices shall be plumb and square.
9. Choose color and finishes of all exposed and custom fabricated items and labels to blend in
with the surroundings as accepted by the Engineer.
C. INSPECTION
1. The Contractor shall undertake testing and commissioning for all elements and aspects of
the installation. Witnessing of testing and commissioning of the installation shall be offered
to the Engineer for acceptance and sign-off.
2. Prior to an inspection, the Contractor shall issue, for acceptance, an Installation, Testing and
Commissioning Plan detailing each test that will be conducted and the expected results
required to pass the inspection.
3. Provide a statement of completion certifying that the system is installed and is ready for
acceptance testing and equalization to The Engineer.
4. Schedule a time for The Engineer to perform system acceptance testing and equalization
with at least 14 days advance notice.
5. Furnish a technician who is familiar with the system to assist The Engineer during the
acceptance testing and equalization for the duration of time it takes to complete the
adjustments (regular time or overtime as required). A minimum of 24 hours, as required to
complete the adjustments.
6. Each cable shall be inspected for proper termination.
7. Record final settings on all equipment and submit with contract closeout documents.
8. Upon completion of initial tests and adjustments, submit written report of tests to the
Employer along with all documents, diagrams, and record drawings required herein.
9. If the system does not meet criteria or if additional trips to the Site for testing or
equalization are required, The Contractor shall reimburse the Employer for all expenses and
professional time encountered by The Engineer.
D. TEST EQUIPMENT
1. Furnish all test equipment necessary for the complete testing and commissioning of the
system, to be available for the entire test period through final system testing and TakingOver.
2. Test equipment shall be calibrated no more than 1 month prior to the start of testing. All
test equipment must be accompanied with a certificate from the equipment manufacturer
showing date of last calibration.
Comply in
coordination
with MEP
Comply in
coordinati
on with
MEP
Comply
E. DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
1. Upon project completion and acceptance, submit the following to the property
management:
a. Technical Manuals: Provide documentation as follows:
b. Block Diagrams: Detailed functional block diagrams that illustrate as-built conditions.
i. Identify each equipment item by manufacturer and model number, label
alpha numerically contractor furnished controls, relays, patch panel jacks,
and similar devices.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
27
Comply
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
ii. Reference the designations on fabrication drawings, patch panel details and
related instruments.
Fabrications: Detailed as-built drawings of contractor fabrications. Illustrate the
mechanical and electrical construction, with manufacturer’s part numbers and
values for components.
Rack Elevations: Final rack elevation drawings.
Manufacturer’s Literature: Descriptive literature and performance specifications,
operating
manuals, and servicing information.
Control Settings: Schedule of nominal control settings for proper system operation.
Test & Measurements: Documented data gathered during systems tests and
commissioning.
Systems Operating Instructions: Describe the functions, operation and maintenance
for each installed system. Write the instructions in full detail in language sufficiently
clear for comprehension by non-technical persons.
Troubleshooting Guide: System operator’s procedures to follow in the event of an
apparent equipment failure, written in logical outline format.
Terms & Conditions: Restatement of the systems warranty terms and conditions and
schedule of manufacturer’s warranties covering parts and labor for the provided
equipment.
Programming: Submit to the property management, a legal copy of the authoring
software and unrestricted license and an archival electronic copy of the uncompiled
operating code when submitting the record (as-built) documents for system
programs.
Upon completion of the installation, Contractor shall prepare as built
documentation of the entire installation. This documentation should include the
electronic copies.
i. User Manuals
1. Systems Operating Instructions: Describe each provided system,
specifically the functions, operation, and maintenance. Write the
instructions in full detail and in language sufficiently clear for
comprehension by non-technical persons.
2. Control Settings: Schedule of nominal control settings for proper
system operation.
3. Troubleshooting Guide: Operator’s procedures to follow in the
event of an apparent equipment failure, written in logical outline
form.
4. Block Diagrams: Simplified as-built block diagrams with alpha
numeric references to controls, relays, patch panel jacks and other
similar devices.
5. Terms & Conditions: A restatement of the system warranty terms
and conditions. Describe the terms of manufacturers’ warranties
that extend beyond the two year provisions of the system warranty.
6. Document Revisions: Submit within four weeks official system
acceptance, four complete sets of corrected and revised pages and
drawings to update the operating and maintenance manuals
described above to reflect adjustments and changes to the system
during the final testing and acceptance.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
28
Comply
ii. Operation Manual
1. Table of Contents
2. Typed description of each system including key features
3. Setup diagrams as directed by the Consultant
4. Single-line detailed schematics and layout showing all major system
components
5. Manufacturer's operation manuals for equipment intended for
operation by system users
6. All software shall be fully documented, and that documentation
included.
7. Any and all user definable software configurations and/or
programming shall become the sole property of the employer. This
includes all source code, source code copyrights, and related
documentation.
iii. Maintenance Manual
1. Bind each with tabbed dividers between sections and include a title
page with space for submittal stamps.
2. Table of Contents
3. Company name, address, telephone number and contact name for
system service or maintenance
4. Listing of all equipment and materials manufacturer's names,
addresses, and telephone numbers, model or part numbers and
catalogue data sheets
5. Product manufacturers' warranties and a typed system warranty
explicitly covering all materials and labor
6. Manufacturers' service manuals for all major equipment items.
7. Test documentation showing results of source quality control tests,
field quality control tests, acceptance testing, and equalization
8. List of spare equipment
F. WARRANTY
1. The contractor will provide a written warranty valid for minimum 20 years from date of
structured cabling acceptance or practical completion, whichever is the later. Advanced
replacements should be available during this period. Comply
2. For Active Equipment, the contractor will provide a written warranty valid for minimum 3
Years from date of system acceptance or practical completion, whichever is the later.
Advanced replacements should be available during this period. Comply
3. Acting as a franchised dealer, the contractor is required to provide agreed service of
equipment including warranty claims and repairs; comply
4. Support costs required for 3 years (or show qty 3 x 1 year support cost) and should include
new equipment / software and extend any existing contract to end approximately the same
time as any new contract. Comply , will be provided seperately
G. MAINTENANCE
1. Annual Maintenance Contract
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
29
Comply
2. Include along with pricing of AMC any services schedule, preventative maintenance
scheduling and actual contract wording.
3. 24x7x4 terms are mandatory for all critical components
4. 8x5xnbd terms are acceptable for non-critical components such as telephone handsets.
5. Direct vendor support contracts are mandatory although the contractor can submit an
alternative to direct vendor support if the contractor has extensive supplies of equipment in
UAE and can match or exceed the service and expertise of the vendor.
H. TRAINING
1. The manufacturers authorized and factory trained personnel must provide 5 Days of training
sessions. Duration of each training session shall be at-least four hours long. Contractor to
video record each session and provide six soft copies of the recording as part of the CloseOut Submittals.
2. The training must include at a minimum:
a. Preventive maintenance service techniques and schedules.
b. Overall system concepts, capabilities and functions.
c. Explanation of all control functions.
3. Methods and means of troubleshooting and replacement of all distribution and drop wiring
and devices.
4. Manuals, drawings and technical documentation must be used in training and shall be left
with the Employer, or its designated representative at the completion of training for
Employer use in the future.
5. The use of proprietary equipment does not justify failure to provide technical
documentation, such as programming information, electronic schematic drawings and
technical description, as part of training and documentation. It shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor to ensure this documentation can be obtained prior to acceptance, as listed
in this document.
END OF SECTION
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
ICT/TELECOMMUNICATION
30
Comply
Comply
Not applicable
comply in
coordination
with MEO
Not
Applicable
Not Applicable
Comply
Not Applicable
Comply
Not Applicable
Comply
Noted &
comply
Noted
Noted &
comply
Noted
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Noted &
comply in
coordinati
on with
MEP
Noted &
comply in
coordintio
n with
MEP
Comply
Noted &
comply in
coordintion
with MEP
Noted &
comply in
coordintion
with MEP
Noted &
comply in
coordintion
with MEP
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Not
applicable
Noted & comply, 30mins backup considered for ICT UPS specification as per specification
Noted & comply, 60mins backup considered for ICT UPS specification as per specification
Comply for
FCC UPS.
Security ,ICT
UPS considered
as per the
specification
under
system
specification
Comply for
FCC UPS.
Security ICT UPS
considered
as per the
specification
under
system
specification.
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicab
le
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicabl
e
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Not
Applicable
Comply in
coordinatio
n with MEP
Comply in
coordinatio
n with
MEP
Not applicable
Not applicable
comply
Comply
Comply
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Noted &
comply
Not applicable
MADINAT JUMEIRAH LIVING
PHASE 3A
DATA COMUNICATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
(ICT, AV, INTERCOM)
REV. A
DESIGN COMPLIANCE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
27TH JUNE 2019
Revision
A
Date
2019 06 27
By
SN
Description
DESIGN COMPLIANCE PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA
Resp. Consult
BW
NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE CONCEPT REPORT
SCALE:
NTS
SHEET SIZE:
A4
DATE STARTED:
2019 06 13
CHECKED:
RT
DWG №
18164E-TE-GEN-0-050-01
STAGE:
CPT
Rev:
A
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Table of Contents
PART 1 - GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 3
1.01
PROJECT INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................... 3
1.02
SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION ..................................................................................................... 3
1.03
TENDER SUBMITTAL .................................................................................................................. 4
1.04
TENDER DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................ 4
1.05
COORDINATION ..................................................................................................................... 4
1.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
PART 2 – DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ................................................................................... 6
2.01 – ICT (INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY) ............................................................. 6
2.02
AUDIO-VISUAL SYSTEM (BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM) ................................................................ 25
2.03
AUDIO INTERCOM SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 28
2
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
SECTION 27 0000
DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
(ICT, AV, INTERCOM)
PART 1 - GENERAL
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Comply
1.01 PROJECT INTRODUCTION
A.
B.
C.
Madinat Jumeirah Living (MJL) Project, Dubai. Madinat Living will share the same
DNA as the Madinat Jumeirah. The site is accessible from the surrounding wellestablished road network (Sheikh Zayed Road, Umm Suqeim Road, Al Wasl Road
and Jumeirah Beach Road).
This specification focuses in the Building 6, 7 and 8 of the Madinat Jumeirah living
development contained within Phase 3A of the Project and focuses on the Data
Communication System (ICT, AV, Intercom) to be installed in MJL buildings 6, 7 and
8. Comply
The underlying concepts behind the design of the Data Communication systems
for this project are as follows: 1. The MJL development wish to provide Data Communication systems in
specific areas of the development. This forms the basis of this specification.
2. Provision of features and services that will help differentiate the
development from its competitors
3. Provision of systems that meet the guidelines of the MJL requirements and
international best practices.
In responding to this tender, the contractor shall consider the requirements and
needs of the operator with specific regard to the following criteria:1. The nature of the development
2. The Intrinsic business nature of the residences.
3. The criteria provided by the client.
4. Current industry trends
1.02 SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
This specification covers Data Communications systems (ICT, AV, Intercom) as
Comply
described below for the MJL Development
The objective is to provide professional systems, installed, acceptance tested, and
Comply
ready for use.
Drawings pertaining to this specification shall be considered as a part of the
specification and shall be a part of the Contract documents. System features that
are mentioned in one part may not be shown in the others. In case of conflict
between the written specifications and the drawings, Contractor must seek
clarification from the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor fails to obtain such
clarification, the interpretation of the Engineer will prevail. Comply
The General Conditions, Particular Conditions, Electrical General Provisions, and
the applicable requirements of the Main Contract apply to each and every
contract, contractor, subcontractor or other persons supplying materials and/or
labor for this project. Comply
The security contractor must ensure that the developed detailed design provides
a robust resilient system with considerable expansion capability throughout all
3
Noted &
Comply
Noted &
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
security equipment with the purpose and functionality of all security subsystem
components, combined to provide a fully functional and integral system. Comply
In all cases guidance should be requested from the Client and Consultant. Comply
Comprehensive method statement shall be submitted for approval and this
statement must clearly include all aspects of installation. Comply
The contractor shall comply with the project safety standards. Comply
Liaise with and coordinate all works with the client and consultant. Comply
This specification document outlines the design criteria, distribution routes and
considerations which form the basis for the development of Security Services. Comply
Contractor shall perform all work, coordination, aid to system integration,
engineering design and testing, and shall install and provide all products in
approved manner to ensure a fully operative system. Acceptance Test plan would
be executed to verify the installation and operation of the system. Comply
All material / installation shall be approved by the ID/Engineers/Client
representative. Comply
The contractor must ensure that the developed detailed design provides a robust
resilient system with considerable expansion capability throughout all security
equipment with the purpose and functionality of all security subsystem
components, combined to provide a fully functional and integral system Comply
Detailed specifications are provided within section 2.0 of this document. Comply
1.03 TENDER SUBMITTAL
A.
The following items are to be submitted with the tender return.
1. Provide a detailed Bill of Quantity with brands and model number.
2. Provide a schedule of equipment showing manufacturer and model
3. Provide a compliance statement stating if fully compliant, partially
compliant or non-complaint with reasons if not fully complying.
4. Provide system description and schematic.
5. Provide all data sheets of the system being provided
6. Provide compliance with authorities
7. Provide company profile and highlight the projects done that are similar to
this project
8. Provide project implementation plan
9. Provide Project team plan with resumes of probable team members
10. Provide training details.
Comply
1.04 TENDER DRAWINGS
A.
The specification should be read with reference made to the tender drawings and
reference to the contract electrical and architectural drawings. Comply
B.
It should be noted that tender drawings are detailed only to the extent necessary to
show design intent and signal flow. It is understood and agreed by the contractor
that the work herein described shall be complete in every detail so as to provide a
complete and fully functional system even though every item necessarily involved is
not specifically mentioned. Comply
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate all work with the Architect, Interior Designer and Engineer.
B.
Coordinate the location of all active equipment with the location of all electrical
mains power outlets.
4
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor Status: The Security Contractor shall be a registered, certified business
partner and authorized installer for the proposed ACS manufacturer. Comply
B. The contractor Have previously installed at least 5 projects of the same scale with the
brands being proposed and has completed within the last five years. They must be
currently certified by the manufacturers. Provide at least on such completed job for
inspection by the Engineer. Proof of the same must be submitted at the presentation
of bid proposal. Comply
C. The Contractor shall have ten years’ experience with equipment and systems of the
types specified, shall maintain a fully in house staffed and equipped service facility,
and shall be an authorized service provider for the major brands specified for the
project Comply
D. The Contractor resumes of engineers and installers shall be provided as being
planned for the project. This shall be presented during the Prequalification at the
tender submission stage. Comply
E. The Contractor shall have local presence within Dubai and provide 24/7 service
support. Comply
F.
The integrator must have a good standing within Dubai on all current /previous
projects. Proof to be provided of successful handing over of such projects. This is
Comply
subject to be verified by client.
G. The contractor must submit proof for each of the below mentioned items in the
Comply
prequalification list at time of tender submission.
H. Proof of all above items must be submitted during pre-qualifications at the time of
Comply
tender submission.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Contractor to provide Owner with exact beginning and ending dates of the
warranty period. Include the name of the person to call for service and telephone
number. This information to be part of Project Record Drawings and handover. Comply
B. Manufacturer shall provide a limited 3-year warranty for Manufacturer supplied
hardware to be free of defects in material and workmanship. Comply
C. Manufacturer shall provide software support and updates for a period of 12 months.
Extended support options shall be available. Comply
D. Client software shall not require a license and have no limitations on number of client
users. This excludes third-party plug-ins. Comply
1.08 TRAINING
A.
Provide on-site training for Owner's representatives as appointed. All manufacturers’
equipment manuals for each system described in these specifications will be on-site
during training. Unless training is provided, this Contract will not be considered
complete. Comply
B.
Provide required training sessions for all the supplied and installed system.
Comply
5
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
PART 2 – DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
2.01 – ICT (Information and Communications Technology)
A. SCOPE OF WORK
1. Supply, delivery, supervision, coordination, and installation, of equipment specified
herein and shown on the Tender and Contract Drawings.Comply
2. Supervision, coordination and installation of Structured Cabling System (SCS) as
required by Etisalat and Du. Comply
3. Incorporation of Client Furnished Equipment as required, providing a complete
installation. Comply
4. Termination, testing, documentation and instruction of equipment specified herein and
shown on the Tender and Contract Drawings. Comply
5. The Contractor shall verify space, power and cooling requirements associated with the
Structured Cabling System as described within this and related documents. Scopr of MEP.
6. Provide all equipment, materials, labour, and services, not specifically mentioned or
shown, which may be necessary to complete or perfect all aspects of the installation.
Ensure that they comply with requirements stated or reasonably inferred by the
specifications. Comply
7. Provide calculations and analysis to support design and engineering decisions as
specified in submittals. Comply
8. Comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and other legal requirements of public
authorities which bear on performance of work. Comply
9. The Contractor shall provide system performance warranty for the SCS from the cabling
system manufacturer to ensure all end-to-end connectivity channels can support up to
1 Gigabits per second. Comply
10. The Contractor shall provide proper earthing of all components in the SCS including but
not be limited to equipment cabinets / racks. The Contractor shall coordinate with the
Client / MEP Contractor for the locations of the nearest earth nodes from where the
Contractor shall install the equipotential bonding to the SCS equipment. Scope of MEP.
11. The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are coordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Employer and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives. Comply
12. The Contractor shall liaise and co-ordinate with appropriate statutory authorities as
required. Comply
13. The Contractor shall designate qualified person(s), other than the Project Manager, to
be responsible for the on-site quality control and attendance of regular design with
Employer implementation progress meetings. The Contractor shall furnish adequate
information and drawings in a timely manner to the Employer and / or the Consultant
in ensuring smooth SCS implementations. Comply
14. The Contractor shall provide SCS documentation including system schematics, design
topology, wiring schemes, labelling conventions, rack layout plans, SCS outlet layout
plans, and also other information relevant to utilizing this infrastructure Comply
15. The Contractor shall provide a complete SCS that includes components including but
not be limited to all cables and wirings, drop cables and patch cords for connecting
outlets to equipment, under-floor outlet back-boxes, outlets, jacks, faceplates, cable
terminations, cable ties, cable labelling and outlet labelling, patch panels, patch
cords, equipment racks, plywood and frames, termination boxes (back-box and
junction boxes), cable containment (including trunking, cable trays, cable ladders, riser
trunking, conduits, etc.) within the Main Telecom Room, IDF Rooms, Electrical Rooms,
6
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
•
and equipment racks, and all necessary printed warning notices, signage and labels
and the like as specified in this Technical Specification. Comply
The contractor shall be responsible to have anti-static paint in all technical room floors
including main telecom room, floor telecom rooms, GSM rooms, AV rooms…etc. Comply
The Contractor shall be responsible in developing requirements into a fully functional
and complete system to produce a detailed SCS design that is fully co-ordinated with
other building services, the building structure and architectural features and all
furniture, fittings, and equipment. Comply
The Contractor shall also provide fire stopping materials to fill the holes after the trunking
/ tray has been installed. The fire stopping materials shall meet the original fire rating of
the floors and walls that the holes are on. Scope of mep
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and liaise with the Employer and
or the Main Contractor to ensure the final cable containment sizing shall meet the
Employer's requirements. Scope of MEP
The Contractor shall coordinate with other contractors for the termination of cables
required by other systems. Comply
The Contractor shall supply and install all equipment cabinets and racks for the System.
The Contractor shall coordinate with others for cabinet / rack standards and quantities
required for the Project. These shall include but not be limited to the cabinets / racks in
the Main Telecom Room, IDF rooms and other locations specified by the Consultant /
the Employer. The Contractor shall refer to the Tender Drawings for the arrangement of
cabinets / racks.
Comply
The Contractor shall provide all patch cords and drop cables (equipment leads) for all
systems on Day One. All patch cables and drop cables shall be patched to the cabling
patch panels and punch down frames and neatly dressed within cabinets, racks and
wall frames. Final connection to active equipment shall be undertaken by other
respective contractors, unless otherwise stated or requested. Comply
The Contractor shall provide weather proof termination boxes for outlets installed at
outdoor locations. Comply as per IFC drawing
The Contractor shall perform full (100%) testing and commissioning of all installed
cables, including drop cables at two ends and connectors, and submit test reports
accordingly. The Contractor shall provide patching records (in the format agreed by
the Employer and / or the Consultant), prepare and submit Operation & Maintenance
Manuals to document the SCS installation and include the test reports into the manuals.
The Contractor shall provide full documentation with labelling of the entire SCS,
including cables and connectors, cabling cabinets / racks, equipment cabinets / racks,
patch cords, patch panels, etc. for the Project. Comply
The Contractor shall conduct on-site user training on the System to the Employer's
operation team and relevant representatives. Comply
The Contractor shall be responsible for running the fibre cable from the Telecom
Equipment Cabinet to the equipment rack and respective termination need to be
carried out. Comply
The Contractor shall ensure that all of their works are co-ordinated both in terms of
design and on-site integration with the works of other contractors, including but not be
limited to the contractors for other systems installations, any sub-contractors employed
by the Contractor and other relevant parties including the Client and / or the
Consultant and / or its representatives. Comply
Related work specified elsewhere:
The work described in this document includes hardware, installation, training, and
support activities related to providing complete systems as described within this, and
related sections. Comply
7
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Where specifications require exact match or conformance to an established sample
or quality standard or objective, the Consultant’s decision will be final on whether a
proposed product or installation practices matches satisfactorily. Comply
• Requirements for inconspicuous or concealed installation, as one example, establish
such a standard and objective. If required, fabricate custom-made enclosures and or
chassis with careful consideration being given to aesthetic, technical, and functional
aspects of the components and their installation. Comply
29. Coordination will be required between the Contractor and the following entities to
ensure a complete working system, including, but not limited to: Comply
• Du
• Etisalat
• Other Trades
•
B. SYSTEM & PRODUCT
1. System Description
a. The intra-building infrastructure shall support a high-speed1Gb switched, multiprotocol, Ethernet based network providing converged IP-based services based on
ANSI/TIA/ETA, ISO standards and BICSI TDMM (Telecommunications Design Methods
Manual). Comply
b. The backbone connectivity shall be subdivided into the following:
•
ISP (Combined DU and Etisalat - TRA guidelines)
- Backbone for Apartments Part of ISP submittal
Comply
•
Building ICT Backbone (Building CNS Backbone)
c. Madinah Jumeirah Living will have latest ISP design guidelines called TRA guidelines,
and the same need to be implemented in this project. Part of ISP submittal
d. As per TRA design guidelines combined (Du & Etisalat) MTR room should be
Part of ISP submittal
provided in the building.
e. Single infrastructure to be provided inside building for ISP connectivity to every
Part of ISP submittal
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
residential apartment.
Madinah Jumeirah Living buildings having one Main Telecommunication Room
(combined DU and Etisalat) at Ground Level provided as per latest TRA design
guidelines. Part of ISP submittal
Four-core single mode fibre cable shall be linked between Mini ODF and every
residential apartment HCC (Home consolidation Cabinet) as per latest ISP (TRA)
design guidelines.Part of ISP submittal
Multicore Fibre should be pulled between Mini ODFs at different levels of telecom
room and ISP - MTR room at Ground level, refer Schematic layouts. Part of ISP submittal
Horizontal cabling inside each apartment shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA Category 6 UTP,
deployed in a "home-run" arrangement. Cat.6a horizontal cable permanent link
shall not exceed 90 meters. Part of ISP submittal
Horizontal cables inside each apartment shall be terminated on 1U patch panels in
HCC (Home Consolidation Cabinet). Part of ISP submittal
Each residential apartment will have 12U HCC panel (600mm H x 600mm W x
Part
of
ISP
submittal
150mm D) as per TRA guidelines.
All pairs of all horizontal cables will terminate to a modular 8-Position, 8-Conductor
outlet at the telecommunications outlet. Part of ISP submittal
MDF Rack for ICT Backbone shall be located in ground floor MTR room. Comply
GSM services should be provided as per TRA design guidelines. Part of ISP submittal
GSM containment should be provided between MTR room and GSM room Part of ISP submittal
Main GSM room in GF and Roof be considered as shown in the schematic layouts. Part of ISP
submittal
8
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
q. Multi core (24 core as per TRA Guidelines) single mode fibre cable shall be pulled
between MTR room and GSM rooms as per latest design guidelines. Part of ISP submittal
r. Space shall be provided to allow for the development of a Tetra system. Comply
s. Tenderer to assure that no fibre and copper cables is manufactured in China,
shipped, assembled or repackaged in other country. Comply
t. Tenderer to provide confirmation on manufacturer letterhead on Country of Origin
and country of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities,
including ISO certificates Comply
u. Tenderer to provide letter from manufacturer to confirm Country of Origin / Country
of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities, including
ISO certificates. Comply
2. Design Topology
a. The Contractor shall refer schematics and Drawings for the detail such as locations and
quantities of IT related equipment rooms and the quantities of cables required between
the rooms. Comply
b. The Contractor shall undertake site surveys to familiarize themselves with the site
conditions. Comply
C. ISP (DU and Etisalat) Backbone for Apartments
1. Madinah Jumeirah Living-buildings 6, 7 and 8 will have single telecom (ISP) infrastructure
for Du & Etisalat service as per latest design guidelines (TRA) inside building.
2. Entry ducts should be provided from ISP (Internet Service Provider) OSP manhole to
combined MTR room inside building.
3. Four Core indoor rated Single-mode Optical Fibre Cables shall be considering for ISP
connectivity to apartments as per latest ISP (TRA) Standards.
4. Four core single mode fibre cable shall be provided between Home Consolidation
cabinet (HCC) located in each apartment and Mini ODF located in Floor
Telecommunication rooms at different levels in the tower.
5. fibre cable shall be of continuous lengths free from joints, branches or patching.
6. Four core fibre cable should be ITU-T standard compliant with G.652D as per ISP
guidelines.
7. Jacket of the cable shall be Low Smoke Zero Halogen(LSZH) or Flame-retardant
polythene sheath(FRP).
8. Multicore Single mode fibre cable shall be connected between Mini ODF at different
levels and Main Telecommunication Room(MTR).
9. Contractor must follow latest ISP design guidelines for the calculation of multicore single
mode fibre core count and fibre termination details.
10. The contractor shall terminate the fibre cable in MTR, Mini ODFs as well as a dedicated,
secure HCC (Home Consolidation Cabinet) in each Apartment as per latest TRA design
guidelines.
11. Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of cable containments / conduits
within the MTR’s, Mini ODFs or other designated rooms.
12. The fibre cables should be labelled at both ends with a unique reference for the
consolidation point served, Mini ODFs and the MTR.
13. Contractor shall make sure that all the installation should be in accordance with ISP
(TRA) latest standards.
14. The Contractor shall undertake site surveys to familiarize themselves with the site
conditions.
9
Part of
ISP
submittal
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
D. Building ICT backbone
1. ICT communication network will establish communication between:
•
IP based devices for Background Music System.
Comply
Building intercom system – Outdoor unit in Reception and all units will have
intercom handset. Noted & Comply. apartments units are handsfree as per client requirement
MDF Rack for ICT Backbone shall be located in ground floor FTR (Floor Telecom Room) Comply
Fiber Backbone (2 x 2 core multi-mode fibre cable) shall be connected between GF
Floor Telecom Room and Floor Communication Network Racks (IDF’s) at different
levels. Noted& comply,2x6core multimode fiber cable proposed from IDF to MDF
OM4 multi-mode indoor LSZH (Low Smoke Zero Halogen) Tight Buffered fibre shall be
provided for Building ICT Backbone. Comply
OM4 Multimode fibre shall be completed with graded index optical fibre waveguide
with mode field diameter of 50µm ±0.5µm and cladding diameter of 125µm ±2 µm. Comply
Optical fibre shall conform to the OM4 standard defined in ISO-11801 2" Edition, to
Comply
support 10 GB Ethernet over increased distances.
All fibres shall operate in both 850nm and 1300nm optical windows with maximum
attenuation of 3.5dB/km and 1.5dB/km respectively. Comply
All fibre shall have its minimum information transmission capacity for 850nm and
1300nm optical windows as 200 MHz-km and 500 MHz-km respectively. Comply
All fibre cables shall be of a dry and dielectric construction. No gel or metallic content
shall be allowed. Comply
The sheath of the cable shall be of LSZH construction. The sheath of the cable shall be
extruded free from pin holes, joints, mended places and other defects. It shall be
reasonably circular and the curvature of the external surface shall not be concave at
any point. The minimum allowable bending radius of the cable shall be 10D and 20D
during and after installation respectively where D stands for the overall cable diameter. Comply
The cable shall have water sellable yarn located with the fibres to prevent the
migration of water should the sheath material become punctured. Comply
The cable shall operate
within the stated specifications for temperatures ranging from
Comply
-10°C to +65 °C
•
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13. ICT and ISP (Telecom) will share the Riser space, however 50mm gap should be
provisioned between each trucking as mentioned in the floor layouts. Noted& comply
14. Communication network riser shall be established between Control room and
mechanical floors & designated floors and should have dedicated wall mount
Comply
cabinet.
15. Wall mount cabinet shall have 13Amps Dual Power socket and rack-mounted 2 kVA
UPS. Comply
16. Wall mount rack will accommodate Network Access Switch. Comply
17. Main ICT rack in Ground floor FTR room - should have a dedicated 42U rack (800 mm x
1000mm) allocated, this rack includes: •
Riser fiber patch panels
•
Core switch – connecting to all mechanical floors and designated floors as per
building ICT requirements such as Intercom Systems etc. Comply
•
IP based connections such as server, workstation or other devices via access
switch.
Comply
•
3kva UPS
Comply
Comply
10
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
18. Communication network will be used for services/devices which supports IP based
communications such as Intercom and BGM …etc. as per client requirements.
Comply
E. Apartment ICT Requirements
1. Each apartment will have 12U Home Consolidation Cabinet (HCC) (600mm H x 600mm
W X 150mm D) with dual 13Amps power sockets. Part of ISP submittal
2. Home Consolidation Cabinet(HCC) will accommodate the service provider’s ONUs. Part of ISP submittal
3. CAT 6a, UTP cable should be used inside apartment for horizontal cabling. Comply
4. All Cat.6a Cable inside apartment should be terminated in 1U Cat.6a patch panel Comply
5. Cable organizer should be provided for proper management of patch cords inside
Part of ISP submittal
HCC panel
6. ISP 4 core fibre cable should be terminated inside HCC panel as per ISP design
guidelines. Part of ISP submittal
7. Proper Labelling should be provided for Cat.6a patch panels, Cat.6a Cables, Face
plates and patch cords inside apartment, and the labelling scheme should be
approved by client/ consultant. Comply
F.
GSM Services
1. GSM services should be provided as per latest TRA design guidelines
2. Every GSM room should be connected to MTR room with multicore single mode fiber
optic cables, refer TRA guidelines.
3. GSM room should have 4 x 13 Amps twin power sockets fed from essential power supply
with dedicated 20A circuit breaker.
4. 2 numbers of ac & dc earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with resistance
less than 1 ohm.
5. 2 x 63 Amps TP isolator fed from dedicated feeder from essential power supply should
be provided inside GSM rooms
6. Cross connect cabinet with fiber cable termination devices should be provided in GSM
rooms as per design guidelines
7. Firefighting & fire safety requirements should be provided inside GSM room based on
design guidelines.
8. GSM antenna locations and equipment details will be designed by GSM service
provider.
9. Scope of Installation and termination should be done as per TRA guidelines, by service
provider.
G.
Horizontal Cabling (CAT 6a) Topology
1. Category 6a(UTP) Standard, structured cabling shall be considered for horizontal
cabling. Comply
2. The physical topology of the horizontal cabling should be configured as a star with
each outlet connected directly to a Home Consolidation Cabinet(HCC) inside
Apartment. Part of ISP submittal
3. The Contractor shall ensure that the end-to-end length of each individual run of any
fixed horizontal cable from the Distribution Box / Equipment rack to the SCS outlets shall
not exceed 90 meters. Comply
4. All Horizontal Cables inside each Apartments shall be terminated on 1U patch panel
provided in 12U Home Consolidation cabinets (600mm h x 600mm W x 150 mm D), flush
mount Cabinet. Part of ISP submittal
11
Part of
ISP
network
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5. The maximum combined length of any work area equipment patch cable /cord and
equipment patch cable / cord shall not exceed 10 meters. Comply
6. The Contractor shall leave an extra length of 3m of cable on either end for terminations.
The cable must be suitably labelled. Comply
7. The Contractor shall leave an extra length of 5m of cable, for Wireless Access Point. The
cable must be suitably labelled.
Comply
8. The Contractor shall provide horizontal cabling connectivity to the RJ45 outlets to
support the following services / applications:
Comply
• Data
• Voice (VoIP)
• Other services / applications as requested by the Client
9. Refer to schematics & Drawings to develop schedule for the location and quantity of
outlets required. Comply
10. The Contractor shall coordinate regularly with other parties such as the Client,
architect, other contractors for the final quantities and locations of SCS outlets. Comply
H. Components
1. General
a. Between any two termination points, all installed cables shall be continuous and
without any joints or splices. Comply
b. All indoor cables shall not be laid on areas exposed to external weather conditions.
Cables shall not be laid on wet or damp concrete surfaces. Comply
c. The SCS shall be designed and installed to make the best use of the installed
containment in terms of diversity, system resilience, utilization and room for
expansion.Comply
d. All cable bundles shall not run over hard or sharp edges. Comply
e. All cable bends shall not be tighter than the manufacturer's minimum bending
radius requirements. Comply
f.
All the installed cables shall be terminated at both ends and labelled neatly on
patch panels inside racks and faceplates on slab-mounted boxes or outer
termination boxes where appropriate. Comply
g. The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer's original certificates for cables or
related components of the Work for review by the Employer and / or the Consultant. Comply
h. All cable types shall be proposed by the Contractor and quoted in the Tender
Returns. Generally, all wiring shall be run in conduit and trunking systems. Comply
i. Tenderer to assure that no fiber and copper cables is manufactured in China,
shipped, assembled or repackaged in other country Comply
j. Tenderer to provide confirmation on manufacturer letterhead on Country of Origin
and country of manufacture, details/locations of their own manufacturing facilities,
including ISO certificates
Comply
2. Horizontal Cabling (Cat.6a UTP)
a. All Category 6a UTP cables shall be of Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH) type.
b. All cables shall be accompanied with traceable serial numbers from the
manufacturer indicated on the packaging to assist in quality validation of the
installed cables.
c. All cables shall have cable markings – “Category 6a UTP" imprinted on the cable
sheath in a color that contrasts with the sheath color.
d. The length of each individual run of fixed horizontal cable from the ACP/equipment
rack to the SCS outlet shall not exceed 90 meters and within 4 connections.
12
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
e. All cables shall be 4-pair (Unshielded twisted pair UTP) cables meeting or exceeding
the quality and performance requirements for Category 6a UTP cables stipulated in
Class 'E' ANSI/TIA/EIA 568B-2.1:2001 and ISO/IEC 11801:2002.
f. The UTP copper cabling system shall be properly ground and bond. The grounding
and bonding requirements specified in the current TIA J-STD-607-A Commercial
Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications
shall be applied to the copper cabling systems. Scope of MEP
3. Patch Panels
a.
Copper Patch Panels
1)
The Category 6a patch panels shall meet or exceed the quality and performance
requirements for Category 6a cross-connect panel stipulated in EIA/TIA-568-B.2.
2)
The patch panels shall incorporate enough space to accommodate a label for
each port to indicate its function / termination / application.
3)
The patch panels shall pass the reliability test of no more than 1 failure in 500
insertions for each modular jack port.
b.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
Comply
Comply
Optical Fiber Patch Panels
Fiber patch panels shall be used to terminate all optical fiber cables with LC type
connections, using fusion splicing technology.
Patch panels shall be modular in design, equipped with patch-cord routing
troughs and suitable for mounting in the frames/racks supplied.
The patch panels shall provide protection from mechanical stresses, and macro
bending losses on the cables.
The patch panels shall provide means to locate and clamp the incoming cables
without causing damage to the cable or affecting the quality and performance
of the link.
Patch panels shall provide patch guides, with a closed front to protect the patch
cords.
Patch panels shall be designed to allow termination and maintenance work, that
can be carried out without having to remove the entire panel.
Patch panels shall provide enough space to accommodate the bending radius
for the patch cords, once connected to the panel.
Patch panels shall provide enough management space and tools to store the
fiber after breaking the fibers out from the cable.
Patch panels shall be provided with either a screw-in or lockable dustcover to
protect unused connector adapters.
Patch panels shall have enough space in its front, to accommodate a minimum
of one label. The label shall indicate its function/termination/application for each
connection.
Com
ply
4. Patch Cords & Connectors
a. Copper Patch Cords
1) The patch cords and work area cords shall be pre-terminated rather than fieldterminated.
2) All patch cords shall exceed or be an equivalent of TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC Category
6a
3) The patch cords shall provide air-tight connections and shall comply with ISO 11801
and EIA/TIA-568-B.2 Category 6a requirement.
4) The Contractor shall provide different colors of patch cords to distinguish between
different services / applications.
13
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5) The color and length of patch cords to be used for each service shall be agreed
with the Employer and / or the Consultant. Normally patch cords shall come in 1m,
2m and 5m in length, excluding modular plugs at both ends.
6) Patch cords shall have built-in exclusion features to prevent accidental polarity
reversals and split pairs. They shall have a latching mechanism to prevent
accidental dislodging of the plug from the termination module or modular jack
panel.
7) All cordage shall be round, and shall consist of 22-24 AWG copper, stranded
conductors, tightly twisted into individual pairs.
8) The Contractor shall provide and include adequate quantities of copper and fiber
patch cords.
Compl
y
b. Horizontal Cable Connectors
1) All horizontal cables shall be terminated with RJ-45 modular jacks at the user outlet
end and IDC-type patch modules at the equipment rack/HCC end.
2) Cable connectors shall be wired to the T568B wiring pattern.
3) Cable connectors shall be constructed with a housing of polycarbonate of rating
94V-0.
4) Cable connectors shall be mechanically and electrically compatible with the
Category 6a UTP cables supplied under this Contract.
5) Communications outlets shall be Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed.
6) Communications outlets shall be of RJ-45 type, with Insulation Displacement
Connectors (IDC) used to terminate the cable.
7) Horizontal cables shall terminate on RJ-45 sockets, 4-pair terminated, housed in
closures agreed with the Employer as acceptable.
8) The installed connectors shall meet or exceed the quality and performance
characteristics for Category 6a connector stipulated in EIA/TIA-568-B.2.
Comply
c. Single-mode Optical Fiber Patch Cords
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
The single-mode fiber patch cords shall be single fiber cords, flexible in nature with
factory terminated fiber connectors at both ends.
The color and length of patch cords to be used for each service shall be agreed
with the Employer and / or the Consultant. Normally the length of each single-mode
fiber patch cord shall come in various lengths of 1 m, 2 m, and 5 m, excluding the
mechanical structure of the connectors.
The single-mode fiber patch cords shall have core diameter of 8.7pm ±0.5µm and
cladding diameter of 125µm ± 2µm.
The outer jacket of the single-mode fiber patch cord shall be made of LSZH.
The cable marking shall include traceable part numbers from the manufacturer
packaging to assist in quality validation of the installed cable.
The outer jacket shall be color coded and imprinted with cable markings "Singlemode" in a contrasting color.
The outer diameter of the single-mode fiber cord shall not exceed 3mm.
Comply
d. Fiber Connectors
1) LC type duplex fiber connector /adaptors shall be used for single mode and
multimode fiber cables and have a locking feature on the duplex coupler.
2) Pigtail shall be field installable, compatible with other fibers supplied in this project.
14
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
3) Pigtail shall allow the use of PC polishing on the tip, to provide high yield during
installation.
4) Fiber connectors shall be able to operate within specification in temperatures
ranging from - 10 to +65°C.
5) The insertion loss of mated connectors shall have a mean value of 0.35dB and a
standard deviation of 0.2dB.
6) The insertion loss change due to temperature variations within the operating
temperature shall be less than 0.3dB.
7) Insertion loss change after 1,000 reconnections shall be less than 0.2dB.
8) The return loss of the connector for the connections shall be better than -20dB for
multimode connections and -40dB for single mode connections.
9) The tip material of the fiber connector shall be made of ceramic.
10) Refer ISP Standards for DU and Etisalat cable termination and type of connectors.
5. Faceplates, Outlets, Trunking
a. Faceplates
1) Flush mount (flush-fitted wall-mounted) outlets shall be used for wall mounted
outlets and wherever else possible.
2) Where space does not permit mounting of a flush face plate, modular surface
mounted boxes shall be used.
3) Modular faceplates for mounting either at 90 degrees (straight) or 45 degrees
(angled) RJ-45 modular jacks shall be installed for the floor slab-mounted outlet
boxes where a raised floor is provided.
4) All face plates shall be constructed of ABS mounding compound and be
compatible with standard electrical outlet boxes used by the MEP contractor.
5) Shutter covers shall be provided for each RJ-45 modular jack. Insertion of an RJ-45
jack shall cause the shutter to open. When the plug is removed, the shutter shall
close automatically to protect the jack from ingress of dust.
6) Dust cover / blanks shall be provided for unused jacks.
7) Flush plates shall be mounted on skirting wiring duct cover section, metal wall box
for outlets in masonry walls or metal mounting brackets for outlets in plasterboard
lined stud walls.
8) The Contractor shall coordinate with the Employer and / or the IT Consultant, and
architect on the colour and finish of faceplates to be provided and the same
should be match with electrical accessories.
6. Cable Laying
a. Cable Laying Principles
1) Cables shall be fixed in straight parallel runs and shall be held in place by broad
cable ties at not more than 900mm centers on horizontal trays and 900mm on
vertical trays. Comply
2) Cables shall not be held so tightly or by sufficiently narrow cable ties that
permanent indentation (enough to measurably affect the transmission
characteristics of the cable) or cutting of the outer sheath or conductor insulation
occurs. Comply
3) The manufacturer's minimum bending radius requirements shall be adhered during
Comply
cable installation.
4) Cables running along horizontal and vertical cable ladder system shall be neatly
dressed, tied and wrapped at regular intervals. Different types of cables shall be
15
Comply
Faceplate
s&
adaptors
for
faceplates
excluded
from our
scope.
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
grouped separately. Velcro type cable ties shall be used for all 4-pair twisted pair
cabling; PVC cable ties shall be acceptable for larger multi-core cables. Comply
Sufficient protection shall be provided to all installed cables and terminations to
prevent damages from other trades on the construction site. Any damaged
cables shall be replaced at Contractor's own costs. Comply
Installed cable shall take the shortest route consistent with the defined routes, and
shall not, unless specified, contain length in excess of the distance required. Comply
All cables which cross service pipes carrying hot or refrigerant fluids shall be
protected from excessive high or low temperatures or condensation. This may
require separation and / or thermal insulation. Comply
Cables shall be kept clear of fire suppression outlets, heat and smoke detectors
and water detector strips. Installed cables shall not be subject to vibration or
movement. Comply
Cables shall not be fixed with staples, Cables should be properly routed with velcro
Comply
tapes.
7. Separation from power cables
a. The communications cables shall not be tied to power cables or run along the same
conduits/ducts or run through the same connection box.
b. Any internal cables running in metal enclosed trunking or conduit shall be separated
from external parallel runs of power cables by a minimum of 600mm. All other power
and communications cables shall be separated according to the recommendations
stated in CIBSE AM7.
c. Where busbar inter-connecting power cables cross communications cable trays these
cables shall cross at 90-degree angles. These power cables shall be shielded to
minimize any interference with communications cabling data signals.
Comply
8. Cables in Trunking / Conduit
a. Trunking compartments shall be no more than 60% full to allow for future installation of
cables.
b. Cables shall enter and exit trunking via bridges to ensure complete separation between
communications and power compartments, if any.
c. The number of cables in each conduit shall be controlled to allow for future cable
installation and to stay within the manufacturers' maximum allowable cable pulling
tension.
d. All draw wires shall be replaced during each cable pull.
e. After cabling in trunking that passes through a fire-resistant structural element that has
been designated as fire barrier, such as floor and wall, approved type of fire resisting
material with the appropriate degree of fire protection shall be provided to prevent
the spread of fire or smoke through the trunking. Supply and installation of all firestopping materials at the openings to walls, ceiling and partitions shall be by the
Contractor
16
Scope
of MEP
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
9. Equipment Cabinets & Racks
a. Preferable Dimensions of the racks shall be as follows:
Location
ICT Rack in MTR Room (MDF)
ICT Racks in different levels
(Telecommunication Rooms)
HCC Cabinets in Apartments
Rack Dimension
800mm (W) x 1000mm (D) x 42U (H)
Comply
600mm (W) x 600mm (D) x 15U (H) Wall Mount
Enclosure
600mm (W) x 150mm (D) x 15U (H) Flush Mount
Part of ISP
submittal
b. Power Sockets Requirement for ICT MDF, ICT IDF, and HCC/RCC:
Location
ICT Rack in GF FTR Room
(MDF)
ICT Racks in different levels
(Telecommunication Rooms)
HCC Cabinets in
Apartments/Shops.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Socket Rating
No. of
Sockets
Backup
– UPS +
Generator
16 Amps Industrial
Type
(Surface
Mounted)
X 02
2 kva
mount
Rack
13 Amps
X 01
1 kva
mount
Rack
13 Amps
X 01
Not Required
Scope of
MEP
For exact dimension and location of the racks, the Contractor shall verify at site and
submit for Employer and Consultant's approval.Comply
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13Amps twin power sockets power inside
the HCC for powering the network equipment. Scope of MEP
The Contractor shall supply and install 1 no 13 Amps rated non-switched 6- way
power strip as a minimum for each 12U equipment rack at HCC and earth bonded
Scope of MEP
to the rack frame.
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13Amps twin power sockets power inside
the ICT racks in telecommunication room’s for powering the network equipment Scope of MEP
The Contractor shall supply and install one 13 Amps rated non-switched 6- way
power strip as a minimum for each 12U ICT equipment rack floor
telecommunication rooms of Building 1 and Building 2 and earth bonded to the
cabinet frame / rack frame. Scope of MEP
The Contractor shall supply and install 2Nos. 16 Amps twin power sockets power for
the ICT MDF rack in Ground floor MTR room for powering the ICT network equipment
Scope of
The Contractor shall supply and install 2 Nos. 16 Amps rated non-switched 10- way
MEP
C13 & 4-way C19 power strip as a minimum for 42U ICT MDF rack in Ground floor
MTR room and earth bonded to the cabinet frame / rack frame.
ICT MDF rack (800mm W x 1000mm D) characteristics as listed below:
1) Rack shall have a roof panel with 2 apertures of not less than 300mm x 50mm
finished with brush strip (to prevent air leakage) to allow entry of high-level data
cabling.
17
Compl
y
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
2) Rack shall have a roof panel with 2 apertures of not less than 300mm x 50mm
finished with brush strip (to prevent air leakage) to allow entry of high-level data
cabling.
3) Rack shall be with 50mm, minimum, wiring space on any side where
terminations are made, the wiring space shall be adjusted (increased) to suit
the quantities and types of cables entering and leaving the equipment rack.
4) Rack shall be provided with four roofs mounted fans and have no loss of
installation height.
5) Rack shall be provided with suitable means of securing the complete assembly
to floors and / or walls.
6) The rack shall be able to support a maximum equipment load of 1000kg.
7) Racks shall be provided with self-levelling feet/castors and shall sit directly on to
the access floor or concrete slab. The feet/castors shall be able to support the
maximum load capacity of the rack.
8) The surfaces of the rack shall be protected by good quality paintwork. The paint
shall be smooth, continuous and free from blemishes and scratches. The colour
of the paintwork shall be agreed with the Employer before installation.
9) The front and rear doors shall be provided mechanical barrel type locks and
with two sets of mechanical keys. The front and rear doors shall be the same
lock on each rack.
10) A full height and width side infill panel complete with vertical wire ways finished
with brush strip for inter-rack and frame cabling shall be provided by the
Contractor.
11) Three (x3) slotted component shelves per 42U rack shall be provided.
12) All racks shall be provided with removal panels, escutcheon plates (Doors
Locks), and covers.
13) The Rack shall have suitable clearance to ensure that the closure of the rack
door shall not interfere with any device within the enclosure.
Comp
ly
10. Power Strip for Equipment Rack
a. The power strips for the equipment racks shall be designed to comply with the
following standards:
• BS 7671 (IEE Wiring Regulation)
• BS 5733 (General requirements for electrical accessories)
b. The main housing of the power strips shall be made of anodized aluminium extrusion
and mouldings shall be made of high impact, flame retardant grade of
polycarbonate.
c. The internal wiring shall be single cables insulated in low smoke, low fume grade of
material to BS 711. The power leads shall be multi-core flexible cables complying
with BS 6500, and shall be low smoke and fume.
d. The sockets are designed and tested to BS 1363 Part 2 (Specification for 13A
switched and unswitched socket-outlets). They shall be individually fused as 5A.
e. The tape-off lead shall be at least 3 metre and the terminating plug shall be fused
as 13A.
f. Power requirements for racks:
Location
Power Rating
Quantity
ICT Rack
16 Amps PDU
x02
Min. no. of Outlets
10 way : C13
04 way : C19
Comply
Remarks
Vertically
mounted
18
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
ICT Racks at different
levels
HCC/RCP Cabinets in
Apartments/Shops.
13 Amps Power Strip
13 Amps Power Strip
x01
x01
x06 : 3pin UK type
x06 : 3pin UK type
1U;600m
m
horizontal
1U;600m
m
horizontal
Comply
Part of
ISP
11. Uninterruptible Power Supply
a. An Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) shall be provided for the ICT MDF Room, &
ICT IDF to provide uninterruptible electrical supply to the IT and electronic
equipment inside the rooms. Comply
b. For the input to ICT MDF rack , the UPS shall be supplied by 1-phase essential power
in- feeds from the electrical rooms with full back up by emergency generators. Comply
c. In addition to supplying all the loads inside the ICT Racks, the UPS shall have
sufficient spare capacity of 20% to ensure its service reliability to support any surge
loads and also cater for future expansion of the IT and electronic equipment inside
Comply
the rooms.
d. The rated capacity of each UPS shall be expandable at least 30% for future
Comply
expansion.
e. The UPS capacity shall comply with the following rating requirements.
f. UPS Rating
Comply
• ICT MDF Rack
: 02 kVA
• ICT IDF Racks
: 01 kVA
g. The battery bank of each UPS shall have sufficient capacity for support the normal
equipment operation under full loads for at least 15 minutes in case of city mains
failure.
Comply
h. The electrical provisions shall be equipped with the necessary by-pass mechanism
to main the normal supply to all connected loads during the routine maintenance
and / or enhancement of the UPS. Comply
i. In case of UPS breakdowns, the loads shall be automatically transferred to the city
mains bypass via the system static bypass unit without any interruption. Comply
j. Each UPS shall be equipped with necessary interface and network card for connection
to Local-Area-Network via SNMP protocol for remote monitoring of the UPS status
including mains failure, output on battery, low battery, mains restored and return on
UPS, etc. Comply
k. UPS management system shall be able to forward all type of alarm to an e-mail or
SNMP trap. Comply
l.
UPS management system shall have the ability to monitor and control UPS systems
connected via network-based SNMP card. Comply
m. UPS management system shall be able to generate connected UPS health report. Comply
n. The UPS equipment shall comply with the following specifications as a minimum:
1
2
Description
Type
Configuration
3
Construction
Specification
On-line type
N; with flexibility to upgrade to
N+1, 2N configuration, if required
in future
High reliability rack-mounted
modular UPS, with no limit of
scalability and paralleling for IDF
rooms (Service Floors)
19
Compl
y
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Standalone UPS for ICT MDF Room
200% of phase busbar
(double neutral)
Minimum 65% capacity
within 10 times of discharge time
(i.e. 300 minutes)
400V / 230V, +10% to -15%
(read + confirm)
<5%
4
Neutral Busbar
5
Recharge Time
6
Input Voltage
7
8
Total Harmonic Distortion
Power Factor
- at 100% load
- at 50% load
9
Efficiency
- at 100% load
- at 50% load
10
11
12
Output Rating
Output Voltage Adjustment
Output Voltage (Transient)
13
14
Output Voltage Transient Response
Overload Capability
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Short Circuit Current Capability
Audible Noise
Operating Temperature
Operating Humidity
Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF)
Automatic Battery Test
Battery Care Voltage Compensation
: >0.9
: >0.83
: 92% p.f. 0.8 lagging
: 91.5%
As mentioned in Section 2.3.7
220V, 50Hz
20% load step, ± 4%
30% load step, ± 5%
50% load step, ± 8%
<50ms
110% 60 minutes
125% 10 minutes
150% 60 seconds
200% 200 ms
150% for 0.3 second
<50dB (A)
0 – 40⁰C
Up to 905 (90%) non-condensing
Up to 200,000 hours
Yes
Yes
Comply
o. The battery unit shall comply with the following specifications as a minimum:
Description
Specification
1.
Type
Sealed Lead Acid Inbuilt battery
2.
Backup Time
15 minutes
3.
Accommodation arrangement
Inbuilt with UPS
12. Entry Duct
1. The contractor must provide lead-in ducts from the plot boundary to the main
telecom room (MTR). The exact connection points at the plot boundary will depend
on the DU/ Etisalat manhole location.
2. The contractor shall connect to the DU/ Etisalat ICT Infrastructure ducting system.
3. The ISP construction NOC will identify the location and quantity of their lead-in ducts.
4. Refer ISP guidelines (TRA) for lead-in duct specifications.
20
Scope of
MEP
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
I.
Performance Requirements
1. Contractor shall provide enough skilled labour to complete testing within the agreed
upon test period. Comply
2. Cabling system need to be tested with latest technology testing equipment as per the
guidelines of TIA/EIA 568. C Comply
3. Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience installing and testing fibre
optic, Unshielded Twisted Pair and coaxial cabling systems. All installers assigned by the
Contractor to the installation shall have a minimum of 2 years’ experience in the
installation of cabling systems. Comply
4. Contractor is responsible for supplying all of the required test equipment used to
conduct acceptances tests. Comply
5. Installation, Termination and testing shall be done by manufacturer’s certified
Comply
technicians.
6. Testing Equipment shall be calibrated as per the manufacturer’s instructions and
Comply
specifications
7. Contractor shall produce testing equipment calibration certificate prior to the testing
carried out at site. Comply
8. NVP testing shall be carried out in room temperature as well as high ambient
temperature as per the manufacture specifications. Noted. Fluke test & OTDR will be performed.
9. Testing of all horizontal cabling shall be performed prior to system cutover. Voice and
data horizontal wiring pairs shall be tested from the telecommunications outlet to the
copper Patch Panel. The cable runs shall be tested for conformance to the
specifications of EIA/TIA 568B Category 6a Testing
Comply
10. Horizontal cabling testing shall be done with a TIA/EIA TSB-67 UL Certified Level 3 test
set. Test shall include length, mutual capacitance, characteristic impedance,
attenuation, and near-end crosstalk. Near end crosstalk measurements shall be done
at both the information outlet and the cross connect. Comply
11. All fibre testing shall be performed on all fibres in the completed end-to-end system.
Testing shall consist of a bidirectional end to end OTDR trace performed. The system
loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and 1310 nanometres for multimode fibres
Comply
and 1310 and 1550 for single mode fibres.
Fibre Splicing and testing shall be performed in clean, neat and dust free atmosphere Comply
J.
EXECUTION
1. Pre –Installation Site Survey
a. Prior to start of systems installation, meet at the project site with the owner's
representative and representatives of trades performing related work to coordinate
efforts. Review areas of potential interference and resolve conflicts before
proceeding with the work. Facilitation with the General Contractor will be
necessary to plan the crucial scheduled completions of the equipment room and
Comply
telecommunications closets.
b. Examine areas and conditions under which the system is to be installed. Do not
proceed with the work until satisfactory conditions have been achieved. Comply
2. Installation
a.
Receive, check, unload, handle, store, and adequately protect equipment and
materials to be installed as part of the contract. Store in areas as directed by the
21
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
b.
c.
owner's representative. Include delivery, unloading, setting in place, fastening to
walls, floors, ceilings, or other structures where required, interconnecting wiring of
system components, equipment alignment and adjustment, and other related
work whether or not expressly defined herein. Comply
Install materials and equipment in accordance with applicable standards, and
manufacturer requirements, recommendations and manufacturer's printed
instructions. Comply
Adhere to manufacturer's published specifications for pulling tension, minimum
Comply
bend radii, and sidewall pressure when installing cables
3. Grounding
a.
b.
c.
Grounding shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA 607 - Commercial Building Grounding
and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, and manufacturer's
grounding requirements as minimum
Ground equipment racks, housings, messenger cables, and raceways.
Connect cabinets, racks, and frames to single-point ground which is connected
to building ground system via #6 AWG green insulated copper grounding
conductor.
Scope of
MEP
4. Labelling
a.
b.
c.
Labelling shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-606(A) standards. Provide labelling at
each outlet, both end of the cables, Patch Panel port, patch panel, rack...etc.
Labelling scheme/schedule shall be approved by client/Consultant prior to
implement at site
Labelling scheme/Schedule shall be reflected in as built drawings
Comply
5. Submittals
1. Submit Four (4) Sets of electronic copies and (4) Sets of hard copies for all below Items
3 to 7.
2. Electronic copies shall have:
• Transportation media shall be in IBM-type structure on DVD format.
• A Master File List in text format shall be placed on each DVD with a short description
of files in the submittal.
• The shop drawings shall be in AutoCAD 2018 or later drawing (.DWG) format.
Drawing Exchange File Format (.DXF) is not acceptable. All XREFs, fonts, and other
drawing parts necessary shall be included.
• Word processing files shall be in latest MS Word format. Graphs and charts shall be
in MS Excel format. Any graphic images necessary for the reproduction of the
submittals shall be included in the files, and shall be included in JPEG (.JPG) file
format.
• Manufacturers' data sheets, equipment manuals, and other documentation
provided by the Manufacturers to the Contractor or documents that are similarly
not otherwise available to the Contractor in electronic format shall be excluded
from this requirement.
• Detailed Network Map (High level and Low level designs)
22
Comply
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
3. The Contractor shall provide a detailed network map to be utilized as a road map
during the implementation of the Structured Cabling System. This map shall show all
segments, all interconnects between segments and all active network devices. This
network map shall not include the individual nodes interconnected to each
concentrator but shall have the modules, interfaces, protocols, addresses and other
identifying features for each concentrator and other active device. Comply
4. The Contractor shall provide a Cable Plant interconnectivity chart showing all fiber
patch panels and individual identifiers for each fiber associated with the
interconnectivity of each network device. Comply
5. The Contractor shall also provide a time scaled Construction Schedule indicating
general project deadlines with specific dates relating to the installation of the system.
At a minimum, this Construction Schedule shall include the following milestones per
floor:
• Equipment Installation Start Date
• Equipment Installation Completion Date
Comply
• Equipment Testing Start Date
• Equipment Testing Completion Date
• Potential Slippage Periods
• Contingent Tasks
• Concurrent Tasks
• Completion of Documentation
6. Product Data
• Submit catalogue data sheets, neatly bound with title page, space for submittal
stamps, and tabbed dividers between sections. List all proposed equipment with
reference to corresponding specification paragraph numbers or equipment title.
Comply
Indicate all accepted substitutions.
• Submit a schedule of finishes indicating proposed materials and color selections for
all exposed items subject to Consultant selection.
• Submit a list showing coordination of selected frequencies for all wireless
transmitters.
7. Shop Drawings
• Submit point-to-point wiring diagrams and typed wire lists identifying every
connection for information. Include electronic devices such as switches,
transformers, and terminal blocks. Indicate locations of all components. Identify
cables by types, colors, and wire numbers.
• Submit system plans showing all device locations and ceiling distributed
loudspeaker layouts with wattage tap settings.
• Submit conduit riser diagrams showing connection of all devices, required conduit
sizes along with types and quantities of cables to be used and cable identification
Comply
tags.
• Submit rack layouts indicating the proposed arrangement of mounted equipment
including junction boxes and locations of conduit penetrations.
• Submit fully dimensioned construction details of all panels, plates and other custom
fabricated items or modifications (e.g. installation of audio/visual equipment in
lecterns). Include complete parts lists and, as required, schematic diagrams.
• Submit mounting and support details for distributed ceiling loudspeakers, and all
other items mounted overhead complete with parts lists and dimensions. Include a
full plan view, front elevation, and side elevation of each item with corresponding
support structure and mounting hardware. Verify load ratings of all hanging
components including attachment hardware.
23
Madinat Jumeirah Living – Phase 3A
Design Compliance Performance Criteria
Data Communication System Specification
Submit electronic copies of any custom programming including source codes.
Include printed copies of all control screens, wiring pages, etc.
8. Samples submit for Consultant's action. Label samples to indicate product,
characteristics and locations in the work. Samples will be reviewed for color,
appearance, and workmanship. Compliance with all other requirements is the
exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.
• Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the Work.
Samples will be reviewed for color and appearance and workmanship.
Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the
Contractor.
• Furnish samples of the following:o All exposed plates and panels for approval of color, engraving, text size and
material.
o All exposed equipment’s such as display trims, projector assembly panels etc.
o Terminated cable samples.
•
9. The Contractor shall provide the username and password for all levels (hardware,
operating system, application) of each programmable device.
10. The Contractor shall provide complete TAFV project-related configuration files of
programmable devices including final program /codes.
11. The Contractor shall provide the related license details and program software of
systems.
12. The Contractor shall provide details of Warranty and prepare asset register with all
details as per forms provided by consultant.
3.1
Product Warranty
1. Materials, workmanship and performance specifications hereinafter specified and
furnished shall be fully guaranteed by the manufacturer for 20 years from transfer of
title against any defects. Defects, which may occur as the result of faulty materials or
workmanship within 20 years after installation and acceptance by The Customer, shall
be corrected by The Vendor at no additional cost to The Customer. Comply
2. This warranty shall in no manner cover equipment that has been damaged or
rendered unserviceable due to negligence, misuse, acts of vandalism, or tampering
by The Customer or anyone other than employees or agents of The Vendor. The
Vendor’s obligation under its warranty is limited to the cost of repair of the warranted
item or replacement thereof, at The Vendor’s option Comply
3. Contractor has to provide 1-year free maintenance starting since hand over of the
project. Comply
24
Comply
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
6.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
List of Proposed material with model number
SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED MATERIALS
S.NO
MANUFACT
URER
PART NO
DESCRIPTION
QTY
(PCS)
REF PG NO
LS
SECTION 09 PG 01
330
SECTION 09 PG 06
17
SECTION 09 PG 08
17
SECTION 09 PG 30
330
SECTION 09 PG 04
LS
SECTION 11 PG 10
9
SECTION 09 PG 21
9
SECTION 09 PG 30
72
SECTION 09 PG 19
144
SECTION 09 PG 17
36
SECTION 09 PG 14
LS
SECTION 09 PG 10
2
SECTION 09 PG 21
2
SECTION 09 PG 30
48
SECTION 09 PG 19
48
SECTION 09 PG 17
LS
SECTION 09 PG 23
48
SECTION 09 PG 26
2
SECTION 09 PG 28
2
SECTION 09 PG 30
6
SECTION 09 PG 32
1
SECTION 09 PG 32
ISP NETWORK
1
OPTERNA
SCSUUTPC6ALSZHGY
2
OPTERNA
SCSJAC6AUTPBK
3
OPTERNA
SCSPPU24UTP10G
4
OPTERNA
5
OPTERNA
SCSCMM1UBK
SCSPCC6AUTP02MLSZ
HGY
6
OPTERNA
FCOM4TBCNA006FRL
ZHV
7
OPTERNA
FPSLSCSX0241B
8
OPTERNA
SCSCMM1UBK
9
OPTERNA
ADLCLCPCDHV
10 OPTERNA
11 OPTERNA
CALCP09OM4TBL015
HV
CALDP20OM4DXLLDP
030HV
12 OPTERNA
FCOS2TBCNA024FRLZ
YL
13 OPTERNA
FPSLSCSX0241B
14 OPTERNA
SCSCMM1UBK
15 OPTERNA
ADSCSCACSGR
16 OPTERNA
CASCA097A2TBL015Y
L
17 OPTERNA
SCSUTP4C6LSZHGN
18 OPTERNA
SCSJAC6UTPBK
19 OPTERNA
SCSPPU24UNI
20 OPTERNA
SCSCMM1UBK
21 OPTERNA
CABFMS27600800707
2BK
22 OPTERNA
CABFMS42800100070
72BK
HORIZONTAL COPPER CABLING
CAT6A 23AWG U/UTP LSZH 4P CABLE 305MTR/BOX
GREY
180° CAT 6A UNSHIELDED KEYSTONE JACK
19" MODULAR 10G UTP CAT6A PATCH PANEL 24
PORTS, 1U
19” CABLE MANAGER, 1U
OPTERNA PATCH CORD UTP, CATEGORY 6A,
STANDARD PLUG, LSZH, 2-METER, GREY
BACKBONE FIBER CABLING – IDF TO MDF
OPTERNA 50U 6C OM4 T/B INTERNAL CABLE, FLAME
RETARDANT IEC 60332-3-24, HEATHER VIOLET LSZH
JACKET
OPTERNA 19" UNLOADED 1U SLIDING PATCH PANEL 24
SC SIMPLEX (LC DUPLEX) PORT - BLACK
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS,
1U
OPTERNA MM OM4 DUPLEX LC ADAPTOR, VIOLET,
FLANGED
OPTERNA 50U OM4 LC/PC T/BUFF FIBER 900UM
PIGTAIL 1.5MTR
OPTERNA OM4 DUPLEX LC/PC LC/PC PATCH CORD
LSZH 3MTR, HEATHER VIOLET
BULKSERVICE CONNECTION - MDF TO MTR
OPTERNA 9U 24C OS2 T/B INTERNAL CABLE, FLAME
RETARDANT IEC 60332-3-24, YELLOW LSZH JACKET
OPTERNA 19" UNLOADED 1U SLIDING PATCH PANEL 24
SC SIMPLEX (LC DUPLEX) PORT - BLACK
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS,
1U
OPTERNA SM SIMPLEX SC/APC ADAPTOR, GREEN,
FLANGED
OPTERNA G657A2 SC/APC T/BUFF FIBER 900UM
PIGTAIL 1.5MTR
OPTERNA CAT6 SOLID 23AWG UTP LSZH 4-PAIR CABLE
305MTR/BOX, GREEN
OPTERNA 180° CAT 6 UNSHIELDED KEYSTONE JACK
WITH T568A/B LABEL, BLACK
OPTERNA 19” MODULAR UNIVERSAL PATCH PANEL, 24
PORTS, 1U, WITHOUT MODULES, WITH REAR CABLE
MANAGEMENT
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS,
1U
CABINETS
OPTERNA FLOOR STANDING STEEL CABINET, 27U,
600MM (W) X 800MM (D), INCLUDING 4 FANS AND 6
WAY UNIVERSAL SOCKET PDU, FRONT GLASS DOOR,
REAR SINGLE PERFORATED DOOR
OPTERNA FLOOR STANDING STEEL CABINET, 42U,
800MM (W) X 1000MM (D), INCLUDING 4 FANS AND 6
23
DMEPROLINK
D63210134191632PBK
24
DMEPROLINK
D6325-6PDU133BK
25 HUAWEI
26 HUAWEI
LST7MPUE0001
LST7SFUEX100
27 HUAWEI
LST7X24BX6S0
28 HUAWEI
S5735-S48T4X
29 HUAWEI
S5735-L48P4X-A1
30 HUAWEI
SFP-10G-CU3M
31 HUAWEI
OMXD30000
32 EATON
33 EATON
34 EATON
5PX2200IRT2UG2
5PXEBM72RT2UG2
5PX3000IRT3UG2
35 EATON
5PXEBM72RT3UG2
36 EATON
NETWORK-M2
37
FORCEPOIN
T
NGFW 60
WAY UNIVERSAL SOCKET PDU, FRONT GLASS DOOR,
REAR SINGLE PERFORATED DOOR
PDU COMBO VERTICAL MOUNT-TYPE, 14WAY WITH 10
(C13) SOCKETS,(10A) AND 4 (C19) SOCKETS (16A), 3M
4MM² CABLE WITH 16A,3-CORE INDUSTRIAL PLUG
250VAC WITH 2P CIRCUIT BREAKER, BLACK
PDU 19" HORIZONTAL MOUNT-TYPE, 6WAY, 1U,
13AMP, 3M CABLE &,LED INDICATOR ON/OFF ROCKER
SWITCH, BLACK
ACTIVE FOR ICT NETORK
SWITCHES
S12700E MAIN CONTROL UNIT E- CORE SWITCH
S12700E SWITCH FABRIC UNIT E(X1)- CORE SWITCH
24-PORT 10GE SFP+ INTERFACE AND 24-PORT GE SFP
INTERFACE CARD (X6S,SFP+)- CORE SWITCH
S5735-S48T4X (48*10/100/1000BASE-T PORTS,
4*10GE SFP+ PORTS, WITHOUT POWER MODULE)SERVER FARM SWITCH
S5735-L48P4X-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T PORTS,
4*10GE SFP+ PORTS, POE+, AC POWER)
SFP+,10G,HIGH SPEED DIRECT-ATTACH
CABLES,3M,SFP+20M,CC2P0.254B(S),SFP+20M,USED
INDOOR
OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER,SFP+,10G,MULTI-MODE
MODULE(850NM,0.3KM,LC)
UPS SYSTEM
EATON 5PX 2200I RT2U G2
EATON 5PX EBM 72V RT2U
EATON 5PX 3000I RT3U G2
EATON 5PX EXTENDED BATTERY MODUEL (EBM), 3U,
72V,
GIGABIT NETWORK CARD
FIREWALL SYSTEM
FIREWALL SYSTEM
6
SECTION 09 PG 35
2
SECTION 09 PG 36
4
4
SECTION 09 PG 37
SECTION 09 PG 37
2
SECTION 09 PG 37
2
SECTION 09 PG 64
10
SECTION 09 PG 90
20
SECTION 09 PG 135
24
SECTION 09 PG 138
6
6
1
SECTION 09 PG 140
SECTION 09 PG 140
SECTION 09 PG 140
2
SECTION 09 PG 140
7
-
1
SECTION 09 PG 142
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
7.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Valid Trade License
‫رخصة تجارية‬
Commercial License
License Details / ‫تفاصيل الرخصة‬
License No.
‫رقم الرخصة‬
531525
Company Name
)‫ايبام للنظمة (ش ذ م م‬
‫اسم الشركة‬
)‫ايبام للنظمة (ش ذ م م‬
‫السم التجارى‬
‫ذات مسئولية محدودة‬
‫الشكل القانونى‬
IBAM SYSTEMS )L L C(
Trade Name
IBAM SYSTEMS )L L C(
Legal Type
Limited Liability Company)LLC(
Expiry Date
21/01/2023
‫تاريخ النتهاء‬
D&B D-U-N-S ®
No.
Register No.
561287020
‫الرقم العالمي‬
Issue Date
‫رقم السجل التجارى‬
67468
‫تاريخ الصدار‬
22/01/2002
Main License No.
531525
‫رقم الرخصة الم‬
DCCI No.
66864
‫عضوية الغرفة‬
License Members / ‫الطراف‬
Share / ‫الحصص‬
Role / ‫الصفة‬
Nationality / ‫الجنسية‬
Manager / ‫مدير‬
Name / ‫السم‬
No./‫رقم الشخص‬
‫عاشق سلم‬
274782
India / ‫الهند‬
ASHIK SALAM
License Activities / ‫نشاط الرخصة التجارية‬
Security Equipment Installation & Maintenance
‫تركيب الجهزة والمعدات المنية وصيانتها‬
Internal Communication Network Installation &
Maintenance
Satellite Receiving Equipment Installation &
Maintenance
Security Control & Alarm Equipment Trading
‫تركيب شبكات التصال الداخلي وصيانتها‬
‫تركيب وصيانة معدات إستقبال القنوات التلفزيونية الفضائية‬
‫تجارة أجهزة ومعدات النذار والمراقبة‬
Address / ‫العنوان‬
Phone No
971-4-3397989
‫تليفون‬
P.O. Box
283623
‫صندوق بريد‬
Fax No
971-4-3397901
‫فاكس‬
Parcel ID
358-607
‫رقم القطعة‬
Mobile No
971-50-8116771
‫هاتف متحرك‬
‫ القوزالثالثة‬- ‫ صندوق دبى للدعم المالى‬212 ‫مكتب رقم‬
ashik@ibamsystems.com
Email / ‫البريد اللكتروني‬
Remarks / ‫الملحظات‬
27/1/2013 ‫تم اضافة النشاط في‬
Print Date
26/01/2022
20:28
‫تاريخ الطباعة‬
Receipt No.
‫اتصالت) للحصول‬/‫ (دو‬6969 ‫ أرسل رقم الرخصة إلى‬،‫يمكنك الن تجديد رخصتك التجارية من خلل الرسائل النصية القصيرة‬
.‫على اذن الدفع‬
Now you can renew your trade license by sending a text message )SMS(. Send your trade
license number to 6969 )Du/ Etisalat( to receive payment voucher.
14242722
Get FREE access to
Zoho One for the first
year
( ‫احصل على زوهو ون مجانا‬
‫للسنة الولى‬
‫رقم اليصال‬
Zoho.com/ded
‫لمراجعة صحة البيانات الواردة في الرخصة يرجي مسح رمزالستجابة السريعة‬. ‫وثيقة إلكترونية معتمدة وصادرة بدون توقيع من دائرة القتصاد والسياحة في دبي‬
this is a certified e-document issued without signature by the department of Economy and Tourism .Kindly Scan the QR Code to
Verify the certificate
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
8.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Local Authorities approval for the proposed
material
NOT APPLICABLE
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
9.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Country of Origin Certificate
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
S.NO
MANUFACT
URER
PART NO
DESCRIPTION
COO
ISP NETWORK
HORIZONTAL COPPER CABLING
1
OPTERNA
2
OPTERNA
3
OPTERNA
4
OPTERNA
5
OPTERNA
6
OPTERNA
7
OPTERNA
8
OPTERNA
9
OPTERNA
10 OPTERNA
11 OPTERNA
12 OPTERNA
13 OPTERNA
14 OPTERNA
15 OPTERNA
16 OPTERNA
17 OPTERNA
18 OPTERNA
SCSUUTPC6AL
SZHGY
SCSJAC6AUTP
BK
SCSPPU24UTP
10G
SCSCMM1UB
K
SCSPCC6AUTP
02MLSZHGY
FCOM4TBCNA
006FRLZHV
FPSLSCSX0241
B
SCSCMM1UB
K
ADLCLCPCDH
V
CALCP09OM4
TBL015HV
CALDP20OM4
DXLLDP030HV
FCOS2TBCNA
024FRLZYL
FPSLSCSX0241
B
SCSCMM1UB
K
ADSCSCACSG
R
CASCA097A2T
BL015YL
SCSUTP4C6LS
ZHGN
SCSJAC6UTPB
K
19 OPTERNA
SCSPPU24UNI
20 OPTERNA
SCSCMM1UB
K
21 OPTERNA
CABFMS2760
08007072BK
22 OPTERNA
CABFMS4280
010007072BK
CAT6A 23AWG U/UTP LSZH 4P CABLE 305MTR/BOX GREY
INDIA
180° CAT 6A UNSHIELDED KEYSTONE JACK
TAIWAN
19" MODULAR 10G UTP CAT6A PATCH PANEL 24 PORTS, 1U
TAIWAN
19” CABLE MANAGER, 1U
OPTERNA PATCH CORD UTP, CATEGORY 6A, STANDARD PLUG,
LSZH, 2-METER, GREY
BACKBONE FIBER CABLING – IDF TO MDF
OPTERNA 50U 6C OM4 T/B INTERNAL CABLE, FLAME
RETARDANT IEC 60332-3-24, HEATHER VIOLET LSZH JACKET
OPTERNA 19" UNLOADED 1U SLIDING PATCH PANEL 24 SC
SIMPLEX (LC DUPLEX) PORT - BLACK
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS, 1U
CHINA
OPTERNA MM OM4 DUPLEX LC ADAPTOR, VIOLET, FLANGED
CHINA
OPTERNA 50U OM4 LC/PC T/BUFF FIBER 900UM PIGTAIL
1.5MTR
OPTERNA OM4 DUPLEX LC/PC LC/PC PATCH CORD LSZH
3MTR, HEATHER VIOLET
BULKSERVICE CONNECTION - MDF TO MTR
OPTERNA 9U 24C OS2 T/B INTERNAL CABLE, FLAME
RETARDANT IEC 60332-3-24, YELLOW LSZH JACKET
OPTERNA 19" UNLOADED 1U SLIDING PATCH PANEL 24 SC
SIMPLEX (LC DUPLEX) PORT - BLACK
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS, 1U
CHINA
OPTERNA SM SIMPLEX SC/APC ADAPTOR, GREEN, FLANGED
CHINA
OPTERNA G657A2 SC/APC T/BUFF FIBER 900UM PIGTAIL
1.5MTR
OPTERNA CAT6 SOLID 23AWG UTP LSZH 4-PAIR CABLE
305MTR/BOX, GREEN
OPTERNA 180° CAT 6 UNSHIELDED KEYSTONE JACK WITH
T568A/B LABEL, BLACK
OPTERNA 19” MODULAR UNIVERSAL PATCH PANEL, 24 PORTS,
1U, WITHOUT MODULES, WITH REAR CABLE MANAGEMENT
OPTERNA 19” CABLE MANAGER WITH METAL RINGS, 1U
CABINETS
OPTERNA FLOOR STANDING STEEL CABINET, 27U, 600MM (W)
X 800MM (D), INCLUDING 4 FANS AND 6 WAY UNIVERSAL
SOCKET PDU, FRONT GLASS DOOR, REAR SINGLE PERFORATED
DOOR
OPTERNA FLOOR STANDING STEEL CABINET, 42U, 800MM (W)
X 1000MM (D), INCLUDING 4 FANS AND 6 WAY UNIVERSAL
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
DME23
PROLINK
24
DMEPROLINK
25 HUAWEI
26 HUAWEI
27 HUAWEI
28 HUAWEI
29 HUAWEI
30 HUAWEI
31 HUAWEI
32 EATON
33 EATON
34 EATON
35 EATON
36 EATON
D63210134191632
PBK
D63256PDU133BK
LST7MPUE00
01
LST7SFUEX10
0
LST7X24BX6S
0
S5735-S48T4X
S5735L48P4X-A1
SFP-10GCU3M
OMXD30000
5PX2200IRT2
UG2
5PXEBM72RT
2UG2
5PX3000IRT3
UG2
5PXEBM72RT
3UG2
Network-M2
SOCKET PDU, FRONT GLASS DOOR, REAR SINGLE PERFORATED
DOOR
PDU Combo Vertical Mount-Type, 14way with 10 (C13)
Sockets,(10A) and 4 (C19) Sockets (16A), 3m 4mm² Cable
with 16A,3-core Industrial Plug 250VAC with 2P circuit
breaker, Black
PDU 19" Horizontal Mount-Type, 6way, 1U, 13amp, 3m Cable
&,Led Indicator On/Off Rocker Switch, Black
ACTIVE FOR ICT NETORK
SWITCHES
S12700E main control unit E- core switch
S12700E switch fabric unit E(X1)- core switch
24-port 10GE SFP+ interface and 24-port GE SFP interface card
(X6S,SFP+)- core switch
S5735-S48T4X (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+
ports, without power module)-server farm switch
S5735-L48P4X-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+
ports, PoE+, AC power)
SFP+,10G,High Speed Direct-attach
Cables,3m,SFP+20M,CC2P0.254B(S),SFP+20M,Used indoor
Optical Transceiver,SFP+,10G,Multi-mode
Module(850nm,0.3km,LC)
UPS SYSTEM
Eaton 5PX 2200i RT2U G2
Eaton 5PX EBM 72V RT2U
Eaton 5PX 3000i RT3U G2
Eaton 5PX extended battery moduel (EBM), 3U, 72V,
Gigabit Network Card
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA
CHINA/ PHILIPINES
CHINA/ PHILIPINES
CHINA/ PHILIPINES
CHINA/ PHILIPINES
-
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
10. Quality Assurance and Third-Party
Certification
CERTIFICATE
OF REGISTRATION
This is to certify that the Management System of
IBAM Systems LLC
P.O. Box:283623, AI Quoz Industrial Area 1, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
has been assessed and registered by Veritas Assurance International
as conforming to the requirements of
ISO 14001 :2015
Environmental Management System
The Environmental Management System is applicable to :
- Security Equipment Installation & Maintenance.
- Satellite Receiving Equipment Installation & Maintenance.
- Internal Communication Network Installation & Maintenance.
- Security Control & Alarm Equipment Trading.
Certificate No : 321182084
Certificate issue date : 05-1 0-2021
I Certificate expiry date : 04-1 0-2024
1" Surveillance due before : 04-10-2022 1'l!" Surveillance due before : 04-10-2023
Authorised Signatory
Yer.ita.s Assuta nee. .lntetlliltional
Accredited by : UAF (United Accreditation Foundation)
Member of IAF (International Accreditation Forum)
www.veritasassurance.com
RE!I!istered Accreditation Office:
400 North Center DR, STE 202, Norfolk, VA 23502.
United States of America (USA)
This certificate remains valid while the hokler maintains the management system in accordance with the standard(s} above, which will be periodicaHy audited by
Veritas Assurance International.
This certificate remains the property of Veritas Assurance International and must be returned on request. In the issuance of this certificate, Veritas Assurance
International assumes no liability to any party other than to the client, and then only in accordance with the agreed upon certtftcaHon agreement. Validity of this
certificate may be confirmed at www.veritasassurance.com, directly through OR code by using any device with correct information or
email to admin@veritasassurance.com.
76
77
78
79
80
81
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
11. Original Product Catalogue
Data Sheet DSCU02013AR
Copper Structured Cabling, Cable, CAT6A U/UTP, Indoor
Features and benefits
Category 6A/Class EA compliant
Compliant to ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.2, ANSI/TIA568-C.2, EN 50173-1
IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-11-1
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034-2
Reliable performance
Super-standard performance margin
Description
Opterna Category 6A 4-pair U/UTP copper cable forms the foundation of 10 Gigabit Ethernet networks.
The cable exceeds Category 6A performance ensuring reliability in delivering 10G network speed, low
BER and high data throughput.
Opterna 4 pair category 6A solid cables (U/UTP) has been designed for indoor applications fully
supporting the more demanding office and industrial communications requirements including voice,
data, VoIP, Video Conferencing, security, IP based cameras and other demanding real-time
applications.
rized
up to 500 MHz suitable for transmitting data over local area networks (LANs).
-Pairs) are of solid bare copper with high density polyethylene (HDPE)
insulation and a PVC/LSZH jacket. The two insulated conductors are twisted together to form a pair
and the four pairs with different twist ratio are laid up to form the basic cable unit.
Applications
Horizontal Distribution and Backbone Cabling
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
10/100/1000/10G BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)
155/622 Mbps & 1.2 GB ATM
100 Mbps TP-PMD
Analogue Voice, ISDN, ADSL
HVAC alarm systems and other signalling
Standards
UL 444
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class EA
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
IEC 61156-5
EN 50288-11-1
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
1 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSCU02013AR
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Value
See technical drawing
Conductor material - Solid bare copper
Conductor insulation - HDPE
Cable jacket - PVC/LSZH
23 AWG
1.03 0.03 mm
7.8 0.2 mm
0.52mm 0.3 mm
110N
8 times outer diameter
Conductor diameter
Insulated conductor diameter
Outer cable diameter
Jacket thickness
Pulling strength
Minimum bend-radius
Fire rating
PVC jacket
LSZH jacket
IEC60332-1-2
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-1,2 & IEC 61034-2
Electrical data
Frequency
(MHZ)
RL
( dB)
ATT
20 C
( dB)
NEXT
( dB)
PS
NEXT
( dB)
ELFEXT
( dB)
PSELFEXT
( dB)
1
4
8
10
16
20
25
31.25
62.5
100
200
250
300
400
500
20.0
23.0
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
24.3
23.6
21.5
20.1
18.0
17.3
16.8
15.9
15.2
1.9
3.8
5.3
5.9
7.5
8.4
9.4
10.5
15.0
19.1
27.6
31.1
34.3
40.1
45.3
74.3
65.3
60.8
59.3
56.2
54.8
53.3
51.9
47.4
44.3
39.8
38.3
37.1
35.3
33.8
72.3
63.3
58.8
57.3
54.2
52.8
51.3
49.9
45.4
42.3
37.8
36.3
35.1
33.3
31.8
68.0
56.0
49.9
48.0
43.8
42.0
40.0
38.1
32.1
28.0
22.0
20.0
18.5
16.0
14.0
65.0
53.0
46.9
45.0
40.9
39.0
37.0
35.1
29.1
25.0
19.0
17.0
15.5
13.0
11.0
Electrical characteristics
DC resistance max
DC resistance unbalance
Mutual capacitance
Capacitance unbalance pair
Impedance 1-250 MHz
Propagation delay
Dielectric strength
Propagation delay skew
Insulation resistance Nominal velocity of propagation
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
PSANEXT
( dB)
PSAELFEXT
( dB)
67.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
65.6
62.5
58.8
56.5
55.3
53.5
52.0
67.0
66.2
60.1
58.2
54.1
52.2
50.2
48.3
42.3
38.2
32.2
30.2
28.7
26.2
24.2
Value
9.38 Ohm/100m
Max 5%
Max 5.6 nF/100m
Max 330pF/100m
100 15
Max. 534 ns/100m@ 500 MHz
DC KV/sec. 2.5/2
Max 45 ns/100m
Min.5000
69%
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
2 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSCU02013AR
Environmental data
Temperature range
Operation
Value
-20 C to +75 C
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (U/UTP), Category 6A, 4 Pairs, solid PVC, 305m box
Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (U/UTP), Category 6A, 4 Pairs, solid LSZH, 305m box
Part code
SCS-UUTP-C6A-PVC-GY
SCS-UUTP-C6A-LSZH-GY
Also, available in Black (BK), Blue (BL), Green(GN), Orange (OR), Red (RD), White (WH), Yellow (YL) for bulk orders
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
3 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
3
Data Sheet DSCU03007AR
Copper Structured Cabling, Patch cord, CAT6A, U/UTP
Features and benefits
Molded strain relief snag-less boot
8-pin high quality RJ45 plugs with 50-micron
gold plated contacts
Cable constructed from stranded wire for
flexibility and minimum crosstalk
Compliant to ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.2,
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, EN 50173-1
IEC 61156-6, EN 50288-10-2
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034
Reliable performance
Super-standard performance margin
Description
Opterna UTP Patch cords conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2, ISO/IEC 11801:2011 edition 2.2 and
CENELEC EN 50173 (2011) for Category 6A/Class EA applications.
The products have been tested up to 500 MHz and are designed for high speed protocols such as 10
Gigabit Ethernet (10G) applications.
The patch cords are constructed of a U/FTP stranded wire cable and comprises two modular plugs at
both ends of the cables. The U/FTP cable eliminate alien-crosstalk near the panel end. The RJ45 plugs
are protected with molded snag-less boots that prevents the latch on the RJ45 plugs from getting
damaged during installation.
Applications
Cross connect, Patch Panel and Work Area
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
10/100/1000 BASE-T,10G (IEEE 802.3)
155 Mbps ATM
100 Mbps TP-PMD
Analogue Voice, ISDN, ADSL
Standards
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class EA
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
ANSI/TIA-1096-A (formerly FCC Part 68)
IEC 60603-7-41
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Value
See technical drawing
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
4 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSCU03007AR
Cable construction
Number of pairs
Colors of twisted pairs
Material
Conductor diameter
Plugs
Fire resistance
Total contact force
Retention
Insertion/extraction
Insulation resistance
Dielectric withstanding voltage
Contact resistance
Category 6A U/FTP
4
Blue-white/blue, Orange-white/orange, Green-white/green,
Brown-white/brown
Conductor material - Stranded copper conductor
Conductor insulation - HDPE
Contact - Phosphor Bronze contact area is plated with 50microinches of Gold Over 100 micro-inches of Nickel
Molded boot - Fire retardant PVC/LSZH compounds
Cable jacket - PVC/LSZH
Cable Diameter - <6.35mm
26 AWG, 7 stranded copper wire conductors
RJ45 8P8C 94V0 Flame retardant PC
CMG
800 grams
50N
750 cycles minimum
1000V d.c
20m Max.
Environmental data
Temperature range
Operation
Storage
Relative humidity (operational)
Value
-10 C to +60 C
- 40 C to +70 C
Maximum non-condensing 93%
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
Patch cord UTP, category 6A, standard plug, PVC
Patch cord UTP, category 6A, standard plug, LSZH
yy
xx
Part code
SCS-PC-C6A-UTP-yyM-PVC-xx
SCS-PC-C6A-UTP-yyM-LSZH-xx
length:0.5m,1m,1.5m,2m,3m,5m,10m
color: Black (BK), Blue (BL), Green (GN), Gray (GY), Orange (OR), Red (RD), White (WH), Yellow (YL)
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
5 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSCU04007AR
Copper Structured Cabling, Keystone Jack, CAT6A UTP
Features and benefits
Category identification on the front side of the
jack
50-micron gold plated contacts
Universal color-coding according to T568A and
T568B
Suitable for 110 and Krone type tools
IDC contacts that allow re-termination for wiring
changes without damaging the unit
IDC termination point at 180° to jack
Metallic wire retaining caps for strain relief and
eliminating alien-crosstalk
Mounts in faceplates or patch panels
Compatible with a wide range of international
faceplates
Characterized up to 500 MHz
Description
Opterna category 6A unshielded jacks are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the current
and future requirements for high bandwidth and forms an essential element of the structured cabling
system.
Compatible with 24-port snap-in UTP patch panels and together with high quality performance, the
category 6A UTP jack provides flexibility for your field installation together with high quality
performance. The jack also forms part of the faceplate.
Metallic wire retaining caps are supplied which provide additional cable strain relief and eliminates aliencrosstalk.
The keystone jacks are color-coded for both 568A and 568B standards and can be terminated using a
standard 110 or Krone type punch down termination tool.
Applications
Horizontal Distribution and Backbone Cabling
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
10/100/1000/10G BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)
155/622 Mbps & 1.2 GB ATM
100 Mbps TP-PMD
Analogue Voice, ISDN, ADSL
HVAC alarm systems and other signalling
Standards
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class EA
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
6 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSCU04007AR
ANSI/TIA-1096-A (formerly FCC Part 68)
IEC 60603-7-41
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Total contact force
Retention
Insertion/extraction
Electrical characteristics
Current rating
DC resistance
Contact resistance
Insulation resistance
Voltage rating
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
IDC Wire Gauge
Value
See technical drawing
Housing UL 94 V0 High impact flame retardant plastic
Jack contacts Phosphor bronze plated (50 micro-inch gold
over 100 micro-inch nickel)
IDC contacts - Phosphor bronze with 100 micro-inch tin
800 grams
50N
750 cycles minimum
Value
1.5 Amps
200 m max (per pin)
2.5m max (IDC) 20 m
max (insert)
60V
1000V, RMS @ 60Hz for 1 minute
22-26 AWG
Environmental data
Temperature range
Storage
Operation
Relative Humidity (operational)
Value
-40 C to +70 C
-10 C to +60 C
Maximum non-condensing 93%
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
180° Cat 6A Unshielded Keystone jack with T568A/B label, Black
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
7 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Part code
SCS-JA-C6A-UTP-BK
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSCU05007AR
Copper Structured Cabling, Patch Panel, 10G, UTP
Features and benefits
Rack mounted snap-in CAT 6A patch panel provides
excellent performance for high speed networks
Numerical marking of ports on the front side of the
panel
Integral rear plastic cable management
Modern design and simplified mounting
Suitable for 10G category 6A UTP keystone jacks
Unused ports can be covered with blanking modules
Description
Opterna snap-in type UTP patch panel is designed for customized connectors. Based on your design
requirements, you can snap your preferred connectors in and make your own style patch panel.
The 10G patch panel has a staggered front port as well as staggered rear cable management to
minimize alien crosstalk between jacks and cables and to achieve peak 10G performance.
The evenly designed patch panel provides an efficient and effective method of reducing alien crosstalk
(AXT) from neighbouring connectors.
Applications
Suitable for UTP keystone jacks
Height: 1U (24 ports), 2U (48 ports)
Standards
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class EA
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
UL 94 V-0
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Value
See technical drawing
Housing Steel 1.5mm
Front mounting UL94 V-0
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
8 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSCU05007AR
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
Part code
SCS-PPU-24-UTP-10G
management
Blanking Plug, Keystone
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
SCS-PPU-BLNK
Asia Pacific
9 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSFO02011AR
Fiber Optic, Tight Buffer cable, aramid yarns, 900 microns
Features and benefits
Fiber-count 2-144 fibers
900 microns buffered design for easy
termination
Tight buffered construction
LSZH compliance for riser application
OS2, OM3 and OM4 performance types
Color-coded fibers for easy identification
Compact design for limited conduit space
RoHS compliant
Description
Opterna fiber optic tight buffered cables are rugged, high performance optical communication cables
suitable for inside plant installations. These cables are ideally used in backbone or computer room /
data center cabling.
The fiber optic tight buffered cable contains 2 to 144 fibers individually buff
buffer construction and color coded as per Telcordia requirements.
m in a tight
The cable structure depends on the number of fibers and is available as an individual and subunit
construction.
The 2 to 24 fiber cables contain individual 90
fibers without sub-units, the individual fibers are
protected by aramid yarn, contains a rip cord and an overall jacket.
In the 18 to 36 fiber cables, the fibers are grouped into sub-units which are laid helically along the cable
axis. Each sub-unit contains 6 fibers surrounded by glass yarn, ripcord and an overall jacket.
The 48 ~ 144 fiber cable consists of twelve fibers in each sub-unit.
The cable is available in a wide range of jacket such as LSZH, riser grade and plenum. A ripcord is
located under the sub-unit and outer jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
Applications
Data centers
Indoor riser backbone applications
Standards
ITU.T G.652D / G.657A/B / G.651.1
ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 / ISO/IEC 11801
IEC 60793 / IEC 60794
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60332-3-24, IEC 60754-1,2 & IEC 61034-2
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
10 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSFO02011AR
Specifications
Optical Characteristics: Singlemode Fiber Type
Wavelength
Attenuation
Chromatic dispersion
Zero dispersion wavelength
Zero dispersion slope
PMD
Cut-off wavelength
Mode-field diameter
30mm radius x 100
turns
15mm radius x 10
Macro
turns
Bend
10mm radius x 1
Loss
turns
7.5mm radius x 1
turns
Core/Clad Concentricity Error
Cladding Diameter
Cladding Non-circularity
Coating Diameter
Proof Test Level
Fiber curl
OS2 - G.652D, G.657A/B
Unit
OS2 G.652D
nm
dB/km
Ps/nm.km
nm
ps/nm2.km
1310
G.657A
1550
1310
1300 ~ 1324
G.657B
1550
0.21
1310
1300 ~ 1324
1550
1300 ~ 1324
nm
9.2 ± 0.4
10.4 ± 0.5
-
8.6 ± 0.4
8.6 ± 0.4
-
-
-
0.05
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.25 (A1)
0.03 (A2)
0.75 (A1)
0.1 (A2)
dB
0.8
125 ± 1
1.0
245 ± 15
%
%
Kpsi
M
10.4 ± 0.5
0.5(A2)
0.6
125 ± 1
1.0
245 ± 15
10.4 ± 0.5
0.03(B2)
0.03 (B3)
0.1 (B2)
0.08 (B3)
0.5 (B2)
0.15 (B3)
0.6
125 ± 1
1.0
245 ± 15
-
Specifications
Optical Characteristics: Multimode - 62.5
Fiber Type
Wavelength
Attenuation
Over filled Launch Bandwidth
(LED based sources)
Effective Modal Bandwidth
(850 nm Laser based sources)
Numerical aperture
Core diameter
Core Non-Circularity
Cladding diameter
Cladding Non-Circularity
Core / Cladding Concentricity
Error
Coating diameter
Proof test level
nm
dB/km
OM1
850
1300
3.5
1.0
0M2
850
1300
3.0
1.0
0M3
850
1300
3.0
1.0
0M4
-
-
0.275 ± 0.015
62.5 ± 3.0
0.20 ± 0.015
50 ± 3.0
0.20 ± 0.015
50 ± 3.0
0.20 ± 0.015
50 ± 3.0
125 ± 2.0
125 ± 2.0
125 ± 2.0
125 ± 2.0
850
3.0
1300
1.0
MHz.km
MHz.km
%
%
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
245 ± 5.0
245 ± 5.0
245 ± 5.0
245 ± 5.0
kpsi
Cable construction
Construction of single unit cables
Number of fibers
Type of fiber
Tight Buffer Coating
Dielectric Strength Member
Ripcord
Material
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
2-24
Singlemode 9/125 m (OS2 G.652D), G.657A1/A2, B1, B2
Multimode 62.5/125 m (OM1), 50/125 m (OM2, OM3, OM4)
Outer diameter: 900 50 m
Aramid yarn
One ripcord (for 6 - 24 fiber cable)
LSZH Compound
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
11 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSFO02011AR
Outer Jacket
Material
Nominal 1.0mm for 2 ~ 12 F
Nominal 1.5mm for 2 ~ 24 F
Thickness
Cable construction
Construction of multi-unit cables
Number of fibers
Type of fiber
Tight Buffer Coating
No. of tight buffers
Sub-unit
Dielectric strength
member
Sub-unit jacket
Dielectric strength member
Ripcord
Material
Outer Jacket
Material
Thickness
36-144
Singlemode 9/125 m (OS2 G.652D), G.657A1/A2, B1, B2
Multimode 62.5/125 m (OM1), 50/125 m (OM2, OM3, OM4)
Outer diameter: 900 50 m
6 Fiber: For 18 ~ 36 Fiber Cable
12 Fiber: For 48 ~ 144 Fiber Cables
Aramid yarn
LSZH compound
FRP or FRP with LSZH coating
One ripcord
LSZH Compound
Nominal 1.5mm
Color of buffer
No.
Color
1
Blue
2
Orange
3
Green
4
Brown
5
Grey
6
White
7
Red
8
Black
9
Yellow
10
Violet
11
Pink
12
Aqua
No.
Color
13
Blue
14
Orange
15
Green
16
Brown
17
Grey
18
White
19
Red
20
Black
21
Yellow
22
Violet
23
Pink
24
Aqua
Jacket colors
No.
SM
OM1/OM2
OM3
OM4
Color
Yellow
Orange
Aqua
Heather Violet
RAL
RAL 1018
RAL 2003
RAL 6027
RAL 4003
Transmission performance
Application
100Base-FX, Ethernet, @ 1300nm
100Base-LX, @ 1310nm
1000Base-SX, Gigabit, Ethernet @850nm
100Base-LX, Gigabit Ethernet, @1310nm
10GBase-SR, 10Gbps @ 850nm
10GBase-LR, 10Gbps @ 1310nm
40GBase-SR, 40Gbps @ 850nm
40GBase-LR4, 40Gbps @ 1310nm
100GBase-SR10, 100Gbps @ 850nm
100Base-LR4, 100Gbps, @ 1310nm
100Base-ER4, 100Gbps, @ 1550nm
OS1/OS2
Singlemode
(1310/1383/1550)
10000m
10000m
10000m
10000m
10000m
30000m
OM1
Multimode
(850/1300)
2000m
275m
550m
33m
-
OM2
Multimode
(850/1300)
2000m
550m
550m
82m
-
OM3
Multimode
(850/1300)
2000m
550m
550m
300m
100m
100m
-
OM4
Multimode
(850/1300)
2000m
550m
550m
550m
150m
150m
-
Environmental data
Temperature range
Storage
Installation
Operation
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Value
- 30 C to +60 C
- 10 C to +60 C
- 20 C to +60 C
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
12 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
3
Data Sheet DSFO02011AR
Mechanical specifications
Tensile Load / Strength
IEC 60794-1-2-E1
Crush Resistance
IEC 60794-1-2-E3
Impact Resistance
IEC 60794-1-2-E4
Torsion Test
Cable Bend
Temperature Cycling
IEC 60794-1-2-E7
IEC 60794-1-2-E11
IEC 60794-1-2-F1
Single unit: 2~12F, 400N for 30 minutes
18~24F, 400N for 30 minutes
Multi-unit: 18~144F, 400N for 30 minutes
Single unit: 2 ~ 18F, 500N/10 cm for 10 minutes
24F, 1000N/10cm for 10 minutes
Multi-unit: 24~ 144F, 1000N/10 cm for 10 minutes
1 impacts @ 3 points, 1Nm /1J
Radius of impact mass12.5mm
± 180°, ± 1 turn/2m
20 D for 4 turns, 10 Cycles
-20°
-
Physical specifications
Construction
No. of
fibers
Nominal
cable
diameter
Nominal
weight
mm
4.5
5.3
5.7
6.0
6.4
8.5
9.8
14.8
17.1
18.7
22.5
26.2
29.8
Kg/km
20
25
30
35
40
70
90
185
250
270
425
565
645
2
4
6
8
12
16
24
24
36
48
72
96
144
Single-Unit
Multi-Unit
Maximum tensile load
Short term
Long term
N
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
N
165
165
165
165
165
330
330
375
330
330
330
330
330
Crush load
Short
term
N/cm
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Long
term
N/cm
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
Maximum bend
radius
Under
No load
load
mm
mm
20 x
10 x
10 x
20 x
10 x
20 x
20 x
10 x
10 x
20 x
10 x
20 x
20 x
10 x
20 x
10 x
10 x
20 x
20 x
10 x
10 x
20 x
20 x
10 x
10 x
20 x
Part numbers
Description
Part code
Fiber Optic tight buffered cable, 900 µm aramid yarns strength member, LSZH jacket
FC-xxx-TBC-NA-yyy-FRLZ-zz
xxx = OS1, OS2, 7A1, 7A2, 7B2, 7B3, 655, OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4
yyy = Number of Cores
zz = YL, OR, AQ, HV
Standard reel length 4000m
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
13 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
4
Data Sheet DSFO03001AR
Fiber Optic, Patch cords
Features and benefits
Available with all fiber optic connector types
High quality ferrules and housings
Low insertion loss and high return loss
Individual test results and traceability number
Mating Durability: 1000 cycles; <0.2 dB change
IEC, EIA/TIA and GR-326-CORE compliant
Customized on request
Description
Opterna offers high performance patch cords for use in all types of fiber optic networks. The Opterna
patch cords are manufactured using state-of-the-art controlled manufacturing processes to operate
over the full range of singlemode and multimode wavelengths.
Opterna patch cords are terminated with high quality connectors, which provide low insertion loss and
high return loss. Each patch cord is individually tested and supplied with test certificates. The unique
serial number provides traceability of every single product.
Available in all types of singlemode and multimode fiber types.
Applications
All types of FTTH networks and Enterprise networks
Standards
ITU.T G.652D / G.657A/B / G.651.1
ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 / ISO/IEC 11801
IEC 60793 / IEC 60794
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-1,2 & IEC 61034-2
Technical data
Optical data
Fiber type
Connector Insertion Loss*
Connector Return Loss*
Value
OS2, G657A1, G657A2, G657B2, G657B3, OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4
0.3dB for SC, LC, FC, ST, E2000; 0.7dB for MTRJ
50dB UPC, 60dB APC
*Different specifications available on request
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
14 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSFO03001AR
Environmental data
Description
Operating temperature
Free of halogen
2011/65/EC RoHS
Value
-40C to +70C
Yes (when LSZH cable is specified)
Fully compliant
Technical Drawing
Description
Length of assembly (L)
Value
L -0/+100mm (for L<0.5.m)
L -0/+150mm (for 0.5m>L<5m)
L -0/+200mm (for L>5m)
150 ± 25mm
200 ± 25mm (from one end)
Split length (L1)
Traceability label distance (l2)
Ordering information
CA
1
1.
2.
2
Connector A
SC = SC connector
SD = SC duplex
ST = ST connector
FC = FC connector
LC = LC connector
LD = LC duplex
MT = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
MU = MU simplex
MD = MU duplex
FD = FDDI
ES = ESCON
SMA = SMA
SS = Shuttered SC
Connector A finish
P = PC
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
4
3
3.
4.
Cable diameter
12 = 1.2mm
16 = 1.6mm
18 = 1.8mm
20 = 2.0mm
28 = 2.8mm
09 = 900um
Fiber type
OM1 = OM1
OM2 = OM2
OM3 = OM3
OM4 = OM4
OS2 = SM G652D
7A1 = SM G657A1
7A2 = SM G657A2
7B2 = SM G657B2
7B3 = SM G657B3
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
5
6
7
8
5.
Cable type
SX = Simplex
DX = Duplex
6.
Material
L = LSZH
V = PVC
R = Riser
P = Plenum
7.
Connector B
SC = SC connector
SD = SC duplex
ST = ST connector
FC = FC connector
LC = LC connector
LD = LC duplex
MT = MTRJ
Asia Pacific
15 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
9
10
8.
Connector B finish
P = PC
U = UPC
A = APC
9.
Cable length
010 = 1.0m
015 = 1.5m
150 = 15.0m
10.
Cable colour
BL = Blue
YL = Yellow
WH = White
OR = Orange
AQ = Aqua
HV = Heather Violet
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSFO03001AR
U = UPC
A = APC
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
655 = SM G655
656 = SM G656
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
E2 = E2000
MU = MU simplex
MD = MU duplex
FD = FDDI
ES = ESCON
SMA = SMA
SS = Shuttered SC
Asia Pacific
16 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
3
Data Sheet DSFO03033AR
Fiber Optic, Pigtails
Features and benefits
900µm buffered fiber; available in other diameter
Available with all fiber optic connector types
High quality ferrules and housings
Low insertion loss and high return loss
100% optical tested with individual test results
and traceability number
Mating Durability: 1000 cycles; <0.2 dB change
IEC, TIA and GR-326-CORE compliant
Description
Opterna fiber optic pigtails are manufactured using state-of-the-art controlled manufacturing processes
with superior quality connectors and are factory polished to provide low insertion loss and low back
reflection. The Pigtails are available in SC, LC, ST, FC and MTRJ type connector versions with both
singlemode and multimode 900µm buffered fiber types. All pigtails are 100% factory tested for insertion
loss after polishing.
Each pigtail is individually tested and supplied with test certificates. The unique serial number provides
traceability of every single product.
Applications
Suitable for fusion or mechanical splicing
All types of FTTH networks and Enterprise networks
Standards
ITU.T G.652D / G.657A/B / G.651.1
ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 / ISO/IEC 11801
IEC 60793 / IEC 60794
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-1,2 & IEC 61034-2
Technical data
Optical data
Fiber type
Connector Insertion Loss*
Connector Return Loss*
Value
G.652D, G.657A1, G.657A2, G.657B2, G.657B3, G.655, G.656
OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4
0.3dB for SC, LC, FC, ST, E2000; 0.7dB for MTRJ
*Different specifications available on request
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
17 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSFO03033AR
Environmental data
Description
Operating temperature
Free of halogen
2011/65/EC RoHS
Value
-40C to +70C
Yes (when LSZH cable is specified)
Fully compliant
Technical Drawing
Description
Length of assembly (L)
Value
L -0/+100mm (for L<0.5.m)
L -0/+150mm (for 0.5m>L<5m)
L -0/+200mm (for L>5m)
200 ± 25mm (from one end)
Traceability label distance (l2)
Ordering information
CA
1
1.
2.
2
Connector
SC = SC connector
ST = ST connector
FC = FC connector
LC = LC connector
MT = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
MU = MU connector
FD = FDDI
ES = ESCON
SMA = SMA
Connector finish
P = PC
U = UPC
A = APC
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
4
3
3.
Cable diameter
12 = 1.2mm
16 = 1.6mm
18 = 1.8mm
20 = 2.0mm
28 = 2.8mm
09 = 900um
06 = 600um
02 = 250um
5
6
5.
Cable type
SX = Simplex
TB = Tight buffered
ES = Easy strip
LT = Loose tube
6.
Material
L = LSZH
V = PVC
R = Riser
P = Plenum
7.
Cable length
010 = 1.0m
015 = 1.5m
150 = 15.0m
4.
Fiber type
OM1 = OM1
OM2 = OM2
OM3 = OM3
OM4 = OM4
OS2 = SM G652D
7A1 = SM G657A1
7A2 = SM G657A2
7B2 = SM G657B2
7B3 = SM G657B3
655 = SM G655
656 = SM G656
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
8
7
Asia Pacific
18 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
8.
Cable colour
BL = Blue
YL = Yellow
WH = White
OR = Orange
AQ = Aqua
HV = Heather Violet
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
19
20
Data Sheet DSFO06005AR
Fiber Optic, Patch Panel, Sliding (unloaded)
Features and benefits
Fast and easy access to front and read connectors
Wide range of connector types (SC and LC standard)
Suitable for pigtail splicing or IFC Breakout cables
Wide range of cable types can be installed at the rear
Various anchoring points for incoming cables
Clear port identification strip on front plate
Fiber-management kits and splice cassette are
offered as accessories
All panels are available pre-loaded with adapters,
pigtails and splice accessories
Description
esigned to facilitate internal fiber
management and also to maximize fiber density in 1U, 2U and 4U height increments.
The sliding tray provides easy access to fi
applications. The panel supports 24 way, 48 way and 96 way configurations in SC Simplex, SC
Duplex, ST/FC (D cut out), LC Duplex (SC simplex foot print), LC Quad (SC Duplex foot print).
Versions are available with MTP MPO cut-outs on the back for use with pre-terminated MTP/MPO
trunks.
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Height variants
Value
See technical drawing
Steel powder-coated
1U,2U and 4U
Technical drawing
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
21 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSFO06005AR
Ordering information
FPSL-
1.
2.
1
2
3
4
Select cut-out type
SCSX- = SC simplex
SCDX- = SC duplex
DCSX-out
3.
Number of fibers per panel
4.
1 = 1U
2 = 2U
4 = 4U
Select panel colour
012 = 12 fibers
G = Gray powder coated
024 = 24 fibers
048 = 48 fibers
B = Black powder coated
Accessories
Universal splice cassette for two splice holders, unloaded
Part code
OPFC-STGR24
Cover for splice cassette
Holder for 12 ANT sandwich splice protectors
Holder for 6 heatshrink splice protectors
Stacking hinge for OPFC-STGR24
12-way stackable splice cassette with splice holder and cover (180mm x 108mm x 13mm)
24-way stackable splice cassette with splice holder and cover (225mm x 108mm x 13mm)
24-way stackable splice cassette with splice holder and cover (160mm x 105mm x 10mm)
24-way splice bridge with adhesive strip and cover
PG13.5 (5-9mm) cable gland and nut, black nylon material
PG16 (10-14mm) cable gland and nut, black nylon material
Bunny clip
Fiber management kit consisting of 1 x FP-AC-CG-13B and 8 x FP-AC-BC
SC simplex blanking plug
SC duplex blanking plug
ST/FC simplex blanking plug
60mm x 3mm heatshrink splice sleeve
60mm x 2.5mm heatshrink splice sleeve
OPFC-STGR24-L
OPFC-STGR24-CH
OPFC-STGR24-SH
OPFC-STGR24-CH
SPTR-1224-BK
SPTR-1224-WH
SPTR-1224-BL
FP-AC-SB-24
FP-AC-CG-13B
FP-AC-CG-16B
FP-AC-BC
FP-AC-FMK
FP-AC-BLNK-SCSX
FP-AC-BLNK-SCDX
FP-AC-BLNK-DCSX
PSCL-600-15-30
PSCL-600-15-25
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
22 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Copper Structured Cabling, Cable, CAT6 U/UTP, Indoor
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Category 6/Class E compliant
Low flame-spread LSZH jacket material
Compliant to ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.0, ANSI/TIA568-C.2, EN 50173-1,
IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-6-1
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-2, IEC 61034-2
Reliable performance
Super-standard performance margin
Description
Opterna 4-pair unshielded category 6 solid cables (U/UTP) has been designed for indoor applications
and suitable for flawless 1G Ethernet networking, fully supporting the more demanding office
communications including voice, data, VoIP, Video Conferencing, security, IP based cameras and other
demanding real-time applications.
The cable covers the category 6 requirements for unshielded twisted pair cables of 100 Ω and is
characterized up to 250 MHz suitable for transmitting data over local area networks (LANs).
The cable’s 8 conductors (4-Pairs) are of solid bare copper with high density polyethylene (HDPE)
insulation and a PVC/LSZH jacket. Two insulated conductors are twisted together to form a pair and
the four pairs with different twist ratio are laid up to form the basic cable unit.
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Distribution and Backbone Cabling
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
10/100/1000 BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)
155 Mbps, 1.2G ATM
100 Mbps TP-PMD
Analogue Voice, ISDN, ADSL
HVAC alarm systems and other signalling
Standards
•
•
•
•
•
•
UL 444
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class E
IEC 61156-5
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
EN50288-6-1
23
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Conductor diameter
Insulated conductor diameter
Outer cable diameter
Jacket thickness
Pulling strength
Minimum bend-radius
Fire rating
PVC jacket
LSZH jacket
Value
See technical drawing
Conductor material - Solid bare copper
Conductor insulation - HDPE
Cable jacket - PVC/LSZH
23 AWG
1.01  0.02 mm
6.3  0.3 mm
0.55mm  0.05 mm
110N
4 times outer diameter
IEC60332-1-2
IEC 60332-1-2, IEC 60754-1,2 & IEC 61034-2
Electrical data
Frequency
(MHZ)
RL
(dB)
ATT 20C
(≤dB)
NEXT
(dB)
NEXT PS NEXT
(dB)
ELFEXT
(dB)
PSELFEXT
(dB)
1
4
8
10
16
20
25
31.25
62.5
100
200
250
20.0
23.0
24.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
24.3
23.6
21.5
20.1
18.0
17.3
1.9
3.7
5.3
5.9
7.5
8.4
9.5
10.6
15.4
19.8
29.0
32.8
74.0
63.3
60.7
59.0
56.0
55.0
53.3
52.0
47.0
44.0
40.0
38.0
72.3
63.3
58.8
57.3
54.2
52.8
51.3
49.9
45.4
42.3
37.8
36.3
68.0
56.0
49.9
48.0
43.8
42.0
40.0
38.1
32.1
28.0
22.0
20.0
65.0
53.0
46.9
45.0
40.9
39.0
37.0
35.1
29.1
25.0
19.0
17.0
Electrical characteristics
DC resistance max
DC resistance unbalance
Mutual capacitance
Capacitance unbalance pair
Impedance 1-250 MHz
Propagation delay
Dielectric strength
Propagation delay skew
Insulation resistance - MΩ/km
Nominal velocity of propagation
Value
9.38 Ohm/100m
Max 5%
Max 5.6 nF/100m
Max 330pF/100m
100  15
Max. 536 ns/100m@ 250 MHz
DC KV/sec. 2.5/2
Max 45 ns/100m
Min.5000
69%
Environmental data
Temperature range
Operation
Value
-20 C to +75 C
24
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (U/UTP), Category 6, 4 Pairs, solid PVC, 305m box
Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (U/UTP), Category 6, 4 Pairs, solid LSZH, 305m box
Part code
SCS-UTP4-C6-PVC-GY
SCS-UTP4-C6-LSZH-GN
Also, available in Black (BK), Blue (BL), Green(GN), Orange (OR), Red (RD), White (WH), Yellow (YL) for bulk orders
25
Copper Structured Cabling, Keystone Jack, CAT6 UTP
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Category identification on the front side of the jack
50-micron gold plated contacts
Universal color-coding according to T568A and T568B
Suitable for 110 and Krone type tools
IDC contacts that allow re-termination for wiring changes
without damaging the unit
IDC termination point at 180° to jack
Clear wire retaining caps for easy inspection
Mounts in faceplates or patch panels
Compatible with a wide range of international faceplates
Characterized up to 250 MHz
Component level 3P certified
Description
Opterna category 6 unshielded jacks are designed and manufactured to meet and exceed the current
and future requirements for high bandwidth and forms an essential element of the structured cabling
system. The keystone jacks are highly reliable and offers optimal network performance.
The jack forms part of the faceplate as well as part of the modular patch-panel. Clear wire retaining
caps are supplied which provide additional cable strain relief.
The keystone jacks are color-coded for both 568A and 568B standards and can be terminated using a
standard 110 termination tool.
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Horizontal Distribution and Backbone Cabling
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
10/100/1000 BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)
155 Mbps ATM
100 Mbps TP-PMD
Analogue Voice, ISDN, ADSL
HVAC alarm systems and other signalling
Standards
•
•
•
•
•
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class E
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
ANSI/TIA-1096-A (formerly FCC Part 68)
IEC 60603-7-4
Technical data
Mechanical data
Value
26
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Total contact force
Retention
Insertion/extraction
See technical drawing
Housing – UL 94 V0 High impact flame retardant plastic
Jack contacts – Phosphor bronze alloy plated (50 micro-inch
gold over 70-100 micro-inch nickel)
IDC contacts - Phosphor bronze with 100 micro-inch tin
800 grams
50N
750 cycles minimum
Electrical characteristics
Current rating
DC resistance
Contact resistance
Insulation resistance
Voltage rating
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
IDC Wire Gauge
Value
1.5 Amps
200 m max (per pin)
2.5 m max (IDC) / 20 m max (insert)
500MΩ min (100V D.C)
60V
1000V, RMS @ 60Hz for 1 minute
22-26 AWG
Environmental data
Temperature range
Storage
Operation
Relative Humidity (operational)
Value
-40 C to +70 C
-10 C to +60 C
Maximum non-condensing 93%
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
180° Cat 6 Unshielded Keystone jack with T568A/B label, Black
Part code
SCS-JA-C6-UTP-BK
Replace BK (Black) with BL (Blue), GN (Green), GY (Gray), OR (Orange), RD (Red), WH (White), YL (Yellow)
27
Copper Structured Cabling, Patch Panel, UTP
Features and benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Modular panel for installation flexibility
Window style label strips with port numbers
Integral rear plastic cable management
Modern design and simplified mounting
Suitable for category 5e/6 UTP keystone
snap-in jacks
Unused ports can be covered with blanking
modules
SC, ST and LC fiber adaptors can be added
with additional keystone fiber adaptor
Description
Opterna snap-in type UTP keystone patch panel are designed for customized connectors. Based on
the installers specific design requirements, connector can be snapped into the panel. The UTP keystone
patch panels are compatible for use with the category 5e and 6 keystone jacks and come as an
unloaded panel.
The patch panel is constructed of high quality plastic and metal back plate to provide the maximum
strength and durability. The UTP keystone patch panel has an integrated rear cable management
feature for cable routing and strain relief requirements. The rear cable management easily mounts at
the back of the panel.
The patch panel has an integrated label identification slot which allows the installer to design labels
based on the project requirement making the panel TIA 606 compliant.
Applications
•
•
•
Standard 19” rack compatible
Suitable for UTP keystone jacks
Height: 1U (24 ports), 2U (48 ports)
Standards
•
•
•
•
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2
ISO/IEC 11801:2011 (Ed 2.2) Class D/E
CENELEC EN 50173-1:2011
UL 94 V-0
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Value
See technical drawing
Housing – Steel 1.5mm
Front mounting – UL94 V-0
28
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
19” Modular UTP patch panel, 24 ports, 1U, without modules, with rear cable management
19” Modular UTP patch panel, 48 ports, 1U, without modules, with rear cable management
Blanking Plug, Keystone
29
Part code
SCS-PPU-24-UTP
SCS-PPU-48-UTP
SCS-PPU-BLNK
Hardware, Cable Manager, 19"
Features and benefits





Secures and retains patch cables
Maintains proper bend radius
Cable transition from horizontal to vertical channels
Standard size for mounting in 19” racks and cabinets
Modern design and simplicity of mounting
Description
Opterna cable management products deliver excellent cable management support when used in
conjunction with other Opterna 19” products.
The cable managers are designed for use in 19” rack environments for managing patch cords that are
connected between patch panels and the network switch. It is recommended that one cable manager
is mounted between every patch panels or a network switch. All cable managers are design to meet
EIA-310-E standard and hence all compatible with any 19” racks or cabinets.
Cable Manager with rings
The 19” 1U/2U cable managers are constructed using steel and finished in powder coated black, with
50mm deep steel rings.
Brush Cable Manager
The 19” 1U steel cable management with brush allows the installer to pass patch cords through to the
back of the cable management giving an aesthetically pleasing look to the cabinet.
Duct Cable Manager
The 19” 1U/2U duct cable managers are constructed using steel and finished in powder coated black.
The duct cable manager comes with a cover and a finger guide channel on the base. These finger guide
channels allow patch cords to exit at any point and provide a pleasing look to the cabinet.
Applications



Standard 19” rack compatible
Data Center and MDF / IDF racks and cabinets
Used between patch panel and network switch in racks and cabinets
30
Standards



IEC 60297-3
EIA-310-E
DIN 41494-1, 7
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Finish
Value
See technical drawing
Housing – Steel 1.5mm
RAL 9017, Black, fine texture finish
RAL 7032, Grey, fine texture finish
Technical drawing
Ordering information
Description
Part code
19” Cable manager with metal rings, 1U
19” Cable manager with metal rings, 2U
19” Brush cable manager, 1U
19” Brush cable manager, 2U
19” Duct type cable manager with cover, 1U
19” Duct type cable manager with cover, 2U
SCS-CMM-1U-BK
SCS-CMM-2U-BK
SCS-CMB-1U-BK
SCS-CMB-2U-BK
SCS-CMD-1U-BK
SCS-CMD-2U-BK
Also available in Grey (GY), replace BK with GY.
31
Data Sheet DSHW01005AR
Hardware, Cabinet, Steel Frame Floor Standing
Features and benefits
Steel frame structure
Vented top cover with cable entry provision and entry
plate
Fan housing unit
Bottom cover with cable entry provision and entry plate
Side panels with slam latches and locking facility
Front tempered glass door with lock
Optional arc or flat 71% perforated front door with lock
Rear steel door with lock and 71% perforation for airflow
Side mounting angles
19-inch equipment mounting angles
800 mm wide cabinets are available with spacer and
vertical patch cord management
Levelling feet and heavy-duty castors
Optional plinth for under base cable entry
Description
Opterna floor standing steel cabinets are robust and flexible cabinets that can be configured to suit a
wide range of equipment types and applications. Perforated steel doors provide excellent cold air
circulation through the rack and internal mounting rails can be adjusted to suit different equipment types
and depths.
Opterna racks are available in 600mm and 800mm widths depending on the application and the amount
of vertical cable management space required. Generally, we recommend that the 800mm rack is used
for high-density switch applications or situations where many copper and fiber cables are being
request.
Applications
Data Centers
LAN & WAN Networking
Telecommunications
Network Wiring Closets
Audio / Video System
Security System
Standards
IEC 60297-3
EIA-310-E
DIN 41494-1, 7
IEC 60529 (IP 20)
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
32 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
1
Data Sheet DSHW01005AR
Technical data
Mechanical data
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Material
Loading Capacity
Finish
Value
See technical drawing
Mounting profiles 2.0 mm
Mounting angles - 1.5mm
Other elements - 1.2 mm
Door - Tempered glass
600 KG
RAL 9017, Black, fine texture finish
Technical drawing
Ordering information
CAB-FMS1
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
2
3
Asia Pacific
33 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
4
5
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
2
Data Sheet DSHW01005AR
1.
Select the rack unit
18 = 18U internal mounting space
22 = 22U internal mounting space
24 = 24U internal mounting space
27 = 27U internal mounting space
32 = 32U internal mounting space
37 = 37U internal mounting space
42 = 42U internal mounting space
45 = 45U internal mounting space
47 = 47U internal mounting space
3.
Depth of the cabinet
600 = 600 mm
800 = 800 mm
1000 = 1000 mm
1200 = 1200 mm
5.
2.
Width of the cabinet
600 = 600 mm
800 = 800 mm
4.
Front & Rear Door
70 = Glass Door
71 = Arc Door with perforation
72 = Flat Door with perforation
73 = Twin Flat Door with perforation
74 = Glass Door without perforation
75 = Rear Door without perforation
Select cabinet colour
GY = Grey powder coated
BK = Black powder coated
Package:
Available as flat packed or fully assembled
Default components included are:
6 Way PDU, universal sockets support BS plug or Schuko plugs
4 Fans
Levelling Feet
Heavy Duty Castors
Middle East
+971 4 299 7676
sales.me@opterna.com
Americas
(703) 653-1130
sales.us@opterna.com
Asia Pacific
34 2104 779
+91 (0) 484
sales.ap@opterna.com
Europe
+44(0)2031 301 716
sales.eu@opterna.com
www.opterna.com
3
Description
DME PROLINK’s Power Distribution Units (PDUs) are units which are mounted into a
data/server cabinet, to provide power for the housed active equipments. PDUs comes
in Horizontal and Vertical Mount options. This PDU complies with BS5733 and BS EN
IEC 62368-1 standards.
Components / Specs
Product Series
Socket Type
Output Unit
Power Input
Bracket Install
Cable with plug
Shell Color
Cable Specification
Rating voltage
Current Rating for Sockets
Current Rating for Plug
Safety Authentication
Socket assemble
Detailed Description
Combo VM-PDU
C13 (10A) & C19 (16A)
14 Way
Left single input
Vertically installed
3M cable with 16A Industrial Plug
Black
3m x 3G x 4mm²
250VAC
10A for C13 & 16A for C19
16A Industrial 3-core Plug
CE / RoHS
10Way C13 (10A) + 4Way C19(16A) Sockets
Single C13 Socket
Standard
IEC320 C13
Parameter
10A 250VAC
Single C19 Socket
Standard
IEC320 C19
Parameter
16A 250VAC
2- Pole Mini Circuit Breaker
Parameter
1A – 60A
Industrial Plug 3-core
Standard
IEC60309
Parameter 16A 250VAC
Part Number
D632-10134191632PBK
PDU Combo Vertical Mount-Type, 14way with 10 (C13) Sockets (10A) and 4 (C19) Sockets (16A),
3m 4mm² Cable with 16A 3-core Industrial Plug, 250VAC with 2P circuit breaker, Black
Technical Assistance
Middle East HQ: +971 (4) 8118000
35
www.dmeprolink.com
Product Image is only for reference
DME PROLINK Power Distribution Unit (PDU)
Combo VM, 10-Way C13 Sockets + 4-Way C19
Sockets, 3m Cord, with 16A Industrial Plug,
with 2-Pole Circuit Breaker
DME PROLINK Power Distribution
Unit (PDU), 19” Rack Mount
Description
DME PROLINK’s Power Distribution Units (PDUs) are units which are mounted into
a data/server cabinet, to provide power for the housed active equipments. The
1U plastic bodied PDUs are ideal for Floor/wall mounted cabinets, where weight
is an important factor, and rack space is vital. Available in 4, 5 and 6 Nos. of
BS1363 sockets, a shrouded switch with switch cover, and 2m leads as standard.
Components / Specs
Product Series
Socket Type
Output Unit
Power Input
Bracket Install
Cable with plug
Control Function
Shell Color
Cable Specification
Product Size
Mounting Length
Case Length
Rating voltage
Rating Current
Max. Current
Max. Power
Safety Authentication
Detailed Description
1U, 19” Rack Mount
BS1363
BS1363
Left single input
Horizontal install
BS1363 plug
Switch
Black
H05VV-F3G x 1.5mm2 x 2m
L x W x H= 485 x 44.45 x 44.45mm
450mm
435mm
250VAC 50/60Hz
13A
13A
3250W
CE. RoHS.
Part Number
D
6
3
2
x
-
n
P
D
x
Pin assigned by ECS
0-9
Inventory Management Index
n
No. of Sockets
4
4
5
5
6
6
The shrouded switch of the PDU is
protected by a switch cover, preventing
accidental switching off of the PDU
Part No:
Description
D6325-6PDU133BK
PDU 19" Horizontal Mount-Type, 6way, 1U, 13amp,
3m Cable &Led Indicator On/Off Rocker Switch,
Black
Technical Assistance
Middle East HQ: +971 (4) 8118000
36
U11
www.dmeprolink.com
U
Datasheet
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches
Datasheet
Huawei CloudEngine S12700E series switches are new core switches designed for nextgeneration high-quality campus networks. These purpose-built switches help create a campus
network that improves user experiences, reduces operating costs, and delivers unm
Product Overview
Huawei CloudEngine S12700E series switches ("S12700E switches") are flagship core switches in Huawei's CloudCampus
portfolio. By building an intelligent campus core, these feature-rich switches help customers head towards a service experiencecentric campus network that is intelligent and simplified.
CloudEngine S12700E stands out with massive capacity expansion and flexible service upgrade capabilities to protect customer
investments and facilitate their long-term network evolution. Built on Huawei's high-performance full-programmable chipsets,
CloudEngine S12700E delivers 4.8 Tbps of single-slot bandwidth,which can easily scale to 7.2 Tbps simply by upgrading SFUs
in the future. CloudEngine S12700E also offers a broad range of line cards, including 100GE, 40GE, 25GE, 10GE,and GE line
cards, and provides up to 288 x 100GE ports, the unmatched port density in the industry. These give customers flexible choices
to meet their capacity expansion and upgrade needs.
By integrating large-capacity WLAN AC capabilities, a single CloudEngine S12700E can manage up to 10,240 WLAN APs. This
capability, combined with free mobility functionality, achieves fully converged wired and wireless networks and policies, greatly
simplifying network management with users and services at the core.
With a holistic set of reliability, security, and trusted features, CloudEngine S12700E is ideal for building a reliable, secure, and
trustworthy campus core. By using a next-generation cell switching architecture, CloudEngine S12700E ensures non-blocking
service data forwarding on core nodes and guarantees service quality in high-concurrency, large-capacity, and high-load
environments.
Models and Appearances
The S12700E series is available in three models: S12700E-4, S12700E-8, S12700E-12.
37
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
1
S12700E-4
S12700E-8
S12700E-12
Product Model
Product Description
S12700E-4

A maximum of 96 x 100GE, 96 x 40GE, 160 x 25GE or 192 x 10GE ports

4 slots for line cards, 2 slots for Switch Fabric Units (SFUs), 2 slots for Main Processing
Units (MPUs), and 4 slots for power modules

Switching capacity: 19.2 Tbit/s

Forwarding performance: 14,400 Mpps

A maximum of 192 x 100GE, 192 x 40GE, 320 x 25GE or 384 x 10GE ports

8 slots for line cards, 4 slots for SFUs, 2 slots for MPUs, and 6 slots for power modules

Switching capacity: 38.4 Tbit/s

Forwarding performance: 28,800 Mpps

A maximum of 288 x 100GE, 288 x 40GE, 480 x 25GE or 576 x 10GE ports

12 slots for line cards, 4 slots for SFUs, 2 slots for MPUs, and 6 slots for power modules

Switching capacity: 57.6 Tbit/s

Forwarding performance: 43,200 Mpps
S12700E-8
S12700E-12
Features and Highlights
Switch Highlights
Fully-programmable Architecture

Built on chipsets with a fully-programmable architecture, CloudEngine S12700E adapts to the changing forwarding
processes driven by protocol evolution and technology advances. It enables fast and flexible provisioning of new services simply
by upgrading software, without having to replace hardware, thereby protecting customers' investment. In contrast, traditional
ASIC chips use a fixed forwarding architecture and follow a fixed forwarding process; as a result, new services cannot be
provisioned until new hardware is developed to support the services, which may take 1 to 3 years.
38
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
2
Wired and Wireless Convergence

By integrating WLAN AC capabilities, CloudEngine S12700E eliminates the need to purchase additional WLAN AC
hardware. Each CloudEngine S12700E can manage up to 10,240 APs. With up to 4 Tbps WLAN AC forwarding capacity,
CloudEngine S12700E avoids the performance bottleneck on independent WLAN AC devices. As such, organizations are well
poised to cope with challenges in the high-speed wireless era.

CloudEngine S12700E supports the unified user management function that authenticates both wired and wireless users,
ensuring a consistent user experience no matter whether they are connected to the network through wired or wireless access
devices. CloudEngine S12700E supports various authentication methods, including PPPoE, 802.1X, MAC address, and Portal
authentication, and is capable of managing users based on user groups, domains, and time ranges. These functions intuitively
control user and service management and enable the transformation from data switching-centered management to service
experience-centered management.
Note: The CloudEngine S12700E series switches can manage 16 APs by default. You can purchase licenses for more AP
management on demand.
Service Experience Assurance

CloudEngine S12700E supports a 4 GB buffer to cope with the burst data traffic pressure caused by massive concurrent
users. This alleviates the data packet loss and even connection interruption caused by traffic burst.

In addition, based on the industry-leading HQoS, hierarchical scheduling is performed on network-wide data traffic on the
core nodes of the network to provide differentiated services for different users and applications, fully ensuring the service quality
of key users and key applications and ensuring service experience.
Refined Network Management

Packet Conservation Algorithm for Internet (iPCA) changes the traditional method that uses simulated traffic for fault
location. iPCA technology monitors network quality for any service flow at any network node, at any time, and without extra
costs. It can quickly detect intermittent service interruptions and accurately identify faulty ports. This cutting-edge fault detection
technology turns "extensive management" into "fine granular management."

Super Virtual Fabric 2.0 (SVF 2.0) technology can not only virtualize fixed-configuration switches into modular switch line
cards but also virtualize APs as switch ports. With this virtualization technology, a physical network with core/aggregation
switches, access switches, and APs can be virtualized into a "super switch", simplifying network management.

CloudEngine S12700E series manages access switches in a similar way a WLAN AC manages APs, saving the trouble of
laborious configuration on access switches. It manages access switches and APs uniformly, allowing them to connect to the
network with zero configuration.
System Openness Capability

CloudEngine S12700E supports NETCONF/YANG through which users can perform automated configuration.

CloudEngine S12700E supports the Open Programmability System (OPS), an open programmable system based on the
Python language. IT administrators can program the O&M functions of CloudEngine S12700E through Python scripts to quickly
innovate functions and implement intelligent O&M.
Secure and Trustworthy System

Digital signatures of codes are used to identify software sources and the real identities of software developers to ensure
that code is not tampered with after being signed. To protect software, CloudEngine S12700E uses two levels of signature
mechanisms: inner signature and outer signature.

CloudEngine S12700E supports secure boot based on the hardware trust root. Starting from the trusted hardware anchor,
the software code to be loaded is checked level by level. This approach ensures that the MPUs, line cards, and SFUs are not
intruded since the boot phase.

The chipsets provide a secure Random Number Generator (RNG) module certified by NIST SP 800-90A and NIST SP 80090B to generate true secure random numbers for system running, thereby ensuring secure and trustworthy encryption.
Network-Level Reliability

CloudEngine S12700E uses link detection technologies such as hardware Eth-OAM and BFD, and adopts
standard/standards-compatible link switching technologies like G.8032 and Smart Ethernet Protection (SEP). These
technologies achieve end-to-end 50 ms hardware-level switchover and help build highly responsive campus network that
provides highly reliable services.
39
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
3

CloudEngine S12700E supports High-speed Self Recovery (HSR) technology that implements end-to-end IP MPLS
transmission network protection switchover within 50 ms, improving network reliability.
Easy Operation
CloudEngine S12700E supports EasyDeploy that implements plug-and-play for newly deployed devices and centrally manages
all devices running on the network. Typical Easy Deploy functions include the following:

Implementing Zero Touch Provisioning (ZTP) to automatically load the boot files such as version files, configuration files,
and patches

Upgrading network devices and delivering configurations in batches

Quickly replacing old devices with new ones that are plug-and-play without configuration
Intelligent Diagnosis

CloudEngine S12700E supports Open Intelligent Diagnosis System (OIDS). By integrating the device health monitoring
and fault diagnosis functions – that are typically deployed on a Network Management System (NMS) – into the switch
software, OIDS implements intelligent diagnosis on a single switch.

After OIDS is deployed on a switch, the switch periodically collects and records the running information and automatically
determines whether a fault occurs. If a fault occurs, the switch automatically locates the fault or helps locate the fault. All these
merits increase fault locating efficiency of O&M staff while improving device maintainability.
Solution Benifits
Simplified Management

Deployment automation: CloudEngine S12700E supports VXLAN and BGP-EVPN, and builds a Unified Virtual Fabric
(UVF) to automate deployment of up to 512 Virtual Networks (VNs). In this way, multiple service networks or tenant networks
can be deployed and isolated from each other on the same physical network, truly achieving one network for multiple purposes.

Policy automation: CloudEngine S12700E automates deployment of wired and wireless user policies on the entire network
and implements refined management and control based on SDN to achieve free mobility.
Intelligent O&M

CloudEngine S12700E provides telemetry technology to collect device data in real time and send the data to the
CampusInsight (a campus network analysis component of Huawei iMaster NCE). The CampusInsight then analyzes network
data based on the intelligent fault identification algorithm, accurately displays the real-time network status, effectively
demarcates and locates faults in a timely manner, and identifies network problems that affect user experience, accurately
guaranteeing user experiences.

CloudEngine S12700E supports a variety of intelligent O&M features for audio and video services, including the enhanced
Media Delivery Index (eMDI). With the eMDI function, the switch can function as a monitored node to periodically conduct
statistics and report audio and video service indicators to the CampusInsight. In this way, the CampusInsight can quickly
demarcate audio and video service quality faults based on the results of multiple monitored nodes.
Big Data Security Collaboration

CloudEngine S12700E uses NetStream to collect campus network data and then report such data to the Huawei HiSec
Insight. The purposes of doing so are to detect network security threats, display the security posture across the entire network,
and enable automated or manual response to security threats. The HiSec Insight delivers the security policies to the iMaster
NCE-Campus(or Agile Controller). The iMaster NCE-Campus(or Agile Controller) then delivers such policies to switches that will
handle security events accordingly. All these ensure campus network security.
Licensing
CloudEngine S12700E supports both the traditional feature-based licensing mode and the latest Huawei IDN One Software (N1
mode for short) licensing mode. The N1 mode is ideal for campus network deployments in enterprise private cloud mode, and
greatly enhances the customer experiences in purchasing and upgrading software services with simplicity.
40
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
4
Software Package Features in N1 Mode
Switch Functions
N1 Basic
Software
N1 Foundation
Software
Package
N1 Advanced
Software
Package
Basic network functions:
√
√
√
×
√
√
×
×
√
Layer 2 functions, IPv4, IPv6, MPLS, SVF, and others
Note: For details, see the Functions and Features
Basic network automation based on the Agile
Controller:

Basic automation: Plug-and-play, SSID, and AP
group management

Basic monitoring: Application visualization

NE management: Image and topology
management and discovery

WLAN enhancement: Roaming and optimization
for up to 128 APs
Advanced network automation and intelligent
O&M:
VXLAN, user access authentication, free mobility, and
CampusInsight basic functions
Note: Only V200R019C00 and later versions can support N1 mode
Product Specifications
Functions and Features
Except for special instructions, the following features are supported by CloudEngine S12700E with N1 basic software.
Category
Service Features
CloudEngine S12700E
User management
Unified user management
Yes
PPPoE, 802.1X, MAC, and Portal authentication
Yes
Traffic- and duration-based accounting
Yes
User authorization based on user groups, domains, and time ranges
Yes
Number of MAC address entries
1M(MAX)
Automatic MAC address learning and aging
Yes
Static, dynamic, and blackhole MAC address entries
Yes
Source MAC address filtering
Yes
MAC address learning limiting based on ports and VLANs
Yes
4K VLANs
Yes
Access, trunk, and hybrid interface types; auto-negotiation of LNP
link types
Yes
Default VLAN
Yes
VLAN switching
Yes
MAC address
VLAN
41
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
5
Category
ARP
IP routing
Multicast
MPLS
VXLAN
QoS
Service Features
CloudEngine S12700E
QinQ and enhanced selective QinQ
Yes
Dynamic VLAN assignment based on MAC addresses
Yes
Maximum number of ARP entries
384K(MAX)
ARP Snooping
√
Maximum number of IPv4 routing entries
3M(MAX)
Maximum number of IPv6 routing entries
1M(MAX)
IPv4 dynamic routing protocols such as RIP, OSPF, IS-IS, and BGP
Yes
IPv6 dynamic routing protocols such as RIPng, OSPFv3, ISISv6,
and BGP4+
Yes
Maximum number of multicast routing entries(IPv4)
64K(MAX)
Maximum number of multicast routing entries(IPv6)
64K(MAX)
IGMPv1/v2/v3 and IGMP v1/v2/v3 Snooping
Yes
PIM-DM, PIM-SM, and PIM-SSM
Yes
MSDP and MBGP
Yes
Fast-leave mechanism
Yes
Multicast traffic control
Yes
Multicast querier
Yes
Multicast protocol packet suppression
Yes
Multicast Call Admission Control (CAC)
Yes
Multicast ACL
Yes
Basic MPLS functions
Yes
MPLS OAM
Yes
MPLS TE
Yes
MPLS VPN/VLL/VPLS
Yes
VXLAN Layer 2 gateway
Yes, require additional
license
VXLAN Layer 3 gateway
Yes, require additional
license
Centralized gateway
Yes, require additional
license
Distributed gateway
Yes, require additional
license
BGP-EVPN
Yes, require additional
license
Configures VXLANs through NETCONF
Yes, require additional
license
Number of ACL rules(IPv4)
32K(MAX)
42
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
6
Category
iPCA
SVF 2.0
Ring network
protection
Reliability
Configuration and
Service Features
CloudEngine S12700E
Number of ACL rules(IPv6)
16K(MAX)
Traffic classification based on Layer 2 headers, Layer 3 protocols,
Layer 4 protocols, and 802.1p priority
Yes
Actions such as ACL, Committed Access Rate (CAR), re-marking,
and scheduling
Yes
Queuing algorithms, such as PQ, WRR, DRR, PQ+WRR, and
PQ+DRR
Yes
Congestion avoidance mechanisms such as WRED and tail drop
Yes
HQoS
Yes
Traffic shaping
Yes
Marks the real service packets to obtain real-time count of dropped
packets and packet loss ratio
Yes
Counts the number of dropped packets and packet loss ratio on
devices and L2/L3 networks
Yes
Up to 10K clients (access switches and APs) virtualized into a single
device
Yes
Two layers of ASs allowed in an SVF system
Yes
Third-party devices allowed between SVF parent and clients
Yes
STP (IEEE 802.1d), RSTP (IEEE 802.1w), and MSTP (IEEE
802.1s).
Yes
SEP
Yes
BPDU protection, root protection, and loop protection
Yes
BPDU tunnel
Yes
G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS)
Yes
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) and E-Trunk
Yes
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) and Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BFD) for VRRP
Yes
BFD for BGP/IS-IS/OSPF/static routes
Yes
Non-Stop Forwarding (NSF) and Graceful Restart (GR) for BGP/ISIS/OSPF/LDP
Yes
TE Fast ReRoute (FRR) and IP FRR
Yes
Eth-OAM 802.3ah and 802.1ag (hardware-based)
Yes
High-speed Self Recovery (HSR)
Yes
ITU-Y.1731
Yes
Device Link Detection Protocol (DLDP)
Yes
Smart Link
Yes
Monitor Link
Yes
Easy Operation
Yes
43
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
7
Category
Service Features
CloudEngine S12700E
maintenance
Terminal access services such as console port login, Telnet, and
SSH
Yes
Network management protocols, such as SNMPv1/v2/v3
Yes
File uploading and downloading through FTP and TFTP
Yes
BootROM upgrade and remote in-service upgrade
Yes
Hot patches
Yes
User operation logs
Yes
Open Programmability System (OPS)
Yes
Streaming Telemetry
Yes
eMDI
Yes
MAC address, Portal, 802.1X, and DHCP snooping-triggered
authentication
Yes
MACsec
Yes
NAC
Yes
RADIUS and HWTACACS authentication for login users
Yes
Command line authority control based on user levels, preventing
unauthorized users from using command configurations
Yes
Defense against DoS attacks, Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
SYN Flood attacks, User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Flood attacks,
broadcast storms, and heavy traffic attacks
Yes
1K CPU hardware queues to implement hierarchical scheduling and
protection for protocol packets on the control plane
Yes
Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)
Yes
Secure boot (need to use MPU that supports secure boot)
Yes
Big data security collaboration
Yes
Mesh networking
Yes
N+N cold backup for devices with integrated WLAN AC functionality
Yes
Hot backup for devices with integrated WLAN AC functionality in
cluster mode
Yes
WLAN terminal location
Yes
Locating of interference sources
Yes
Spectrum analysis function
Yes
2.4G & 5G load balancing
Yes
5G-prior access
Yes
Total number of managed APs
10K
An IPv4 network between an AP and a WLAN AC
Yes
AP blacklist
Yes
Security and
management
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
Basic WLAN services
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
AP management
44
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
8
Category
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
Wireless user
management
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
CAPWAP
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
RF management
Wireless management
(integrated WLAN AC):
WLAN QoS
Interoperability
Service Features
CloudEngine S12700E
AP whitelist
Yes
Sets the AP access control mode
Yes
AP configuration and management
Yes
AP energy saving
Yes
AP LLDP topology awareness
Yes
Adjustable priority of traffic on wired interfaces of APs
Yes
Rate limiting on wired interfaces of APs
Yes
User roaming within a WLAN AC
Yes
AP-based user location
Yes
User roaming between WLAN ACs
Yes
802.1X authentication
Yes
Portal authentication
Yes
MAC address authentication
Yes
Direct data forwarding on L2/L3 networks
Yes
Tunnel-based data forwarding on L2/L3 networks
Yes
Dual-link load balancing for CAPWAP tunnels
Yes
CAPWAP tunnel encryption
Yes
802.11a/b/g/n
Yes
802.11ac wave1/wave2
Yes
802.11ax
Yes
Sets RF interference monitoring and avoidance
Yes
Detects co-channel interference, adjacent interference, and
interference from other devices and STAs
Yes
Automatically selects channels and power when APs go online
Yes
Dynamic power and channel optimization
Yes
Mapping from wireless-side priority to wired-side priority
Yes
Mapping from wireless-side priority to CAPWAP channel priority
Yes
Rate limiting of upstream and downstream traffic on the air interface
based on the VAP
Yes
Rate limiting of upstream and downstream traffic on the air interface
based on users
Yes
SSID-based CAR
Yes
CAR for WLAN users
Yes
Interoperable with VBST (compatible with PVST/PVST+/RPVST)
Yes
Interoperable with LNP (similar to DTP)
Yes
Interoperable with VCMP (similar to VTP)
Yes
45
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
9
Hardware Specifications
Item
CloudEngine S12700E-4
CloudEngine S12700E-8
CloudEngine S12700E-12
Switching capacity
19.2 Tbps
38.4 Tbps
57.6Tbps
Forwarding
performance
14,400 Mpps
28,800 Mpps
43,200 Mpps
MPU slots
2
2
2
SFU slots
2
4
4
LPU slots
4
8
12
Fan trays
2
4
5
Power
4
6
6
Buffering capacity
Up to 200 ms data buffering
per port
Up to 200 ms data buffering
per port
Up to 200 ms data buffering per port
Redundancy
design
MPU, SFU, power module,
and fan module
MPU, SFU, power module,
and fan module
MPU, SFU, power module, and fan
module
Virtualization
CSS service port clustering
CSS service port clustering
CSS service port clustering
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
441.7*442*517.4,10U
663.95*442*517.4, 15U
841.75*442*517.4, 19U
Weight
(empty/fully
configured)
24.5kg/66kg
42.5kg/114kg
71.8kg/184kg
Note
Note
Note

Empty configuration
indicates that the switch
has no line card, MPU, or
power supply installed.
Filler panels are used,
instead.


Empty configuration indicates that
the switch has no line card, MPU,
or power supply installed. Filler
panels are used, instead.

Full configuration
indicates that the switch
is fully configured with
MPUs, SFUs, line cards,
and power supplies.
Their maximum weights
are used during
calculation.

Full configuration indicates that
the switch is fully configured with
MPUs, SFUs, line cards, and
power supplies. Their maximum
weights are used during
calculation.

Operating voltage
Empty configuration
indicates that the switch
has no line card, MPU, or
power supply installed.
Filler panels are used,
instead.
Full configuration indicates
that the switch is fully
configured with MPUs,
SFUs, line cards, and
power supplies. Their
maximum weights are used
during calculation.
DC：–48V～–60V
AC：90V～290V
Maximum power
consumption
3344W
6950W
8981W
Operating
temperature

–60 m to +1800 m: 0°C to 45°C

1800 m to 4000 m: The maximum operating temperature decreases by 1°C each time the altitude
increases by 220 m.

4000 m: 0°C to 35°C
Relative humidity
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Heat dissipation
mode
Left-to-rear airflow, air-cooled heat dissipation, and intelligent fan speed adjustment
46
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
10
Hardware Introduction
MPU
The Main Processing Unit (MPU) provides the control and management planes for the entire system. The control plane is mainly
responsible for protocol processing, service processing, route calculation, forwarding control, service scheduling, traffic statistics,
and system security. The management plane provides functions like monitoring the system running status, monitoring the
environment, processing logs and alarms, loading the system, and upgrading the system.
The following table lists the MPU supported by Huawei S12700E series switches.
Models and Appearance
Description
Supported Version
S12700E main processing unit E
V200R019C00 and later versions
S12700E main processing unit E
V200R020C10 and later versions
LST7MPUE0000
LST7MPUE0001
The following table lists the functions of MPUE
Function
Description
Basic functions
The LST7MPUE0000/LST7MPUE0001 integrate the main control unit, clock unit, and system
maintenance unit.
OAM
The LST7MPUE0000/LST7MPUE0001 support the following OAM functions:

802.1ag: identifies, detects, and sends continuity check (CC) packets.

Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS OAM): identifies, detects, and sends MPLS OAM packets.

OAM UNCFG_MEP.
Memory
16 GB
Flash
64 MB/128 MB
NAND Flash
2 GB
The system configuration data, startup files, system software package, and system logs are saved
in the NAND Flash by default.
Redundancy backup
1+1 hot standby
Main control board is mandatory for switches. Each switch must be configured with one or two main
control boards. When one main control board is configured for a switch, the main control board can
be installed in either main control board slot of the switch. When two main control boards are
configured, the two main control boards work in hot standby mode to improve reliability of the
switch. The active and standby main control boards monitor the status of each other. If the active
main control board fails, the standby main control board automatically becomes active to ensure
uninterrupted services.
Hot swapping
Supported
Before removing the active card, perform an active/standby switchover.
SFU
The Switch Fabric Unit (SFU) provides the data plane for the entire system. The data plane provides high-speed and nonblocking data channels for service switching between service modules.
47
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
11
The following table lists the SFU supported by Huawei S12700E series switches.
Models and Appearance
Description
Supported Version
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit E (X1)
V200R019C00 and later versions,
only used in S12700E-4 and
S12700E-8
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit H (X1)
V200R019C00 and later versions,
only used in S12700E-4 and
S12700E-8
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit M (X1)
V200R019C00 and later versions,
only used in S12700E-12
LST7SFUEX100
LST7SFUHX100
LST7SFUMX100
The following table lists the functions of SFUE/SFUH/SFUM.
Function
SFUE
SFUH
SFUM
Basic function
Core of data switching
Core of data switching
Core of data switching
Memory
1 GB
2 GB
2 GB
Flash
128 MB
128 MB
128 MB
Redundancy backup
N+1 hot standby
N+1 hot standby
N+1 hot standby
Hot swapping
Supported
Supported
Supported
SFU cards in a chassis can work in redundancy mode to improve system reliability. If one SFU fails, service traffic on this card
will be switched to other SFUs to ensure uninterrupted services
CMU
The Centralized Monitoring Unit(CMU) manages power modules and fan modules in a chassis. The CMU is hot swappable. Two
CMU cards can be installed in a chassis to work in active/standby mode.
The following table lists the CMU supported by Huawei S12700E series switches.
Models and Appearance
Description
Supported Version
Centralized Monitoring Unit
V200R019C00 and later versions
EH1D200CMU00
The following table lists the functions of CMU.
Function
Description
Fan module
management

Fan module presence detection

Fan module registration management

Fan speed monitoring
48
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
12
Function
Power module
management
Description

Fan speed control

Management and report of fan module alarms

Query of fan module electronic labels

Power module presence detection

Power module shutdown

Power module registration management

Voltage and current monitoring

Management and report of power module alarms

Query of power module electronic labels
Interface Card
An interface card, or called LPU, processes all traffic on the network data plane of a switch. The S12700E supports a broad set
of interface cards that offer varying numbers of 100GE, 40GE, 25GE, 10GE, and GE ports. Customers can flexibly select them
as required.
Card Name
Description
Supported Version
LST7G48TX5E1
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (X5E, RJ45)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7G48TX5S1
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (X5S, RJ45)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7G48SX6E0
48-port 1000M Ethernet optical interface card (X6E, SFP)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7G48SX6S0
48-port 1000M Ethernet optical interface card (X6S, SFP)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7X24BX6E0
24-port 10GBASE-X and 24-port 1000BASE-X interface card
(X6E, SFP+)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7X24BX6S0
24-port 10GBASE-X and 24-port 1000BASE-X interface card
(X6S, SFP+)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7X48SX6E0
48-port 10GBASE-X interface card (X6E, SFP+)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7X48SX6S0
48-port 10GBASE-X interface card (X6S, SFP+)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7Y40SX6H0
40-port 25GE SFP28 interface card (X6H,SFP28)
V200R019C10 and later versions
LST7C02BX6E0
2-port 100GE QSFP28 interface and 4-port 40GE QSFP28
interface card (X6E,QSFP28)
V200R020C00 and later versions
LST7C06HX6E0
6-port 100GE QSFP28 interface card (X6E, QSFP28)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7C06HX6S0
6-port 100GE QSFP28 interface card (X6S, QSFP28)
V200R019C00 and later versions
LST7C24HX6E0
24-Port 100GE QSFP28 Interface Card (X6E, QSFP28)
V200R019C00 and later versions
Power Module
Power Module Backup Modes
The S12700E power modules support the backup mode. Three power module configuration modes are recommended: N+N
backup, N+1 backup, and N+0 without backup. The value of N is determined by the maximum power required by the system. N
multiplied by the maximum output power of each power module must be larger than the maximum power required by the system.
The system can automatically identify the backup mode, without the need of manual configuration through CLIs.
Assume that the maximum power required by the system is 4,000 W. If two 2,200 W power modules are installed, the backup
mode is 2+0 without backup. If three 2,200 W power modules are installed, the backup mode is 2+1 backup. If four 2,200 W
power modules are installed, the backup mode is 2+2 backup.
49
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
13
The S12700E supports 2,200 W DC and 3,000 W AC power modules. The following table lists the maximum output power of the
entire system in different backup modes.
Models and
Appearance
W2PSD2200
PAC3KS54NE
Backup
Mode
Maximum Output
Power of the
S12700E-4
Maximum Output
Power of the S12700E-8
Maximum Output
Power of the S12700E-8
N+N backup
A maximum of four (2+2)
2,200 W DC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 4,400 W.
A maximum of six (3+3)
2,200 W DC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 6,600W.
A maximum of six (3+3) 2,200
W DC power modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 6,600W.
N+1 backup
A maximum of four (3+1)
2,200 W DC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 6,600 W.
A maximum of six (5+1)
2,200 W DC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 11,000 W.
A maximum of six (5+1) 2,200
W DC power modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 11,000 W.
N+0 without
backup
A maximum of four (4+0)
2,200 W DC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 8,800 W.
A maximum of six (6+0)
2,200W DC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 12,000 W.
A maximum of six (6+0)
2,200W DC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 13,200 W.
N+N backup
A maximum of four (2+2)
3,000 W AC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 6,000 W.
A maximum of six (3+3)
3,000 W AC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 9,000 W.
A maximum of six (3+3) 3,000
W AC power modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 9,000 W.
N+1 backup
A maximum of four (3+1)
3,000 W AC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 9,000 W.
A maximum of six (5+1)
3,000 W AC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 12,000 W.
A maximum of six (5+1) 3,000
W AC power modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 14,000 W.
N+0 without
backup
A maximum of four (4+0)
3,000 W AC power
modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 9,000 W.
A maximum of six (6+0)
3,000 W AC power modules
can be configured, providing
the maximum power supply
capability of 12,000 W.
A maximum of six (6+0) 3,000
W AC power modules can be
configured, providing the
maximum power supply
capability of 14,000 W.
Power Module Specifications
The following table lists the specifications of each power module.
Parameter
W2PSD2200(DC Power Module)
PAC3KS54-CE(AC Power Module)
Dimensions (H x W x D)
41 mm × 393 mm × 130 mm
41 mm × 417.4 mm × 130 mm
Weight
< 2.5 kg
< 3.0 kg
Rated input
voltage
-48 V DC/-60 V DC
220 V AC/110 V AC; 50/60 Hz
Rated input
-40 V DC to -72 V DC
200 V AC to 240 V AC (rated input voltage:
AC input
50
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
14
Parameter
W2PSD2200(DC Power Module)
voltage range
Maximum input
voltage range
PAC3KS54-CE(AC Power Module)
220 V AC)/100 V AC to 130 V AC (rated
input voltage: 110 V AC); 47 Hz to 63 Hz
-40 V DC to -72 V DC
90 V AC to 290 V AC; 47 Hz to 63 Hz
(When the input voltage range is 90 V AC
to 175 V AC, the maximum output power of
the power module is reduced by half.)
The maximum current of the power cable
used by the 3,000 W AC power module is
16 A. When the 220 V input is used, the
minimum voltage cannot be lower than 200
V. When the 110 V input is used, the
minimum voltage cannot be lower than 100
V.
Maximum input
current
60 A
16 A
Rated input
voltage
-
240 V DC
Maximum input
voltage range
-
190 V DC to 290 V DC
Maximum input
current
-
14 A
Maximum output
current
42 A
56.1 A (rated input voltage: 220 V AC)/28.1
A (rated input voltage: 110 V AC)
Maximum output
power
2,200 W
3,000 W (rated input voltage: 220 V AC or
240 V DC)/1,500 W (rated input voltage:
110 V AC)
Hot swap
Supported
Supported
Environment parameters

Operating temperature: 0°C to 45°C

Operating temperature: 0°C to 45°C

Operating relative humidity: 5%RH
to 95%RH, non-condensing

Operating relative humidity: 5%RH to
95%RH, non-condensing

Storage temperature: -40°C to
+70°C

Storage temperature: -40°C to +70°C

Storage relative humidity: 5%RH to
95%RH, non-condensing
High-voltage DC
input
Output

Storage relative humidity: 5%RH to
95%RH, non-condensing
Fan Module
Each fan module has two fans and can work for a short time when one fan fails. When any fan in a fan module fails, handle the
failure immediately to ensure that the fan module can work normally.
The following table lists the fan module supported by Huawei S12700E series switches.
Models and Appearance
Description
Supported Version
FAN-770A-B fan box
V200R019C00 and later versions
FAN-770A-B
51
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
15
Fan Module Functions
Function
Description
Supported Version
Hot swapping
Supported
V200R019C00 and later versions
Other fan modules are not affected when you install or remove a
fan module.
Intelligent fan speed
adjustment
The S12700E series switches provide intelligent fan speed
adjustment based on temperature in each zone, and correlate
speeds of fans in the entire chassis. The system monitors the
temperature of key components, and adjusts the fan speed based
on temperature changes. This intelligent fan speed adjustment
function ensures that the system stays within the proper operating
temperature range, and reduces power consumption and noise.
V200R019C00 and later versions
Fan Module Specifications
Function
Description
Supported Version
Dimensions (H x W
x D)
126.6 mm x 323.9 mm x 65 mm (5.0 in. x 12.8 in. x 2.6 in.)
V200R019C00 and later versions
Number of fans
2
V200R019C00 and later versions
Weight
2.5 kg (5.51 lb)
V200R019C00 and later versions
Maximum power
consumption
395 W
V200R019C00 and later versions
Operating voltage
range
-30 V DC to -73 V DC
V200R019C00 and later versions
Environment
specifications

Operating temperature: 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F)
V200R019C00 and later versions

Operating relative humidity: 5% RH to 95% RH
(noncondensing)

Storage temperature: -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

Storage relative humidity: 5% RH to 95% RH
(noncondensing)
Networking and Applications
In a Campus Network
CloudEngine S12700E series switches are deployed on the core layer of an enterprise campus network. ACs are built in to the
switches to achieve the following purposes:

Wireless networks can be constructed without any additional AC devices, reducing network construction costs.

With the wired and wireless convergence capability, they can deliver a consistent experience to wired and wireless users
through uniform device management, user management, and service
management.

The T-bit AC capability avoids performance bottlenecks on independent ACs and enables a migration to 802.11ax networks.
In a MAN
CloudEngine S12700E series switches can be used as core or aggregation switches on a metro television broadcasting or
education network.

Providing millions of FIB entries for large-scale routing on the network.
52
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
16

Supporting comprehensive L2/L3 MPLS VPN features, ensuring high reliability, security, and scalability on the metropolitan
bearer network.

Single-link 100G hardware clustering technology delivers carrier-grade reliability.
In a Data Center
CloudEngine S12700E series switches can be deployed on the core or aggregation layer of an enterprise data center network

Providing large throughput using high-density line cards, such as 24*100GE，6*100GE，40*25GE and 48*10GE/GE
cards.

CloudEngine S12700E series switches support single-link 100G hardware clustering. This technology helps to build a data
center network with high performance, high reliability, and low latency.
In an Education Campus Network
CloudEngine S12700E series switches are deployed on the core layer of a college campus network.

Allowing for a large number of concurrent access users.

As they support unified user management, you do not need to buy additional hardware components,
construction costs.

reducing network
The H-QoS feature implements fine granular user and service management.

With the wired and wireless convergence capability, they can deliver a consistent experience to wired and wireless users
through uniform device management, user management, and service management.
In a Bearer Network for Video Conferencing, Desktop Cloud, and Video Surveillance
Applications

CloudEngine S12700E series switches have a large buffer to prevent packet loss when traffic bursts occur, delivering highquality video streams.

CloudEngine S12700E series switches support millions of hardware entries, which allow for a large number of terminals
and facilitate evolution to IPv6 and the Internet of Things.

Employing end-to-end hardware reliability technologies and iPCA, CloudEngine S12700E series switches offer a highly
reliable, high-quality, scalable video conferencing and surveillance solution.
Safety and Regulatory Compliance
The following table lists the safety and regulatory compliance of CloudEngine S12700E.
Safety and regulatory compliance of CloudEngine S12700E series
Certification Category
Specification
Safety

IEC 60950-1

EN 60950-1

UL 60950-1

CSA C22.2 No 60950-1

AS/NZS 60950.1

BS EN 60950-1

CNS 14336-1

CISPR22 Class A

CISPR24

EN55022 Class A

EN55024

ETSI EN 300 386 Class A
Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC)
53
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
17
Certification Category
Environment
Laser safety
Specification

CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A

ICES 003 Class A

AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A

VCCI Class A

IEC61000-6-2

IEC61000-6-4

IEC61000-4-2

ITU-T K 20

ITU-T K 21

ITU-T K 44

CNS13438

RoHS

REACH

WEEE

IEC60825-1

IEC60825-2

EN60825-1

EN60825-2

EMC: electromagnetic compatibility

CISPR: International Special Committee on Radio Interference

EN: European Standard

ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute

CFR: Code of Federal Regulations

FCC: Federal Communication Commission

IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission

AS/NZS: Australian/New Zealand Standard

VCCI: Voluntary Control Council for Interference

UL: Underwriters Laboratories

CSA: Canadian Standards Association

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

RoHS: restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances

REACH: Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals

WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
MIB and Standards Compliance
Supported MIBs
The following table lists the MIBs supported by CloudEngine S12700E series.
MIBs supported by the S12700E series
Category
Specification
Public MIB

BGP4-MIB

BRIDGE-MIB
54
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
18
Category
Specification

DISMAN-NSLOOKUP-MIB

DISMAN-PING-MIB

DISMAN-TRACEROUTE-MIB

ENTITY-MIB

EtherLike-MIB

IF-MIB

IP-FORWARD-MIB

IPMCAST-MIB

IPv6-ICMP-MIB

IPv6-MIB

IPv6-TCP-MIB

IPv6-UDP-MIB

ISIS-MIB

LAG-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB

LLDP-MIB

MGMD-STD-MIB

MPLS-FTN-STD-MIB

MPLS-L3VPN-STD-MIB

MPLS-LDP-GENERIC-STD-MIB

MPLS-LDP-STD-MIB

MPLS-LSR-STD-MIB

MPLS-TE-STD-MIB

MSDP-MIB

NOTIFICATION-LOG-MIB

NQA-MIB

OSPF-MIB

OSPF-TRAP-MIB

P-BRIDGE-MIB

PIM-BSR-MIB

PIM-STD-MIB

Q-BRIDGE-MIB

RFC1213-MIB

RIPv2-MIB

RMON2-MIB

RMON-MIB

SAVI-MIB

SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB

SNMP-MPD-MIB

SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB

SNMP-TARGET-MIB

SNMP-USER-BASED-SM-MIB

SNMPv2-MIB

SNMP-VIEW-BASED-ACM-MIB
55
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
19
Category
Huawei-proprietary MIB
Specification

TCP-MIB

UDP-MIB

VRRP-MIB

VRRPv3-MIB

HUAWEI-AAA-MIB

HUAWEI-ACL-MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-RELIABILITY-MIB

HUAWEI-BASE-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BFD-MIB

HUAWEI-BGP-VPN-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-RADIUS-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-EAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-STATICUSER-MIB

HUAWEI-BULKSTAT-MIB

HUAWEI-CBQOS-MIB

HUAWEI-CCC-MIB

HUAWEI-CONFIG-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-CLOCK-MIB

HUAWEI-CPU-MIB

HUAWEI-DAD-MIB

HUAWEI-DC-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-DATASYNC-MIB

HUAWEI-DEVICE-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPR-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPS-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCP-SNOOPING-MIB

HUAWEI-DIE-MIB

HUAWEI-DNS-MIB

HUAWEI-DLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-ERPS-MIB

HUAWEI-ERRORDOWN-MIB

HUAWEI-ENERGYMNGT-MIB

HUAWEI-EASY-OPERATION-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-EXTENT-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHARP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHOAM-MIB

HUAWEI-E-TRUNK-MIB

HUAWEI-FLASH-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-FTP-MIB

HUAWEI-FWD-RES-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-GARP-APP-MIB

HUAWEI-GTL-MIB
56
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
20
Category
Specification

HUAWEI-GTSM-MIB

HUAWEI-HGMP-MIB

HUAWEI-HQOS-MIB

HUAWEI-HWTACACS-MIB

HUAWEI-IF-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-INFOCENTER-MIB

HUAWEI-IPFPM-MIB

HUAWEI-IPLPM-MIB

HUAWEI-IPMCAST-MIB

HUAWEI-IPPOOL-MIB

HUAWEI-IPSESSION-MIB

HUAWEI-IPV6-MIB

HUAWEI-ISOLATE-MIB

HUAWEI-KOMPELLA-MIB

HUAWEI-L2IF-MIB

HUAWEI-L2MAM-MIB

HUAWEI-L2MULTICAST-MIB

HUAWEI-L2VLAN-MIB

HUAWEI-L2VPN-MIB

HUAWEI-LDT-MIB

HUAWEI-LSP-PING-TRACE-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-LINE-MIB

HUAWEI-LLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-MAC-AUTHEN-MIB

HUAWEI-MDNS-RELAY-MIB

HUAWEI-MEMORY-MIB

HUAWEI-MFF-MIB

HUAWEI-MFLP-MIB

HUAWEI-MGMD-STD-MIB

HUAWEI-MPLS-EXTEND-MIB

HUAWEI-MPLSLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-MPLSLSR-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-MPLSOAM-MIB

HUAWEI-MSDP-MIB

HUAWEI-MSTP-MIB

HUAWEI-MULTICAST-MIB

HUAWEI-NETSTREAM-MIB

HUAWEI-NTPV3-MIB

HUAWEI-OSPFV2-MIB

HUAWEI-OSPFV3-MIB

HUAWEI-PERFORMANCE-MIB

HUAWEI-PIM-BSR-MIB

HUAWEI-PIM-STD-MIB

HUAWEI-PERFMGMT-MIB

HUAWEI-PORT-MIB
57
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
21
Category
Specification

HUAWEI-PORTAL-MIB

HUAWEI-PWE3-MIB

HUAWEI-PWE3-TNL-MIB

HUAWEI-QINQ-MIB

HUAWEI-RIPv2-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-RM-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-RRPP-MIB

HUAWEI-RSVPTE-MIB

HUAWEI-SECURITY-MIB

HUAWEI-SEP-MIB

HUAWEI-SMARTLINK-MIB

HUAWEI-SNMP-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-SSH-MIB

HUAWEI-STACK-MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-L2MAM-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-SRV-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-SYS-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-TASK-MIB

HUAWEI-TCP-MIB

HUAWEI-TFTPC-MIB

HUAWEI-TRNG-MIB

HUAWEI-TUNNEL-MIB

HUAWEI-TUNNEL-TE-MIB

HUAWEI-UNIMNG-MIB

HUAWEI-USC-MIB

HUAWEI-VPLS-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-VPLS-TNL-MIB

HUAWEI-VPN-DIAGNOSTICS-MIB

HUAWEI-VRRP-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-DEVICE-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-QOS-MIBB

HUAWEI-WLAN-RADIO-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-SECURITY-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-SERVICE-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-SYS-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-UPDATE-MIB

HUAWEI-WLAN-WIDS-MIB

HUAWEI-XQOS-MIB
For more information about MIBs supported by CloudEngine S12700E series, visit
https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/en/switches/s12700e-pid-250450822
Standard Compliance
The following table lists the standards that CloudEngine S12700E complies with.
58
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
22
Standard compliance list of CloudEngine S12700E series
Standard
Organization
Standard or Protocol
IETF

RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)

RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

RFC 826 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)

RFC 854 Telnet Protocol Specification

RFC 951 Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)

RFC 959 File Transfer Protocol (FTP)

RFC 1058 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)

RFC 1112 Host extensions for IP multicasting

RFC 1157 A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

RFC 1256 ICMP Router Discovery

RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol Version 3 (NTP)

RFC 1349 Internet Protocol (IP)

RFC 1493 Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges

RFC 1542 Clarifications and Extensions for the Bootstrap Protocol

RFC 1643 Ethernet Interface MIB

RFC 1757 Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)

RFC 1901 Introduction to Community-based SNMPv2

RFC 1902-1907 SNMP v2

RFC 1981 Path MTU Discovery for IP version 6

RFC 2131 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

RFC 2328 OSPF Version 2

RFC 2453 RIP Version 2

RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 Specification (IPv6)

RFC 2461 Neighbor Discovery for IP Version 6 (IPv6)

RFC 2462 IPv6 Stateless Address Auto configuration

RFC 2463 Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6)

RFC 2474 Differentiated Services Field (DS Field)

RFC 2740 OSPF for IPv6 (OSPFv3)

RFC 2863 The Interfaces Group MIB

RFC 2597 Assured Forwarding PHB Group

RFC 2598 An Expedited Forwarding PHB

RFC 2571 SNMP Management Frameworks

RFC 2865 Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)

RFC 3046 DHCP Option82

RFC 3376 Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 (IGMPv3)

RFC 3513 IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture

RFC 3579 RADIUS Support For EAP

RFC 4271 A Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP-4)

RFC 4760 Multiprotocol Extensions for BGP-4

draft-grant-tacacs-02 TACACS+

IEEE 802.1D Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges
IEEE
59
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
23
Standard
Organization
Standard or Protocol

IEEE 802.1p

IEEE 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks

IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridges

IEEE 802.2

IEEE Std 802.3

IEEE Std 802.3ab 1000BASE-T specification

IEEE Std 802.3ad Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments

IEEE Std 802.3ae 10GE WEN/LAN Standard

IEEE Std 802.3x Full Duplex and flow control

IEEE Std 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard

IEEE802.1ax/IEEE802.3ad Link Aggregation

IEEE 802.3ah Ethernet in the First Mile.

IEEE 802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management

IEEE 802.1ab Link Layer Discovery Protocol

IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1sMultiple Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE802.1x Port based network access control protocol

ITU SG13 Y.17ethoam

ITU SG13 QoS control Ethernet-Based IP Access

ITU-T Y.1730 ETH OAM performance monitor

ITU-T Y.1731 ETH OAM performance monitor

ITU-T Y.1710 Requirements for OAM functionality for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1711 Operation and maintenance mechanism for MPLS networks

ITU-T Y.1720 Protection switching for MPLS networks
ISO

ISO 10589IS-IS Routing Protocol
MEF

MEF 2
Requirements and Framework for Ethernet Service Protection

MEF 9
Abstract Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI

MEF 10.2 Ethernet Services Attributes Phase 2

MEF 11 UNI Requirements and Framework

MEF 13 UNI Type 1 Implementation Agreement

MEF 15 Requirements for Management of Metro Ethernet Phase 1 Network Elements

MEF 17 Service OAM Framework and Requirements

MEF 20 UNI Type 2 Implementation Agreement

MEF 23 Class of Service Phase 1 Implementation Agreement
ITU
Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
Logical Link Control
CSMA/CD
Ordering Information
S12700E Basic Configuration
LE2BN66ED000
N66E DC assembly cabinet (eight 60A outputs, maximum 2200W, 600 × 600 × 2200 mm)
LE2BN66EA000
N66E AC assembly cabinet (four 16 A outputs, a maximum of 2500W, 600 × 600 × 2200 mm)
60
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
24
S12700E Basic Configuration
ET1BS12704E0
S12700E-4 assembly chassis
ET1BS12708E0
S12700E-8 assembly chassis
ET1BS12712E1
S12700E-12 assembly chassis
FAN-770A-B
Fan box (-5degC–55degC, 48V, 400W, 2, indoors, VA)
Main Processing Unit
LST7MPUE0000
S12700E Main Processing Unit E
LST7MPUE0001
S12700E Main Processing Unit E
Monitoring Unit
EH1D200CMU00
Centralized Monitoring Unit
Switch Fabric Unit
LST7SFUEX100
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit E(X1)
LST7SFUHX100
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit H (X1)
LST7SFUMX100
S12700E Switch Fabric Unit M (X1)
100G/40G Ethernet optical interface card
LST7C02BX6E0
2-port 100GE QSFP28 interface and 4-port 40GE QSFP28 interface card (X6E,QSFP28)
LST7C06HX6E0
6-port 100GE QSFP28 interface card (X6E,QSFP28)
LST7C06HX6S0
6-port 100GE QSFP28 interface card (X6S,QSFP28)
LST7C24HX6E0
24-port 100GE QSFP28 interface card (X6E,QSFP28)
25GE optical interface card
LST7Y40SX6H0
40-port 25GE SFP28 interface card (X6H,SFP28)
10GE/1000M Ethernet optical interface card
LST7X24BX6E0
24-port 10GE SFP+ interface and 24-port GE SFP interface card (X6E,SFP+)
LST7X24BX6S0
24-port 10GE SFP+ interface and 24-port GE SFP interface card (X6S,SFP+)
Gigabit Ethernet optical interface card
LST7G48SX6E0
48-port GE SFP interface card (X6E,SFP)
61
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
25
Gigabit Ethernet optical interface card
LST7G48SX6S0
48-port GE SFP interface card (X6S,SFP)
Gigabit Ethernet electrical interface card
LST7G48TX5E1
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T interface card (X5E,RJ45)
LST7G48TX5S1
48-port 10/100/1000BASE-T Interface Card (X5S, RJ45)
Power supply
Supported Version
W2PSD2200
2200W DC power module
PAC3KS54-CE
3000W AC power module (black)
V200R019C00 and later versions
PAC3KS54-NE
3000W AC power module (black)
V200R020C10 and later versions
License
L-1AP-S127E
S127E Series,Wireless Access Controller AP Resource License-1AP
L-VxLAN-S127E
S127E Series,VxLAN License, Per Device
RTU-800G-S127E
S127E Series,800G Capacity Right to Use License,Per Device
N1-S127E-F-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Foundation,S127E Series,Per Device
N1-S127E-F-SnS1Y
N1-CloudCampus,Foundation,S127E Series,SnS,Per Device,1Year
N1-S127E-A-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Advanced,S127E Series,Per Device
N1-S127E-A-SnS1Y
N1-CloudCampus,Advanced,S127E Series,SnS,Per Device,1Year
N1-S127E-FToA-Lic
N1-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced,S127E,Per Device
N1-S127E-FToASnS1Y
N1-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced,S127E,SnS,Per Device,1Year
N1-S127E-M-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Device Management,S127E Series,Per Device
N1-S127E-M-SnS1Y
N1-CloudCampus,Device Management,S127E Series,,SnS,Per Device,1Year
N1-AC1.0-AM-15-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Access Management-AC1.0,15 Terminals
N1-AC1.0-AM-15SnS1Y
N1-CloudCampus,Access Management-AC1.0,15 Terminals,SnS,1Year
CI-X7MSwitch-U
CampusInsight-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced, X7 Series Modular Switch, Per Device
CI-X7MSwitch-USnS1Y
CampusInsight-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced, X7 Series Modular Switch, SnS, Per Device, 1
Year
More Information
For more information about Huawei Campus Switches, visit http://e.huawei.com or contact us in the following ways:

Global service hotline: http://e.huawei.com/en/service-hotline
62
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
26

Logging in to the Huawei Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/

Sending an email to the customer service mailbox: support_e@huawei.com
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of
any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address:Huawei Industrial Base Bantian,
Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's
Republic of China
Website:e.huawei.com
63
CloudEngine S12700E Series Switches Datasheet
27
Datasheet
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
Huawei CloudEngine S5735-S series are standard gigabit Ethernet switches that provide all
GE downlink ports and 10GE uplink ports.
Introduction
CloudEngine S5735-S series switches are developed based on next-generation high-performing hardware and the Huawei
Versatile Routing Platform (VRP). CloudEngine S5735-S switches support simplified operations and maintenance (O&M), and
flexible Ethernet networking. It also provides enhanced Layer 3 features and mature IPv6 features. CloudEngine S5735-S
switches can be used in various scenarios. For example, it can be used as an access or aggregation switch on a campus
network or as an access switch in a data center.
Product Overview
Models and Appearances
Models and appearances of the CloudEngine S5735-S series
Models and Appearances
CloudEngine S5735-S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48T4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X
Description

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbp

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps
64
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
1
Models and Appearances
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S32ST4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48S4X

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

24 x GE SFP ports, 8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

Forwarding performance: 108 Mpps

Switching capacity: 144 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x GE SFP ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

1+1 power supply backup

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps
Power Supply
Technical specifications of the power supplies applicable to the CloudEngine S5735-S series
Power Module
Technical Specifications
Applied Switch Model

Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 mm x 90 mm x 215
mm (1.6 in. x 3.5 in. x 8.5 in.)
CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X

Weight: 1.1 kg (2.43 lb)

Rated input voltage range:
CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X
− 100 V AC to 130 V AC, 50/60 Hz
PAC1000S56-CB
− 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
− 240 V DC

Maximum input voltage range:
− 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz
− 190 V DC to 290 V DC

Input current:
− 100 V AC to 130 V AC: 12 A
− 200 V AC to 240 V AC: 8 A
− 240 V DC: 8 A

Maximum output current:
− 100 V AC to 130 V AC input: 16.08 A
− 200 V AC to 240 V AC input and 240 V DC
input: 17.86 A

Maximum output power:
− Total power: 900 W (100 V AC to 130 V AC
input)/1000 W (200 V AC to 240 V AC input and
240 V DC input)
PAC150S12-R

Hot swap: Supported

Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 mm x 90 mm x 215
mm (1.6 in. x 3.5 in. x 8.5 in.)

Weight: 0.8 kg (1.76 lb)

Rated input voltage range: 100 V AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz

Maximum input voltage range: 90 V AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Maximum input current: 3 A

Maximum output current: 12.5 A

CloudEngine S5735-S48S4X
65
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
2
Power Module
Technical Specifications
PDC1000S12-DB
Applied Switch Model

Maximum output power: 150 W

Hot swap: Supported

Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 mm x 90 mm x 215
mm (1.6 in. x 3.5 in. x 8.5 in.)

Weight: 1.02 kg (2.25 lb)

Rated input voltage range: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum input voltage range: -38.4 V DC to -72 V
DC

Maximum input current: 30 A

Maximum output current: 83.3 A

Maximum output power: 1000 W

Hot swap: Supported

Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 mm x 90 mm x 215
mm (1.6 in. x 3.5 in. x 8.5 in.)

Weight: 0.68 kg (1.5 lb)

Rated input voltage range:

CloudEngine S5735-S24T4X

CloudEngine S5735-S32ST4X

CloudEngine S5735-S48S4X

CloudEngine S5735-S48T4X

CloudEngine S5735-S24T4X

CloudEngine S5735-S32ST4X

CloudEngine S5735-S48T4X
− 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
PAC60S12-AR
− 240 V DC

Maximum input voltage range:
− 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz
− 190 V DC to 290 V DC

Maximum input current:
− 100 V AC to 240 V AC: 2 A
− 240 V DC: 2 A

Maximum output current: 5 A

Maximum output power: 60 W

Hot swap: Supported
CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X is a PoE switch. It has two power module slots, each of which can have a 1000 W PoE power
module installed.
The following table lists its power supply configurations.
Power supply configurations of CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X
Power Module 1
Power Module 2
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully
Loaded)
1000 W (220 V)
–
874 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 24

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 24

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 24

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 24
1000 W (110 V)
1000 W (220 V)
1000 W (110 V)
–
1000 W (220 V)
1000 W (110 V)
779 W
1600 W
1558 W
66
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
3
CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X is a PoE switch. It has two power module slots, each of which can have a 1000 W PoE power
module installed.
The following table lists its power supply configurations.
Power supply configurations of CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X
Power Module 1
Power Module 2
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully
Loaded)
1000 W (220 V)
–
874 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 29

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 25

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 48

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 48
1000 W (110 V)
1000 W (220 V)
1000 W (110 V)
–
1000 W (220 V)
1000 W (110 V)
779 W
1600 W
1558 W
When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in redundancy mode to provide power for the
chassis and in load balancing mode to provide power for PDs.
Product Features and Highlights
Powerful Service Processing Capability and Multiple Security Control Mechanisms

CloudEngine S5735-S supports a broad set of Layer 2/Layer 3 multicast protocols, such as PIM SM, PIM DM, PIM SSM,
MLD, and IGMP snooping. This capability is ideal for high-definition video surveillance and video conferencing access.

CloudEngine S5735-S provides multiple Layer 3 features including OSPF, IS-IS, BGP, and VRRP, meeting enterprises'
access and aggregation service needs and enabling a variety of voice, video, and data applications.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports MAC address authentication, 802.1X authentication, and Portal authentication, and
implements dynamic delivery of policies (VLAN, QoS, and ACL) to users.

CloudEngine S5735-S provides a series of mechanisms to defend against DoS attacks and user-targeted attacks. DoS
attacks are targeted at switches and include SYN flood, Land, Smurf, and ICMP flood attacks. User-targeted attacks include
bogus DHCP server attacks, IP/MAC address spoofing, DHCP request flood, and changing of the DHCP CHADDR value.

CloudEngine S5735-S sets up and maintains a DHCP snooping binding table, and discards the packets that do not match
the table entries. The DHCP snooping trusted port feature ensures that users connect only to the authorized DHCP server.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports strict ARP learning, which protects a network against ARP spoofing attacks to ensure that
users can connect to the Internet normally.
Easy O&M

CloudEngine S5735-S supports Super Virtual Fabric (SVF), which innovatively virtualizes the "core/aggregation switch +
access switch + AP" into one logical device. This simplifies device management and achieves plug-and-play for access switches
and APs. In addition, CloudEngine S5735-S supports service configuration templates. The templates are configured on core
devices and automatically delivered to access devices, enabling centralized control, simplified service configuration, and flexible
configuration adjustment. CloudEngine S5735-S functions as a client in an SVF system.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports Huawei Easy Operation, a solution that provides zero-touch deployment, replacement of
faulty devices without additional configuration, USB-based deployment, batch device configuration, and batch remote upgrade.
The capabilities facilitate device deployment, upgrade, service provisioning, and other management and maintenance
operations, and also greatly reduce O&M costs. CloudEngine S5735-S can be managed using SNMP v1/v2c/v3, CLI, webbased network management system, or SSH v2.0. Additionally, it supports RMON, multiple log hosts, port traffic statistics
collection, and network quality analysis, which facilitate network optimization and reconstruction.
67
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
4

CloudEngine S5735-S supports the Sampled Flow (sFlow) function. It uses a method defined in the sFlow standard to
sample traffic passing through it and sends sampled traffic to the collector in real time. The collected traffic statistics are used to
generate statistical reports, helping enterprises maintain their networks.
Multiple Reliability Mechanisms

CloudEngine S5735-S is equipped with two pluggable power modules that work in 1+1 redundancy backup mode. Mixed
installation of AC and DC power modules is supported, allowing for flexible configuration of AC or DC power modules according
to service requirements.

In addition to supporting traditional Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), and Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), CloudEngine S5735-S is also designed with Huawei-developed Smart Ethernet Protection
(SEP) technology and the industry's latest Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) technology. SEP is a ring protection
protocol specific to the Ethernet link layer, and applies to various ring network topologies, such as open ring topology, closed
ring topology, and cascading ring topology. This protocol is reliable, easy to maintain, and implements fast protection switc hing
within 50 ms. ERPS is defined in ITU-T G.8032, and it implements millisecond-level protection switching based on traditional
Ethernet MAC and bridging functions.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports Smart Link, which implements backup of uplinks. One CloudEngine S5735-S switch can
connect to multiple aggregation switches through multiple links, significantly improving reliability of access devices.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports Ethernet OAM (IEEE 802.3ah/802.1ag) to fast-detect link faults.
Mature IPv6 Technologies

CloudEngine S5735-S uses the mature, stable VRP platform and supports IPv4/IPv6 dual stack, IPv6 RIPng, and IPv6
over IPv4 tunnels (including manual, 6-to-4, and ISATAP tunnels).

CloudEngine S5735-S can be deployed on a pure IPv4 network, a pure IPv6 network, or a shared IPv4/IPv6 network,
helping achieve IPv4-to-IPv6 transition.
iStack

CloudEngine S5735-S supports intelligent stack (iStack). This technology combines multiple switches into a logical switch.
Member switches in a stack implement redundancy backup to improve device reliability and use inter-device link aggregation to
improve link reliability.

iStack provides high network scalability. You can increase ports, bandwidth, and processing capacity of a stack by simply
adding member switches to the stack.

iStack also simplifies device configuration and management. After a stack is set up, multiple physical switches are
virtualized into one logical device. You can log in to any member switch in the stack to manage all the member switches in the
stack. CloudEngine S5735-S support stacking through electrical ports.
PoE Function

Perpetual PoE: When a PoE switch is abnormal Power-off or the software version is upgraded, the power supply to PDs is
not interrupted. This capability ensures that PDs are not powered off during the switch reboot.

Fast PoE: PoE switches can supply power to PDs within seconds after they are powered on. This is different from
common switches that generally take 1 to 3 minutes to start to supply power to PDs. When a PoE switch reboots due to a power
failure, the PoE switch continues to supply power to the PDs immediately after being powered on without waiting until it finishes
reboot. This greatly shortens the power failure time of PDs.
Intelligent O&M

CloudEngine S5735-S provides telemetry technology to collect device data in real time and send the data to Huawei
campus network analyzer CampusInsight. The CampusInsight analyzes network data based on the intelligent fault identification
algorithm, accurately displays the real-time network status, effectively demarcates and locates faults in a timely manner, and
identifies network problems that affect user experience, accurately guaranteeing user experience.

CloudEngine S5735-S supports a variety of intelligent O&M features for audio and video services, including the enhanced
Media Delivery Index (eMDI). With this eDMI function, the switch can function as a monitored node to periodically conduct
statistics and report audio and video service indicators to the CampusInsight platform. In this way, the CampusInsight platform
can quickly demarcate audio and video service quality faults based on the results of multiple monitored nodes.
68
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
5
Intelligent Upgrade

CloudEngine S5735-S supports the intelligent upgrade feature. Specifically, CloudEngine S5735-S obtains the version
upgrade path and downloads the newest version for upgrade from the Huawei Online Upgrade Platform (HOUP). The entire
upgrade process is highly automated and achieves one-click upgrade. In addition, preloading the version is supported, which
greatly shortens the upgrade time and service interruption time.

The intelligent upgrade feature greatly simplifies device upgrade operations and makes it possible for the customer to
upgrade the version independently. This greatly reduces the customer's maintenance costs. In addition, the upgrade policies on
the HOUP platform standardize the upgrade operations, which greatly reduces the risk of upgrade failures.
Cloud Management

The Huawei cloud management platform allows users to configure, monitor, and inspect switches on the cloud, reducing
on-site deployment and O&M manpower costs and decreasing network OPEX. Huawei switches support both cloud
management and on-premise management modes. These two management modes can be flexibly switched as required to
achieve smooth evolution while maximizing return on investment (ROI).
OPS

CloudEngine S5735-S supports Open Programmability System (OPS), an open programmable system based on the
Python language. IT administrators can program the O&M functions of a CloudEngine S5735-S switch through Python scripts to
quickly innovate functions and implement intelligent O&M.
Product Specifications
Functions and Features
Function and feature metrics for the CloudEngine S5735-S series
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
Ethernet features
Full-duplex, half-duplex, and autonegotiation
Yes
Rate auto-negotiation on an interface
Yes
Auto MDI and MDI-X
Yes
Flow control on an interface
Yes
Jumbo frames
Yes
Link aggregation
Yes
Load balancing among links of a trunk
Yes
Transparent transmission of Layer 2
protocol packets
Yes
Device Link Detection Protocol (DLDP)
Yes
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
Yes
Link Layer Discovery Protocol-Media
Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED)
Yes
Interface isolation
Yes
Broadcast traffic suppression on an
interface
Yes
Multicast traffic suppression on an
interface
Yes
Ethernet basics
69
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
6
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
Unknown unicast traffic suppression on
an interface
Yes
VLAN broadcast traffic suppression
Yes
VLAN multicast traffic suppression
Yes
VLAN unknown unicast traffic
suppression
Yes
VLAN specification
4094
VLANIF interface specification
1024
Access mode
Yes
Trunk mode
Yes
Hybrid mode
Yes
QinQ mode
Yes
Default VLAN
Yes
VLAN assignment based on interfaces
Yes
VLAN assignment based on protocols
Yes
VLAN assignment based on IP subnets
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC
addresses
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC
address + IP address
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC
address + IP address + interface
number
Yes
Adding double VLAN tags to packets
based on interfaces
Yes
VLAN mapping
Yes
Selective QinQ
Yes
MUX VLAN
Yes
Voice VLAN
Yes
Guest VLAN
Yes
GARP
Yes
GVRP
Yes
VCMP
VCMP
Yes
MAC
MAC address
16512
Automatic learning of MAC addresses
Yes
Automatic aging of MAC addresses
Yes
Static, dynamic, and blackhole MAC
address entries
Yes
VLAN
GVRP
70
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
7
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
Interface-based MAC address learning
limiting
Yes
Sticky MAC
Yes
MAC address flapping detection
Yes
MAC address spoofing defense
Yes
Port bridge
Yes
Static ARP
Yes
Dynamic ARP
Yes
ARP entry
8000
ARP aging detection
Yes
Intra-VLAN proxy ARP
Yes
Routed proxy ARP
Yes
STP
Yes
RSTP
Yes
MSTP
Yes
VBST
Yes
BPDU protection
Yes
Root protection
Yes
Loop protection
Yes
Defense against TC BPDU attacks
Yes
Loopback detection
Loop detection on an interface
Yes
SEP
SEP
Yes
Smart Link
Smart Link
Yes
Smart Link multi-instance
Yes
Monitor Link
Yes
RRPP
Yes
Single RRPP ring
Yes
Tangent RRPP ring
Yes
Intersecting RRPP ring
Yes
Hybrid networking of RRPP rings and
other ring networks
Yes
G.8032 v1
Yes
G.8032 v2
Yes
ERPS semi-ring topology
Yes
ERPS closed-ring topology
Yes
ARP
Ethernet loop
protection
MSTP
RRPP
ERPS
71
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
8
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
IPv4/IPv6
forwarding
IPv4 static routing
Yes
VRF
Yes
DHCP client
Yes
DHCP server
Yes
DHCP relay
Yes
Routing policies
Yes
IPv4 routes
8192
RIPv1
Yes
RIPv2
Yes
OSPF
Yes
Policy-based routing (PBR)
Yes
IGMPv1/v2/v3
Yes
PIM-DM
Yes
PIM-SM
Yes
MSDP
Yes
IPv4 multicast routes
1500
IPv6 multicast routes
1500
Multicast routing policies
Yes
RPF
Yes
IPv6 protocol stack
Yes
ND
Yes
ND entry
3072
ND snooping
Yes
DHCPv6 snooping
Yes
RIPng
Yes
DHCPv6 server
Yes
DHCPv6 relay
Yes
OSPFv3
Yes
IPv6 routes
3072
VRRP6
Yes
MLDv1/v2
Yes
PIM-DM for IPv6
Yes
PIM-SM for IPv6
Yes
IGMPv1/v2/v3 snooping
Yes
IPv4 and unicast
routing
Multicast routing
features
IPv6 features
Layer 2 multicast
-
72
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
9
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
features
IGMP snooping proxy
Yes
MLD snooping
Yes
Multicast traffic suppression
Yes
Inter-VLAN multicast replication
Yes
Service interface-based stacking
Yes
Maximum number of stacked devices
9
Stack bandwidth (Unidirectional)
40Gbps(MAX)
VRRP
VRRP standard protocol
Yes
EFM (802.3ah)
Automatic discovery of links
Yes
Link fault detection
Yes
Link troubleshooting
Yes
Remote loopback
Yes
Software-level CCM
Yes
802.1ag MAC ping
Yes
802.1ag MAC trace
Yes
OAM association
Association between 802.1ag and
802.3ah
Yes
Y.1731
Unidirectional delay and jitter
measurement
Yes
Bidirectional delay and jitter
measurement
Yes
Traffic classification based on ACLs
Yes
Configuring traffic classification priorities
Yes
Matching the simple domains of packets
Yes
Traffic filtering
Yes
Traffic policing (CAR)
Yes
Modifying the packet priorities
Yes
Modifying the simple domains of packets
Yes
Modifying the packet VLANs
Yes
Traffic shaping on an egress interface
Yes
Traffic shaping on queues on an
interface
Yes
Congestion avoidance
Tail drop
Yes
Congestion
management
Priority Queuing (PQ)
Yes
Weighted Deficit Round Robin (WDRR)
Yes
PQ+WDRR
Yes
Stacking
Device reliability
Ethernet OAM
CFM (802.1ag)
QoS features
Traffic classification
Traffic behavior
Traffic shaping
73
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
10
Function and Feature
ACL
Configuration and
maintenance
Packet filtering at
Layer 2 to Layer 4
Login and
configuration
management
File system
Monitoring and
maintenance
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
Yes
PQ+WRR
Yes
Number of rules per IPv4 ACL
2K
Number of rules per IPv6 ACL
2K
Basic IPv4 ACL
Yes
Advanced IPv4 ACL
Yes
Basic IPv6 ACL
Yes
Advanced IPv6 ACL
Yes
Layer 2 ACL
Yes
User-defined ACL
Yes
Command line interface (CLI)-based
configuration
Yes
Console terminal service
Yes
Telnet terminal service
Yes
SSH v1.5
Yes
SSH v2.0
Yes
SNMP-based NMS for unified
configuration
Yes
Web page-based configuration and
management
Yes
EasyDeploy (client)
Yes
SVF
Yes
Cloud management
Yes
OPS
Yes
Directory and file management
Yes
File upload and download
Yes
eMDI
Yes
Hardware monitoring
Yes
Log information output
Yes
Alarm information output
Yes
Debugging information output
Yes
Port mirroring
Yes
Flow mirroring
Yes
Remote mirroring
Yes
Energy saving
Yes
74
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
11
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
Version upgrade
Yes
Version rollback
Yes
ARP packet rate limiting
Yes
ARP anti-spoofing
Yes
Association between ARP and STP
Yes
Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI)
Yes
Static ARP Inspection (SAI)
Yes
Egress ARP Inspection (EAI)
Yes
ICMP attack defense
Yes
IPSG for IPv4
Yes
IPSG user capacity
1K
IPSG for IPv6
Yes
IPSGv6 user capacity
512
Local attack defense
CPU attack defense
Yes
MFF
MFF
Yes
DHCP snooping
DHCP snooping
Yes
Option 82 function
Yes
Dynamic rate limiting for DHCP packets
Yes
Defense against malformed packet
attacks
Yes
Defense against UDP flood attacks
Yes
Defense against TCP SYN flood attacks
Yes
Defense against ICMP flood attacks
Yes
Defense against packet fragment
attacks
Yes
Local URPF
Yes
Local authentication
Yes
Local authorization
Yes
RADIUS authentication
Yes
RADIUS authorization
Yes
RADIUS accounting
Yes
HWTACACS authentication
Yes
HWTACACS authorization
Yes
HWTACACS accounting
Yes
802.1X authentication
Yes
Version upgrade
Security
ARP security
IP security
Attack defense
User access and
authentication
AAA
NAC
75
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
12
Function and Feature
Network
management
Interoperability
Description
CloudEngine S5735-S
MAC address authentication
Yes
Portal authentication
Yes
Hybrid authentication
Yes
Policy association
Functioning as the access device
Yes
-
Ping
Yes
Tracert
Yes
NQA
Yes
NTP
Yes
sFlow
Yes
SNMP v1
Yes
SNMP v2c
Yes
SNMP v3
Yes
HTTP
Yes
HTTPS
Yes
NETCONF/YANG
Yes
RMON
Yes
VLAN-based Spanning Tree (VBST)
Yes
Link-type Negotiation Protocol (LNP)
Yes
VLAN Central Management Protocol
(VCMP)
Yes
-
This content is applicable only to regions outside mainland China. Huawei reserves the right to interpret this content.
Hardware Specifications
Hardware specifications of the CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X/-S24T4X/-S32ST4X models
Item
Physical
specificatio
ns
Fixed port
Manageme
nt port
CloudEngine S5735S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735S32ST4X
Dimensions (W
x D x H, mm)
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420
mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420
mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
7.39 kg
7.21 kg
7.47 kg
GE port
24
24
32
10GE port
4
4
4
ETH
management
port
Supported
Supported
Supported
76
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
13
Item
CPU
Storage
Power
supply
system
CloudEngine S5735S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735S32ST4X
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB port
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Cores
4
4
4
Memory (RAM)
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB, of which
306 MB is available for users
Hardware: 512 MB, of which
306 MB is available for users
Hardware: 512 MB, of
which 306 MB is available
for users
Power supply
type
1000 W AC PoE

60 W AC

60 W AC

1000 W DC

1000 W DC
Power supply
redundancy
1+1
1+1
1+1
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
The backup power supply
is optional.
Rated voltage
range
Maximum
voltage range
AC input (1000 W AC PoE):
100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz
The backup power supply
is optional.
The backup power
supply is optional.

AC input (60 W AC ): 100
V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz

AC input (60 W AC ):
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz

DC input (1000 W DC): 48 VDC to -60 V DC

DC input (1000 W
DC): -48 VDC to -60 V
DC

AC input (1000 W AC
PoE): 90 V AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

AC input (60 W AC ): 90
V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz
to 63 Hz

AC input (60 W AC ):
90 V AC to 264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63 Hz

High-voltage DC input
(1000 W AC PoE): 190 V
DC to 290 V DC (meeting
240 V high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage DC input (60
W AC): 190 V DC to 290
V DC (meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage DC input
(60 W AC): 190 V DC
to 290 V DC (meeting
240 V high-voltage DC
certification)

DC input (1000 W DC): 36 V DC to -72V DC

DC input (1000 W
DC): -36 V DC to -72V
DC

60 W AC: 2 A

60 W AC: 2 A

1000 W DC: 30 A

1000 W DC: 30 A
Maximum input
current
8A
Maximum
power
consumption of
the device

65 W (without PD)

847 W (with PD, PD
power consumption of 720
W)
Power
consumption in
the case of 30%
traffic load1
Power
consumption in
the case of
100% traffic
46 W
66 W
51 W
31 W
47 W
56 W
35 W
49 W
77
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
14
Item
CloudEngine S5735S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735S32ST4X
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat dissipation
and intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat dissipation
and intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and intelligent
fan speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
2
2
2
Airflow
Air flows in from the left,right
sides and front panel,
exhausts from the rear panel
Air flows in from the left,right
sides and front panel,
exhausts from the rear panel
Air flows in from the
left,right sides and front
panel, exhausts from the
rear panel
Maximum heat
dissipation of
the device
(BTU/hour)

Without PDs: 221.8
157
225.2

With PDs: 2890
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C
to +50°C

1800-5000 m altitude: The
operating temperature
reduces by 1ºC every time
the altitude increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces
by 1ºC every time the
altitude increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3

0-1800 m altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m altitude: 5°C to +55°C

1800-5000 m altitude: The
operating temperature
reduces by 1ºC every time
the altitude increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces
by 1ºC every time the
altitude increases by
220 m.
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative
humidity
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
5% to 95% (noncondensing)
Operating
altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
58.9 dB(A)
58.9 dB(A)
59.3 dB(A)
Noise under
high
temperature
(sound power)
75 dB(A)
75 dB(A)
75.4 dB(A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound
pressure)
43.8 dB(A)
43.8 dB(A)
44.2 dB(A)
load1
Heat
dissipation
system
Environmen
t
parameters
78
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
15
Item
Reliability
CloudEngine S5735S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735S32ST4X
Surge
protection
specification
(RJ45 service
port)
±7 kV in common mode
±7 kV in common mode
±7 kV in common mode
Surge
protection
specification
(power port)
±6 kV in differential mode, ±6
kV in common mode

AC power port: ±6 kV in
differential mode, ±6 kV
in common mode


DC power port: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV
in common mode
AC power port: ±6 kV
in differential mode,
±6 kV in common
mode

DC power port: ±2 kV
in differential mode,
±4 kV in common
mode
MTBF (year)2
59.88
69.42
68.59
MTTR (hour)
2
1.73
1.75
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC certification

EMC certification

EMC certification

Safety certification

Safety certification

Safety certification

Manufacturing certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
Certification
Hardware specifications of the CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X/-S48S4X/-S48T4X models
Item
Physical
specificatio
ns
Fixed port
Manageme
nt port
CPU
Storage
CloudEngine S5735S48P4X
CloudEngine S5735S48S4X
CloudEngine S5735S48T4X
Dimensions (W x
D x H, mm)
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420
mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420
mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
7.64 kg
8.27 kg
7.69 kg
GE port
48
48
48
10GE port
4
4
4
ETH
management
port
Supported
Supported
Supported
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB port
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Cores
4
4
4
Memory (RAM)
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB, of which
Hardware: 512 MB, of which
Hardware: 512 MB, of
79
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
16
Item
Power
supply
system
CloudEngine S5735S48P4X
CloudEngine S5735S48S4X
CloudEngine S5735S48T4X
306 MB is available for users
306 MB is available for users
which 306 MB is available
for users
Power supply
type
1000 W AC PoE

150 W AC

60 W AC

1000 W DC

1000 W DC
Power supply
redundancy
1+1
1+1
1+1
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
The backup power supply
is optional.
Rated voltage
range
Maximum
voltage range
Heat
dissipation
system
AC input (1000 W AC PoE):
100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz
The backup power supply
is optional.
The backup power
supply is optional.

AC input (150 W AC ):
100 V AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz

AC input (60 W AC ):
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz

DC input (1000 W DC): 48 VDC to -60 V DC

DC input (1000 W
DC): -48 VDC to -60 V
DC

AC input (1000 W AC
PoE): 90 V AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

AC input (150 W AC ): 90
V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz
to 63 Hz

AC input (60 W AC ):
90 V AC to 264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63 Hz

High-voltage DC input
(1000 W AC PoE): 190 V
DC to 290 V DC (meeting
240 V high-voltage DC
certification)

DC input (1000 W DC): 36 V DC to -72V DC

High-voltage DC input
(60 W AC): 190 V DC
to 290 V DC (meeting
240 V high-voltage DC
certification)

DC input (1000 W
DC): -36 V DC to -72V
DC
150 W AC: 3 A

60 W AC: 2 A
1000 W DC: 30 A

1000 W DC: 30 A

Maximum input
current
8A
Maximum power
consumption of
the device

77 W (without PD)

1661 W (with PD, PD
power consumption of
1600 W)
Power
consumption in
the case of 30%
traffic load1

89 W
59 W
59 W
67 W
40 W
Power
consumption in
the case of 100%
traffic load1
68 W
71 W
48 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat dissipation
and intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat dissipation
and intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and intelligent
fan speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
2
3
2
Airflow
Air flows in from the left,right
sides and front panel,
exhausts from the rear panel
Air flows in from the left,right
sides and front panel,
exhausts from the rear panel
Air flows in from the
left,right sides and front
panel, exhausts from the
rear panel
80
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
17
Item
Environme
nt
parameter
s
Reliability
CloudEngine S5735S48P4X
CloudEngine S5735S48S4X
CloudEngine S5735S48T4X
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device
(BTU/hour)

Without PDs: 262.7
303.7
201.3

With PDs: 5667
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m altitude: 0°C
to +50°C

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces
by 1ºC every time the
altitude increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3

0-1800 m altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m altitude: 5°C to +55°C

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces by
1ºC every time the
altitude increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m altitude:
The operating
temperature reduces
by 1ºC every time the
altitude increases by
220 m.
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
5% to 95% (non-condensing)
5% to 95% (noncondensing)
Operating
altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
58.9dB (A)
61dB (A)
58.9dB (A)
Noise under high
temperature
(sound power)
75dB (A)
75.7dB (A)
75dB (A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound pressure)
43.8dB (A)
46dB (A)
43.8dB (A)
Surge protection
specification
(RJ45 service
port)
±7 kV in common mode
NA
±7 kV in common mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)
±6 kV in differential mode, ±6
kV in common mode

AC power port: ±6 kV in
differential mode, ±6 kV
in common mode

AC power port: ±6 kV
in differential mode, ±6
kV in common mode

DC power port: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV
in common mode

DC power port: ±2 kV
in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode
MTBF (year)2
54.88
66.33
74.7
81
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
18
Item
Certification
CloudEngine S5735S48P4X
CloudEngine S5735S48S4X
CloudEngine S5735S48T4X
MTTR (hour)
2.19
1.81
1.61
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC certification

EMC certification

EMC certification

Safety certification

Safety certification

Safety certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
1: The power consumption under different load conditions is calculated according to the ATIS standard. Additionally, the EEE
function is enabled and there is no PoE power output.
2: The reliability parameter values are calculated based on the typical configuration of the device. The parameter values vary
according to the modules configured by the customer.
3: Short term indicates that the successive operating time is no more than 96 hours, the total operating time is no more than 360
hours, or the number of times the operating temperature is over 45°C is no more than 15 in a year.
Networking and Applications
Large-Sized Enterprise Campus Networks
As shown in the following figure, the CloudEngine S5735-S series switches are located at the access layer to build a highperformance, reliable enterprise campus network.
Position of the CloudEngine S5735-S on a large-sized enterprise network

The CloudEngine S5735-S provides various terminal security management features, and supports functions such as PoE,
voice VLAN, and QoS. The CloudEngine S5735-S can be used for desktop access and provides gigabit access speed.
82
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
19

The CloudEngine S5735-S provides various security features, including ARP security, IP security, IP source guard, and
user access control policies such as NAC and ACLs, to control access of user terminals.

In addition, the CloudEngine S5735-S supports the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to provide multi-link access
for servers, improving link bandwidth and reliability.
Safety and Regulatory Compliance
Safety and regulatory compliance of the CloudEngine S5735-S series
Certification Category
Description
Safety

IEC 60950-1

EN 60950-1/A11/A12

UL 60950-1

CSA C22.2 No 60950-1

AS/NZS 60950.1

CNS 14336-1

IEC60825-1

IEC60825-2

EN60825-1

EN60825-2

CISPR22 Class A

CISPR24

EN55022 Class A

EN55024

ETSI EN 300 386 Class A

CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A

ICES 003 Class A

AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A

VCCI Class A

IEC61000-4-2

ITU-T K 20

ITU-T K 21

ITU-T K 44

CNS13438

RoHS

REACH

WEEE
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Environment

EMC: electromagnetic compatibility

CISPR: International Special Committee on Radio Interference

EN: European Standard

ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute

CFR: Code of Federal Regulations

FCC: Federal Communication Commission

IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission

AS/NZS: Australian/New Zealand Standard
83
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
20

VCCI: Voluntary Control Council for Interference

UL: Underwriters Laboratories

CSA: Canadian Standards Association

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

RoHS: restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances

REACH: Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals

WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
MIB and Standards Compliance
Supported MIBs
Supported MIBs of the CloudEngine S5735-S series
Category
MIB
Public MIB

BRIDGE-MIB

DISMAN-NSLOOKUP-MIB

DISMAN-PING-MIB

DISMAN-TRACEROUTE-MIB

ENTITY-MIB

EtherLike-MIB

IF-MIB

IP-FORWARD-MIB

IPv6-MIB

LAG-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB

LLDP-MIB

NOTIFICATION-LOG-MIB

NQA-MIB

OSPF-TRAP-MIB

P-BRIDGE-MIB

Q-BRIDGE-MIB

RFC1213-MIB

RIPv2-MIB

RMON-MIB

SAVI-MIB

SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB

SNMP-MPD-MIB

SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB

SNMP-TARGET-MIB

SNMP-USER-BASED-SM-MIB

SNMPv2-MIB

TCP-MIB

UDP-MIB

HUAWEI-AAA-MIB

HUAWEI-ACL-MIB
Huawei-proprietary MIB
84
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
21
Category
MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-RELIABILITY-MIB

HUAWEI-BASE-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-RADIUS-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-EAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-STATICUSER-MIB

HUAWEI-CBQOS-MIB

HUAWEI-CDP-COMPLIANCE-MIB

HUAWEI-CONFIG-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-CPU-MIB

HUAWEI-DAD-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-DC-MIB

HUAWEI-DATASYNC-MIB

HUAWEI-DEVICE-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPR-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPS-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCP-SNOOPING-MIB

HUAWEI-DIE-MIB

HUAWEI-DNS-MIB

HUAWEI-DLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-ELMI-MIB

HUAWEI-ERPS-MIB

HUAWEI-ERRORDOWN-MIB

HUAWEI-ENERGYMNGT-MIB

HUAWEI-EASY-OPERATION-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-EXTENT-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHARP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHOAM-MIB

HUAWEI-FLASH-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-FWD-RES-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-GARP-APP-MIB

HUAWEI-GTSM-MIB

HUAWEI-HGMP-MIB

HUAWEI-HWTACACS-MIB

HUAWEI-IF-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-INFOCENTER-MIB

HUAWEI-IPPOOL-MIB

HUAWEI-IPV6-MIB

HUAWEI-ISOLATE-MIB

HUAWEI-L2IF-MIB

HUAWEI-L2MAM-MIB

HUAWEI-L2VLAN-MIB

HUAWEI_LDT-MIB

HUAWEI-LLDP-MIB
85
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
22
Category
MIB

HUAWEI-MAC-AUTHEN-MIB

HUAWEI-MEMORY-MIB

HUAWEI-MFF-MIB

HUAWEI-MFLP-MIB

HUAWEI-MSTP-MIB

HUAWEI-MULTICAST-MIB

HUAWEI-NAP-MIB

HUAWEI-NTPV3-MIB

HUAWEI-PERFORMANCE-MIB

HUAWEI-PORT-MIB

HUAWEI-PORTAL-MIB

HUAWEI-QINQ-MIB

HUAWEI-RIPv2-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-RM-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-RRPP-MIB

HUAWEI-SECURITY-MIB

HUAWEI-SEP-MIB

HUAWEI-SNMP-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-SSH-MIB

HUAWEI-STACK-MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-L2MAM-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-SRV-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-SYS-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-TCP-MIB

HUAWEI-TFTPC-MIB

HUAWEI-TRNG-MIB

HUAWEI-XQOS-MIB
For more detailed information of MIBs supported by the CloudEngine S5735-S series, visit
https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/en/switches/s5700-pid-6691579?category=reference-guides&subcategory=mib-reference.
Standard Compliance
Standard
Organization
Standard or Protocol
IETF

RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)

RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

RFC 826 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)

RFC 854 Telnet Protocol Specification

RFC 951 Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)

RFC 959 File Transfer Protocol (FTP)

RFC 1058 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)

RFC 1112 Host extensions for IP multicasting

RFC 1157 A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
86
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
23
Standard
Organization
IEEE
Standard or Protocol

RFC 1256 ICMP Router Discovery

RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol Version 3 (NTP)

RFC 1349 Internet Protocol (IP)

RFC 1493 Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges

RFC 1542 Clarifications and Extensions for the Bootstrap Protocol

RFC 1643 Ethernet Interface MIB

RFC 1757 Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)

RFC 1901 Introduction to Community-based SNMPv2

RFC 1902-1907 SNMP v2

RFC 1981 Path MTU Discovery for IP version 6

RFC 2131 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

RFC 2328 OSPF Version 2

RFC 2453 RIP Version 2

RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 Specification (IPv6)

RFC 2461 Neighbor Discovery for IP Version 6 (IPv6)

RFC 2462 IPv6 Stateless Address Auto configuration

RFC 2463 Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6)

RFC 2474 Differentiated Services Field (DS Field)

RFC 2740 OSPF for IPv6 (OSPFv3)

RFC 2863 The Interfaces Group MIB

RFC 2597 Assured Forwarding PHB Group

RFC 2598 An Expedited Forwarding PHB

RFC 2571 SNMP Management Frameworks

RFC 2865 Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)

RFC 3046 DHCP Option82

RFC 3376 Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 (IGMPv3)

RFC 3513 IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture

RFC 3579 RADIUS Support For EAP

RFC 4271 A Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP-4)

RFC 4760 Multiprotocol Extensions for BGP-4

draft-grant-tacacs-02 TACACS+

IEEE 802.1D Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges

IEEE 802.1p Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering

IEEE 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks

IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridges

IEEE 802.2 Logical Link Control

IEEE Std 802.3 CSMA/CD

IEEE Std 802.3ab 1000BASE-T specification

IEEE Std 802.3ad Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments

IEEE Std 802.3ae 10GE WEN/LAN Standard

IEEE Std 802.3x Full Duplex and flow control

IEEE Std 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard

IEEE802.1ax/IEEE802.3ad Link Aggregation
87
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
24
Standard
Organization
Standard or Protocol

IEEE 802.3ah Ethernet in the First Mile

IEEE 802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management

IEEE 802.1ab Link Layer Discovery Protocol

IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1x Port based network access control protocol

IEEE 802.3af DTE Power via MIDI

IEEE 802.3at DTE Power via the MDI Enhancements

ITU SG13 Y.17ethoam

ITU SG13 QoS control Ethernet-Based IP Access

ITU-T Y.1731 ETH OAM performance monitor
ISO

ISO 10589 IS-IS Routing Protocol
MEF

MEF 2 Requirements and Framework for Ethernet Service Protection

MEF 9 Abstract Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI

MEF 10.2 Ethernet Services Attributes Phase 2

MEF 11 UNI Requirements and Framework

MEF 13 UNI Type 1 Implementation Agreement

MEF 15 Requirements for Management of Metro Ethernet Phase 1 Network Elements

MEF 17 Service OAM Framework and Requirements

MEF 20 UNI Type 2 Implementation Agreement

MEF 23 Class of Service Phase 1 Implementation Agreement

XMODEM/YMODEM Protocol Reference
ITU
Ordering Information
The following table lists ordering information of the CloudEngine S5735-S series switches.
Model
Product Description
CloudEngine
S5735-S24T4X
CloudEngine S5735-S24T4X (24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, without power
module)
CloudEngine
S5735-S24P4X
CloudEngine S5735-S24P4X (24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, PoE+, without
power module)
CloudEngine
S5735-S48T4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48T4X (48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, without power
module)
CloudEngine
S5735-S48P4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48P4X (48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, PoE+, without
power module)
CloudEngine
S5735-S32ST4X
CloudEngine S5735-S32ST4X (24 x GE SFP ports, 8 of which are dual-purpose 10/100/1000 or SFP,
4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, without power module)
CloudEngine
S5735-S48S4X
CloudEngine S5735-S48S4X (48 x GE SFP ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ port, without power module)
PAC1000S56-CB
1000 W AC PoE power module，used in PoE models
88
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
25
Model
Product Description
PDC1000S12-DB
1000 W DC power module，used in Non-PoE models
PAC150S12-R
150 W AC power module, used in CloudEngine S5735-S48S4X
PAC60S12-AR
60 W AC power module
More Information
For more information about Huawei Campus Switches, visit http://e.huawei.com or contact us in the following ways:

Global service hotline: http://e.huawei.com/en/service-hotline

Logging in to the Huawei Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/

Sending an email to the customer service mailbox: support_e@huawei.com
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2019. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of
any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address:Huawei Industrial Base Bantian,
Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's
Republic of China
Website:e.huawei.com
89
CloudEngine S5735-S Series Switches
26
Datasheet
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches
Datasheet
Huawei CloudEngine S5735-L series are simplified gigabit Ethernet switches that provide all
GE downlink ports and GE or 10GE uplink ports.
Introduction
CloudEngine S5735-L series switches are ideal for scenarios such as enterprise campus network access and gigabit to the
desktop. Built on next-generation, high-performance hardware and the Huawei Versatile Routing Platform (VRP), CloudEngine
S5735-L switches stand out with compelling features such as intelligent stack (iStack), flexible Ethernet networking, and
diversified security control. They support multiple Layer 3 routing protocols and provide high performance and service
processing capabilities.
Product Overview
Models and Appearances
The following models are available in the CloudEngine S5735-L series.
Models and appearances of the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Models and Appearances
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-QA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4S-QA1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-QA1
Description

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 18 Mpps

Switching capacity: 24 Gbps/336 Gbps

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 18 Mpps

Switching capacity: 24 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 42 Mpps

Switching capacity: 56 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply
90
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
1
Models and Appearances
Description
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-QA1

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 18 Mpps

Switching capacity: 24 Gbps/336 Gbps

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 18 Mpps

Switching capacity: 24 Gbps/336 Gbps

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 72 Mpps

Switching capacity: 96 Gbps/336 Gbps

8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 72 Mpps

Switching capacity: 96 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 42 Mpps

Switching capacity: 56 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 42 Mpps

Switching capacity: 56 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

DC power supply

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-D1
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A1
91
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
2
Models and Appearances
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L12T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L12P4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A
Description

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 78 Mpps

Switching capacity: 104 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 78 Mpps

Switching capacity: 104 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

12 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 24 Mpps

Switching capacity: 32 Gbps/336 Gbps

12 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 24 Mpps

Switching capacity: 32 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 42 Mpps

Switching capacity: 56 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 42 Mpps

Switching capacity: 56 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

DC power supply
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-A
92
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
3
Models and Appearances
Description
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-D

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

24 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 96 Mpps

Switching capacity: 128 Gbps/336 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 78 Mpps

Switching capacity: 104 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

48 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports

AC power supply

PoE+

Forwarding performance: 132 Mpps

Switching capacity: 176 Gbps/432 Gbps

24 x GE SFP ports, 8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE
SFP+ ports

AC power supply

Forwarding performance: 108 Mpps

Switching capacity: 144 Gbps/432 Gbps

24 x GE SFP ports, 8 x 10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 x 10 GE
SFP+ ports

DC power supply

Forwarding performance: 108 Mpps

Switching capacity: 144 Gbps/432 Gbps
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L32ST4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L32ST4X-D
Note：The value before the slash (/) refers to the device's switching capability, while the value after the slash (/) means the
system's switching capability.
Power Supply
Technical specifications of the power supplies applicable to the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Power Module
PAC1000S56-DB
Technical Specifications
Applied Switch Model

Dimensions (H x W x D): 40 mm x 90
mm x 215 mm (1.6 in. x 3.5 in. x 8.5 in.)


Weight: 1.1 kg (2.43 lb)

Rated input voltage range:
−
100 V AC to 130 V AC, 50/60 Hz
−
200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
−
240 V DC
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A
93
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
4
Power Module
Technical Specifications




Maximum input voltage range:
−
90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65
Hz
−
190 V DC to 290 V DC
Input current:
−
100 V AC to 130 V AC: 12 A
−
200 V AC to 240 V AC: 8 A
−
240 V DC: 8 A
Maximum output current:
−
100 V AC to 130 V AC input: 16.08
A
−
200 V AC to 240 V AC input and
240 V DC input: 17.86 A
Maximum output power:
−

Applied Switch Model
Total power: 900 W (100 V AC to
130 V AC input)/1000 W (200 V AC
to 240 V AC input and 240 V DC
input)
Hot swap: Supported
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A is a PoE switch. It has one power module slot, which can have a 1000 W PoE power module
installed.
The following table lists its power supply configurations.
Power supply configurations of CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
1000 W AC PoE (220 V)
874 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 29

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 48

802.3at (30 W per port): 25
1000 W AC PoE (110 V)
779 W
Power supply configurations of CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply configurations of CloudEngine S5735-L48P4S-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
94
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
5
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
380 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 24

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L12P4S-A
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
360 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 12

802.3at (30 W per port): 12
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L8P4X-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
124 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 8

802.3at (30 W per port): 4
Power supply of CloudEngine S5735-L8P4S-A1
Power Module
Available PoE Power
Maximum Number of Ports (Fully Loaded)
Built-in AC Power Module
124 W

802.3af (15.4 W per port): 8

802.3at (30 W per port): 4
95
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
6
Product Features and Highlights
Flexible Ethernet Networking

In addition to supporting traditional Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), and Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), CloudEngine S5735-L is also designed with Huawei-developed Smart Ethernet Protection
(SEP) technology and the industry's latest Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) technology. SEP is a ring protection
protocol specific to the Ethernet link layer, and applies to various ring network topologies, such as open ring topology, closed
ring topology, and cascading ring topology. This protocol is reliable, easy to maintain, and implements fast protection switching
within 50 ms. ERPS is defined in ITU-T G.8032, and it implements millisecond-level protection switching based on traditional
Ethernet MAC and bridging functions.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports Smart Link, which implements backup of uplinks. One CloudEngine S5735-L switch can
connect to multiple aggregation switches through multiple links, significantly improving reliability of access devices.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports Ethernet OAM (IEEE 802.3ah/802.1ag) to fast-detect link faults.
Diversified Security Control

CloudEngine S5735-L supports 802.1X authentication, MAC address authentication, and hybrid authentication on a per
port basis, as well as Portal authentication on a per VLANIF interface basis, and implements dynamic policy delivery (VLAN,
QoS, and ACL) to users.

CloudEngine S5735-L provides a series of mechanisms to defend against DoS attacks and user-targeted attacks. DoS
attacks are targeted at switches and include SYN flood, Land, Smurf, and ICMP flood attacks. User-targeted attacks include
bogus DHCP server attacks, IP/MAC address spoofing, DHCP request flood, and changing of the DHCP CHADDR value.

CloudEngine S5735-L sets up and maintains a DHCP snooping binding table, and discards the packets that do not match
the table entries. The DHCP snooping trusted port feature ensures that users connect only to the authorized DHCP server.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports strict ARP learning. This feature prevents ARP spoofing attackers from exhausting ARP
entries so that users can connect to the Internet normally.
Easy Operation and Maintenance

CloudEngine S5735-L supports Huawei Easy Operation, a solution that provides zero-touch deployment, replacement of
faulty devices without additional configuration, USB-based deployment*, batch device configuration, and batch remote upgrade.
The Easy Operation solution facilitates device deployment, upgrade, service provisioning, and other management and
maintenance operations, and also greatly reduces O&M costs. CloudEngine S5735-L can be managed and maintained using
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) V1, V2, and V3, Command Line Interface (CLI), web-based network
management system, or Secure Shell (SSH) V2.0. Additionally, it supports remote network monitoring (RMON), multiple log
hosts, port traffic statistics collection, and network quality analysis, paving the way for network optimization and reconstruction.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports the EasyDeploy function. Specifically, the Commander collects the topology information of
the downstream clients and saves client startup information based on the topology. Clients can be replaced without configuration.
Configuration and scripts can be delivered to clients in batches. In addition, the configuration delivery result can be queried. The
Commander can also collect and display power consumption information on the entire network.

CloudEngine S5735-L can use the GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) to implement VLAN dynamic distribution,
registration, and attribute propagation. GVRP reduces manual configuration workload and ensures correct configuration.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports MUX VLAN, which involves a principal VLAN and multiple subordinate VLANs.
Subordinate VLANs are classified into group VLANs and separate VLANs. Ports in the principal VLAN can communicate with
ports in subordinate VLANs. Ports in a subordinate group VLAN can communicate with each other, whereas ports in a
subordinate separate VLAN cannot communicate with each other. CloudEngine S5735-L also supports VLAN Central
Management Protocol (VCMP) and VLAN-Based Spanning Tree (VBST) protocol.
Note: Only those switches with USB ports can USB-based deployment.
iStack

CloudEngine S5735-L supports intelligent stack (iStack). This technology combines multiple switches into a logical switch.
Member switches in a stack implement redundancy backup to improve device reliability and use inter-device link aggregation to
improve link reliability.

iStack provides high network scalability. You can increase ports, bandwidth, and processing capacity of a stack by simply
adding member switches to the stack.
96
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
7

iStack also simplifies device configuration and management. After a stack is set up, multiple physical switches are
virtualized into one logical device. You can log in to any member switch in the stack to manage all the member switches in the
stack. CloudEngine S5735-L support stacking through electrical ports.
Note:Mixed stacking between CloudEngine S5735-L-A/D and CloudEngine S5735-L-A1/D1 is not supported.
Excellent Network Traffic Analysis

CloudEngine S5735-L supports the sFlow function. It uses a method defined in the sFlow standard to sample traffic
passing through it and sends sampled traffic to the collector in real time. The collected traffic statistics are used to generate
statistical reports, helping enterprises maintain their networks.
PoE Function

Perpetual PoE: When a PoE switch is abnormal Power-off or the software version is upgraded, the power supply to PDs is
not interrupted. This capability ensures that PDs are not powered off during the switch reboot.

Fast PoE: PoE switches can supply power to PDs within seconds after they are powered on. This is different from
common switches that generally take 1 to 3 minutes to start to supply power to PDs. When a PoE switch reboots due to a power
failure, the PoE switch continues to supply power to the PDs immediately after being powered on without waiting until it finishes
reboot. This greatly shortens the power failure time of PDs.
Intelligent O&M

CloudEngine S5735-L provides telemetry technology to collect device data in real time and send the data to Huawei
campus network analyzer CampusInsight. The CampusInsight analyzes network data based on the intelligent fault identification
algorithm, accurately displays the real-time network status, effectively demarcates and locates faults in a timely manner, and
identifies network problems that affect user experience, accurately guaranteeing user experience.

CloudEngine S5735-L supports a variety of intelligent O&M features for audio and video services, including the enhanced
Media Delivery Index (eMDI). With this eDMI function, the switch can function as a monitored node to periodically conduct
statistics and report audio and video service indicators to the CampusInsight platform. In this way, the CampusInsight platform
can quickly demarcate audio and video service quality faults based on the results of multiple monitored nodes.
Intelligent Upgrade

CloudEngine S5735-L supports the intelligent upgrade feature. Specifically, CloudEngine S5735-L obtains the version
upgrade path and downloads the newest version for upgrade from the Huawei Online Upgrade Platform (HOUP). The entire
upgrade process is highly automated and achieves one-click upgrade. In addition, preloading the version is supported, which
greatly shortens the upgrade time and service interruption time.

The intelligent upgrade feature greatly simplifies device upgrade operations and makes it possible for the customer to
upgrade the version independently. This greatly reduces the customer's maintenance costs. In addition, the upgrade policies on
the HOUP platform standardize the upgrade operations, which greatly reduces the risk of upgrade failures.
Cloud Management

The Huawei cloud management platform allows users to configure, monitor, and inspect switches on the cloud, reducing
on-site deployment and O&M manpower costs and decreasing network OPEX. Huawei switches support both cloud
management and on-premise management modes. These two management modes can be flexibly switched as required to
achieve smooth evolution while maximizing return on investment (ROI).
OPS

CloudEngine S5735-L supports Open Programmability System (OPS), an open programmable system based on the
Python language. IT administrators can program the O&M functions of a CloudEngine S5735-L switch through Python scripts to
quickly innovate functions and implement intelligent O&M.
Licensing
CloudEngine S5735-L supports both the traditional feature-based licensing mode and the latest Huawei IDN One Software (N1
mode for short) licensing mode. The N1 mode is ideal for deploying Huawei CloudCampus Solution in the on-premises scenario,
as it greatly enhances the customer experiences in purchasing and upgrading software services with simplicity.
97
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
8
Software Package Features in N1 Mode
Switch Functions
N1 Basic
Software
N1 Foundation
Software Package
N1 Advanced
Software
Package
Basic network functions:
√
√
√
×
√
√
×
×
√
Layer 2 functions, IPv4, IPv6, SVF, and others
Note: For details, see the Service Features
Basic network automation based on the iMaster NCECampus:

Basic automation: Plug-and-play

Basic monitoring: Application visualization

NE management: Image and topology management
and discovery
Advanced network automation and intelligent O&M:
User access authentication and CampusInsight basic
functions
Note: Only V200R019C10 and later versions can support N1 mode.
Product Specifications
Functions and Features
Function and feature metrics for the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Ethernet features
Full-duplex, half-duplex, and auto-negotiation
Yes
Rate auto-negotiation on an interface
Yes
Auto MDI and MDI-X
Yes
Flow control on an interface
Yes
Jumbo frames
Yes
Link aggregation
Yes
Load balancing among links of a trunk
Yes
Transparent transmission of Layer 2 protocol
packets
Yes
Device Link Detection Protocol (DLDP)
Yes
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
Yes
Link Layer Discovery Protocol-Media Endpoint
Discovery (LLDP-MED)
Yes
Interface isolation
Yes
Broadcast traffic suppression on an interface
Yes
Multicast traffic suppression on an interface
Yes
Ethernet basics
98
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
9
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Unknown unicast traffic suppression on an
interface
Yes
VLAN broadcast traffic suppression
Yes
VLAN multicast traffic suppression
Yes
VLAN unknown unicast traffic suppression
Yes
VLAN specification
4094
VLANIF interface specification
1024
Access mode
Yes
Trunk mode
Yes
Hybrid mode
Yes
QinQ mode
Yes
Default VLAN
Yes
VLAN assignment based on interfaces
Yes
VLAN assignment based on protocols
Yes
VLAN assignment based on IP subnets
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC addresses
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC address + IP
address
Yes
VLAN assignment based on MAC address + IP
address + interface number
Yes
Adding double VLAN tags to packets based on
interfaces
Yes
VLAN mapping
Yes
Selective QinQ
Yes
MUX VLAN
Yes
Voice VLAN
Yes
Guest VLAN
Yes
GARP
Yes
GVRP
Yes
VCMP
VCMP
Yes
MAC
MAC address
32896(MAX)
Automatic learning of MAC addresses
Yes
Automatic aging of MAC addresses
Yes
Static, dynamic, and blackhole MAC address
entries
Yes
Interface-based MAC address learning limiting
Yes
VLAN
GVRP
99
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
10
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Sticky MAC
Yes
MAC address flapping detection
Yes
MAC address spoofing defense
Yes
Port bridge
Yes
Static ARP
Yes
Dynamic ARP
Yes
ARP entry
4096(MAX)
ARP aging detection
Yes
Intra-VLAN proxy ARP
Yes
Routed proxy ARP
Yes
STP
Yes
RSTP
Yes
MSTP
Yes
VBST
Yes
BPDU protection
Yes
Root protection
Yes
Loop protection
Yes
Defense against TC BPDU attacks
Yes
Loopback detection
Loop detection on an interface
Yes
SEP
SEP
Yes
Smart Link
Smart Link
Yes
Smart Link multi-instance
Yes
Monitor Link
Yes
RRPP
Yes
Single RRPP ring
Yes
Tangent RRPP ring
Yes
Intersecting RRPP ring
Yes
Hybrid networking of RRPP rings and other ring
networks
Yes
G.8032 v1
Yes
G.8032 v2
Yes
ERPS semi-ring topology
Yes
ERPS closed-ring topology
Yes
IPv4 static routing
Yes
ARP
Ethernet loop
protection
MSTP
RRPP
ERPS
IPv4/IPv6 forwarding
IPv4 and unicast
100
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
11
Function and Feature
routing
Multicast routing
features
IPv6 features
Layer 2 multicast
features
-
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
VRF
Yes
DHCP client
Yes
DHCP server
Yes
DHCP relay
Yes
Routing policies
Yes
IPv4 routes
4096(MAX)
RIPv1
Yes
RIPv2
Yes
OSPF
Yes
Policy-based routing (PBR)
Yes
IGMPv1/v2/v3
Yes
PIM-DM
Yes
PIM-SM
Yes
MSDP
Yes
IPv4 multicast routes
1500(MAX)
IPv6 multicast routes
1500(MAX)
Multicast routing policies
Yes
RPF
Yes
IPv6 protocol stack
Yes
ND
Yes
ND entry
1024(MAX)
ND snooping
Yes
DHCPv6 snooping
Yes
RIPng
Yes
DHCPv6 server
Yes
DHCPv6 relay
Yes
OSPFv3
Yes
IPv6 routes
1024(MAX)
VRRP6
Yes
MLDv1/v2
Yes
PIM-DM for IPv6
Yes
PIM-SM for IPv6
Yes
IGMPv1/v2/v3 snooping
Yes
IGMP snooping proxy
Yes
101
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
12
Function and Feature
Device reliability
Ethernet OAM
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
MLD snooping
Yes
Multicast traffic suppression
Yes
Inter-VLAN multicast replication
Yes
Service interface-based stacking
Yes
Maximum number of stacked devices
9
Stack bandwidth (Bidirectional)
80Gbps(MAX)
VRRP
VRRP standard protocol
Yes
EFM (802.3ah)
Automatic discovery of links
Yes
Link fault detection
Yes
Link troubleshooting
Yes
Remote loopback
Yes
Software-level CCM
Yes
802.1ag MAC ping
Yes
802.1ag MAC trace
Yes
OAM association
Association between 802.1ag and 802.3ah
Yes
Y.1731
Unidirectional delay and jitter measurement
Yes
Bidirectional delay and jitter measurement
Yes
Traffic classification based on ACLs
Yes
Configuring traffic classification priorities
Yes
Matching the simple domains of packets
Yes
Traffic filtering
Yes
Traffic policing (CAR)
Yes
Modifying the packet priorities
Yes
Modifying the simple domains of packets
Yes
Modifying the packet VLANs
Yes
Traffic shaping on an egress interface
Yes
Traffic shaping on queues on an interface
Yes
Congestion
avoidance
Tail drop
Yes
Congestion
management
Priority Queuing (PQ)
Yes
Weighted Deficit Round Robin (WDRR)
Yes
PQ+WDRR
Yes
Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
Yes
PQ+WRR
Yes
Stacking
CFM (802.1ag)
QoS features
Traffic
classification
Traffic behavior
Traffic shaping
102
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
13
Function and Feature
ACL
Configuration and
maintenance
Packet filtering at
Layer 2 to Layer 4
Login and
configuration
management
File system
Monitoring and
maintenance
Version upgrade
Security
ARP security
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Number of rules per IPv4 ACL
2K
Number of rules per IPv6 ACL
2K
Basic IPv4 ACL
Yes
Advanced IPv4 ACL
Yes
Basic IPv6 ACL
Yes
Advanced IPv6 ACL
Yes
Layer 2 ACL
Yes
User-defined ACL
Yes
Command line interface (CLI)-based configuration
Yes
Console terminal service
Yes
Telnet terminal service
Yes
SSH v1.5
Yes
SSH v2.0
Yes
SNMP-based NMS for unified configuration
Yes
Web page-based configuration and management
Yes
EasyDeploy (client)
Yes
SVF
Yes
Cloud management
Yes
OPS
Yes
Directory and file management
Yes
File upload and download
Yes
eMDI
Yes
Hardware monitoring
Yes
Log information output
Yes
Alarm information output
Yes
Debugging information output
Yes
Port mirroring
Yes
Flow mirroring
Yes
Remote mirroring
Yes
Energy saving
Yes
Version upgrade
Yes
Version rollback
Yes
ARP packet rate limiting
Yes
ARP anti-spoofing
Yes
103
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
14
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Association between ARP and STP
Yes
Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI)
Yes
Static ARP Inspection (SAI)
Yes
Egress ARP Inspection (EAI)
Yes
ICMP attack defense
Yes
IPSG for IPv4
Yes
IPSG user capacity
1K
IPSG for IPv6
Yes
IPSGv6 user capacity
512
Local attack
defense
CPU attack defense
Yes
MFF
MFF
Yes
DHCP snooping
DHCP snooping
Yes
Option 82 function
Yes
Dynamic rate limiting for DHCP packets
Yes
Defense against malformed packet attacks
Yes
Defense against UDP flood attacks
Yes
Defense against TCP SYN flood attacks
Yes
Defense against ICMP flood attacks
Yes
Defense against packet fragment attacks
Yes
Local URPF
Yes
Local authentication
Yes
Local authorization
Yes
RADIUS authentication
Yes
RADIUS authorization
Yes
RADIUS accounting
Yes
HWTACACS authentication
Yes
HWTACACS authorization
Yes
HWTACACS accounting
Yes
802.1X authentication
Yes
MAC address authentication
Yes
Portal authentication
Yes
Hybrid authentication
Yes
Functioning as the access device
Yes
IP security
Attack defense
User access and
authentication
AAA
NAC
Policy association
104
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
15
Function and Feature
Description
CloudEngines
S5735-L
Network management
Ping
Yes
Tracert
Yes
NQA
Yes
NTP
Yes
sFlow
Yes
SNMP v1
Yes
SNMP v2c
Yes
SNMP v3
Yes
HTTP
Yes
HTTPS
Yes
RMON
Yes
NETCONF/YANG
Yes
VLAN-based Spanning Tree (VBST)
Yes
Link-type Negotiation Protocol (LNP)
Yes
VLAN Central Management Protocol (VCMP)
Yes
Interoperability
-
-
This content is applicable only to regions outside mainland China. Huawei reserves the right to interpret this content.
Hardware Specifications
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-QA1/-L8P4S-QA1/-L24T4S-QA1/-L24T4X-QA1 models
Item
Physical
specifications
Fixed port
Management
port
CPU
Storage
CloudEngine
S5735-L8T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L8P4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XQA1
Dimensions (H x W x
D)
43.6 mm x 320
mm x 210 mm
43.6 mm x 320
mm x 210 mm
43.6 mm x 442
mm x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442
mm x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including packaging)
3.10 kg
4.06 kg
4.45 kg
4.45 kg
GE port
8
8(PoE+)
24
24
GE SFP pot
4
4
4
NA
10GE port
NA
NA
NA
4
Console port (RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB Port
NA
NA
NA
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
2
2
2
2
Memory (RAM)
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
105
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
16
Item
Power supply
system
Heat
dissipation
system
Environment
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L8T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L8P4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XQA1
Flash memory
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available
for users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available
for users
Power supply type
Built-in AC
AC Adapter
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Rated voltage range
AC input: 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input: 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input: 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input: 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Maximum voltage
range




Maximum input
current
0.8 A
3A
Maximum power
consumption of the
device
22 W

28 W (without
PD)

159 W (with
PD, PD power
consumption of
114 W)
Power consumption
in the case of 30%
traffic load1
20.5 W
Power consumption
in the case of 100%
traffic load1
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz
AC input: 90
V AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz
2A
2A
33 W
34 W
26.3 W
29.8 W
30.8 W
20.8 W
27.9 W
31.8 W
33.2 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Natural heat
dissipation
Natural heat
dissipation
Natural heat
dissipation
Natural heat
dissipation
Number of fan
modules
NA
NA
NA
NA
Airflow
NA
NA
NA
NA
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device (BTU/hour)
69.95
89.74
101.68
105.09
Long-term operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +45°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +45°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +45°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +45°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
106
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
17
Item
Reliability
CloudEngine
S5735-L8T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L8P4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4SQA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XQA1
Short-term operating
temperature3
NA
NA
NA
NA
Storage temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
power)
fanless, noise-free,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
<30dB (A)
<30dB (A)
<30dB (A)
Noise under high
temperature (sound
power)
fanless, noise-free,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
<30dB (A)
<30dB (A)
<30dB (A)
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
pressure)
fanless, noise-free,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
fanless, noisefree,
<20dB (A)
<20dB (A)
<20dB (A)
Surge protection
specification (RJ45
service port)
±10 kV in common
mode
±10 kV in common
mode
±10 kV in
common mode
±10 kV in
common mode
Surge protection
specification (power
port)

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Common
mode: ±6 kV

Common
mode: ±6 kV

Common
mode: ±6 kV

Common
mode: ±6 kV
MTBF (year)2
71.82
66.56
66.16
62.05
MTTR (hour)
2
2
2
2
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
Certification
<30dB (A)
<30dB (A)
<20dB (A)
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-A1/-L8P4S-A1/-L8T4X-A1/-L8P4X-A1/-L24T4S-A1 models
Item
Physical
specification
s
CloudEngine
S5735L8T4S-A1
CloudEngine
S5735L8P4S-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8T4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8P4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L24T4S-A1
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
43.6 mm x 250
mm x 180 mm
43.6 mm x 300
mm x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 250
mm x 180 mm
43.6 mm x 300
mm x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442
mm x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
2.02 kg
3.17 kg
2.08 kg
3.17 kg
3.34 kg
107
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
18
Item
CloudEngine
S5735L8T4S-A1
CloudEngine
S5735L8P4S-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8T4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8P4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L24T4S-A1
GE port
8
8(PoE+)
8
8(PoE+)
24
GE SFP pot
4
4
NA
NA
4
10GE port
NA
NA
4
4
NA
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB Port
NA
NA
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
NA
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
2
2
2
2
2
Memory (RAM)
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512
MB, of which
306 MB is
available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which
306 MB is
available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which
306 MB is
available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which
306 MB is
available for
users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which
306 MB is
available for
users
Power supply
type
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Rated voltage
range
AC input : 100
V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
AC input : 100
V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
100 V AC to
240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input : 100
V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
AC input : 100
V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
Maximum voltage
range





Maximum input
current
0.8 A
3A
Maximum power
consumption of
the device
26.3 W

38.6 W
(without
PD)

162.6 W
(with PD,
PD power
consumptio
n of 124 W)
packaging)
Fixed port
Management
port
CPU
Storage
Power
supply
system
Heat
dissipation
AC input: 90
V AC to 264
V AC, 47 Hz
to 63 Hz
AC input:
90 V AC to
264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63
Hz
AC input:
90 V AC to
264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63
Hz
AC input:
90 V AC to
264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63
Hz
0.8 A
3A
26.3 W

39.1 W
(without
PD)

163.1 W
(with PD,
PD power
consumptio
n of 124 W)
AC input:
90 V AC to
264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63
Hz
2A
47.6 W
Power
consumption in
the case of 30%
traffic load1
21.2 W
28.4 W
21.1 W
28.7 W
32.7 W
Power
consumption in
the case of 100%
traffic load1
21.5 W
28.6 W
21.4 W
28.9 W
33.6 W
Heat dissipation
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
108
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
19
Item
system
Environment
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735L8T4S-A1
CloudEngine
S5735L8P4S-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8T4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8P4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L24T4S-A1
mode
intelligent fan
speed
adjustment
intelligent fan
speed
adjustment
intelligent fan
speed
adjustment
intelligent fan
speed
adjustment
intelligent fan
speed
adjustment
Number of fan
modules
1
1
1
1
1
Airflow
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from
the right panel
Air flows in
from the left
side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right
panel
Air flows in
from the left
side and front
panel,
exhausts from
the right panel
Air flows in
from the left
side and front
panel,
exhausts from
the right panel
Air flows in
from the left
side and front
panel,
exhausts from
the right panel
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device
(BTU/hour)
101.34

Without
PDs:
131.71
103.1

Without
PDs:
133.41
162.42

With PDs:
554.81

With PDs:
556.51
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: 5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: 5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: 5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: 5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: 5°C to
+50°C

1800-5000
m altitude:
The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases
by 220 m.

1800-5000
m altitude:
The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases
by 220 m.

1800-5000
m altitude:
The
operating
temperatur
e reduces
by 1ºC
every time
the altitude
increases
by 220 m.

1800-5000
m altitude:
The
operating
temperatur
e reduces
by 1ºC
every time
the altitude
increases
by 220 m.

1800-5000
m altitude:
The
operating
temperatur
e reduces
by 1ºC
every time
the altitude
increases
by 220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to
+70°C
-40°C to
+70°C
-40°C to
+70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
43 dB(A)
42.2 dB(A)
43 dB(A)
42.2 dB(A)
39 dB(A)
Noise under high
temperature
(sound power)
68 dB(A)
70.2 dB(A)
68 dB(A)
70.2 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
31.5 dB(A)
30.5 dB(A)
31.5 dB(A)
30.5 dB(A)
27.2 dB(A)
109
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
20
Item
CloudEngine
S5735L8T4S-A1
CloudEngine
S5735L8P4S-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8T4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L8P4X-A1
CloudEngin
e S5735L24T4S-A1
Surge protection
specification
(RJ45 service
port)
±7 kV in
common mode
±7 kV in
common mode
±7 kV in
common mode
±7 kV in
common mode
±7 kV in
common mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)

Differential
mode: ± 6
kV

Differential
mode: ± 6
kV

Differential
mode: ± 6
kV

Differential
mode: ± 6
kV

Differential
mode: ± 6
kV

Common
mode: ±6
kV

Common
mode: ±6
kV

Common
mode: ±6
kV

Common
mode: ±6
kV

Common
mode: ±6
kV
(sound pressure)
Reliability
MTBF (year)2
71.82
66.56
67.07
62.46
66.16
MTTR (hour)
2
2
2
2
2
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturi
ng
certification

Manufacturi
ng
certification

Manufactur
ing
certification

Manufactur
ing
certification

Manufactur
ing
certification
Certification
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A1/-L24T4X-A1/D1,-L24P4X-A1 models
Item
Physical
specification
s
Fixed port
Managemen
t port
CPU
Storage
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4XA1
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442
mm x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm x
220 mm
43.6 mm x 442
mm x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
3.91 kg
3.48 kg
3.28 kg
3.93 kg
GE port
24(PoE+)
24
24
24(PoE+)
GE SFP pot
4
NA
NA
NA
10GE port
NA
4
4
4
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB Port
NA
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
2
2
2
2
Memory (RAM)
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
110
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
21
Item
Power
supply
system
Heat
dissipation
system
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4XA1
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available for
users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512
MB, of which 306
MB is available
for users
Power supply type
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in DC
Built-in AC
Rated voltage
range
AC input : 100 V AC
to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz
AC input : 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
-48V DC～-60V DC
AC input : 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Maximum voltage
range

AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V AC,
45 Hz to 65 Hz

-38.4V DC～-72V DC


High-voltage DC
input: 190 V DC
to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz

High-voltage
DC input: 190
V DC to 290 V
DC (meeting
240 V highvoltage DC
certification)
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz
Maximum input
current
6A
Maximum power
consumption of
the device

53.2W(without
PD)

433.2W(with
PD,PD Power
consumption
of :380W）
Power
consumption in
the case of 30%
traffic load1
41.7 W
33.2 W
34 W
42.4 W
Power
consumption in
the case of 100%
traffic load1
42.3 W
33.7 W
34.5 W
43 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
2
1
1
2
Airflow
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right panel
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from the
right panel
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts from
the right panel
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from the
right panel
Maximum heat
dissipation of the

155.59
127.27

Without PDs:
181.52
2A
6A
6A
45.6 W
37.3 W

53.8W(without
PD)

433.8W(with
PD,PD Power
consumption
of :380W）
Without PDs:
183.57
111
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
22
Item
Environment
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XA1
device (BTU/hour)

With PDs:
1478.12
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by 220
m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C
NA

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by 220
m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D1

0-1800 m altitude:
-5°C to +50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude increases
by 220 m.
NA
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4XA1

With PDs:
1480.17

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C
to +55°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by
1ºC every
time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
50 dB(A)
39 dB(A)
39 dB(A)
50 dB(A)
Noise under high
temperature
(sound power)
73 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound pressure)
38.2 dB(A)
27.2 dB(A)
27.2 dB(A)
38.2 dB(A)
Surge protection
specification
(RJ45 service
port)
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
Surge protection
specification




Differential
Differential
Differential mode:
Differential
112
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
23
Item
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4SA1
(power port)
mode: ± 6 kV

Reliability
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4XA1
Common mode:
± 6 kV
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D1
mode: ± 6 kV

Common
mode: ± 6 kV
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4XA1
± 2 kV

mode: ± 6 kV

Common mode: ±
4 kV
Common
mode: ± 6 kV
MTBF (year)2
55.72
62.05
62.05
52.74
MTTR (hour)
2
2
2
2
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999



EMC certification


Safety
certification
EMC
certification

Manufacturing
certification
Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification
Certification


EMC certification
Safety
certification
Manufacturing
certification


EMC
certification
Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L48T4S-A1/-L48P4S-A1/-L48T4X-A1/-L48P4X-A1 models
Item
Physical
specification
s
Fixed port
Manageme
nt port
CPU
Storage
Power
supply
system
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4XA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA1
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
3.74 kg
4.28 kg
3.79 kg
4.28 kg
GE port
48
48(PoE+)
48
48(PoE+)
GE SFP pot
4
4
NA
NA
10GE port
NA
NA
4
4
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB Port
NA
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
2
2
2
2
Memory (RAM)
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
512 MB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Power supply type
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Rated voltage
range
AC input : 100 V AC
to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz
AC input : 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input : 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
AC input : 100 V AC
to 240 V AC, 50/60
Hz
Maximum voltage




AC input: 90 V
AC input: 90 V
AC input: 90 V
AC input: 90 V
113
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
24
Item
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4SA1
range
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4SA1
AC to 264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63 Hz
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65
Hz

Heat
dissipation
system
Environmen
t
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4XA1
AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63
Hz
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA1
AC to 290 V AC,
45 Hz to 65 Hz

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
High-voltage DC
input: 190 V DC
to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
Maximum input
current
2A
6A
2A
6A
Maximum power
consumption of the
device
50.4 W

76.1W(without
PD)
51.9 W

76.1W(without
PD)

456.1W(with
PD,PD Power
consumption
of :380W）

456.1W(with
PD,PD Power
consumption
of :380W）
Power
consumption in the
case of 30% traffic
load1
43.3 W
58.7 W
43.2 W
58.7 W
Power
consumption in the
case of 100%
traffic load1
43.7 W
60.5 W
44 W
60.5 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Number of fan
modules
1
2
1
2
Airflow
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right panel
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from the
right panel
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from the
right panel
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right panel
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device (BTU/hour)
171.97

Without PDs:
259.66
177.09

Without PDs:
259.66

With PDs:
1556.26

With PDs:
1556.26
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
114
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
25
Item
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4SA1
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4SA1
increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
Reliability
Certification
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4XA1
increases by
220 m.
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA1
increases by
220 m.
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
48 dB(A)
50 dB(A)
48 dB(A)
50 dB(A)
Noise under high
temperature
(sound power)
70.7 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
70.7 dB(A)
73 dB(A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound pressure)
36.2 dB(A)
38.2 dB(A)
36.2 dB(A)
38.2 dB(A)
Surge protection
specification (RJ45
service port)
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Common mode:
± 6 kV

Common mode:
± 6 kV

Common mode:
± 6 kV

Common mode:
± 6 kV
MTBF (year)2
56.7
44.9
53.67
44.03
MTTR (hour)
2
2
2
2
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
115
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
26
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L12T4S-A/-L12P4S-A/-L24T4S-A/-L24P4S-A models
Item
Physical
specificatio
ns
Fixed port
Manageme
nt port
CPU
Storage
Power
supply
system
CloudEngine
S5735-L12T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L12P4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4S-A
Dimensions (H x W
x D)
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
3.83 kg
4.24 kg
4.08 kg
4.31 kg
GE Base-T port
12
12(PoE+)
24
24(PoE+)
GE SFP port
4
4
4
4
10GE port
NA
NA
NA
NA
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB port
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
4
4
4
4
Memory (RAM)
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Power supply type
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC
Rated voltage
range
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
Maximum voltage
range

AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63
Hz

AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65
Hz

AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63
Hz

AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65
Hz

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
Maximum input
current
2A
6A
Maximum power
consumption of the
device
29 W

49 W (without
PD)

441 W (with PD,
PD power
consumption of
360 W)
Power consumption
in the case of 30%
traffic load1
23 W
38 W
2A
6A
34 W

53 W (without
PD)

451 W (with PD,
PD power
consumption of
380 W)
28 W
39 W
116
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
27
Item
Heat
dissipation
system
Environmen
t
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L12T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L12P4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4S-A
Power consumption
in the case of 100%
traffic load1
25 W
40 W
32 W
44 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Natural heat
dissipation
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Natural heat
dissipation
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
NA
2
NA
2
Airflow
NA
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
NA
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device (BTU/hour)
98.95
without PD :167.2
116
without PD :180.8
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+45°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+45°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C
NA

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
with PD：1505
NA
with PD：1539
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
power)
Silent (fan-free)
57.7dB(A)
Silent (fan-free)
57.7dB(A)
Noise under high
temperature (sound
Silent (fan-free)
74.2dB(A)
Silent (fan-free)
74.2dB(A)
117
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
28
Item
CloudEngine
S5735-L12T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L12P4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4S-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4S-A
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
pressure)
Silent (fan-free)
43dB(A)
Silent (fan-free)
43dB(A)
Surge protection
specification (RJ45
service port)
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV
MTBF (year)2
98.6
85.52
111.94
92.2
MTTR (hour)
1.22
1.4
1.07
1.3
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
power)
Reliability
Certification
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-A/D-L24P4X-A/-L48T4S-A models
Item
Physical
specificatio
ns
Fixed port
Manageme
nt port
CPU
Storage
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4S-A
Dimensions (H x W
x D)
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
4 kg
4 kg
4.31 kg
4.42 kg
GE Base-T port
24
24
24(PoE+)
48
GE SFP port
NA
NA
NA
4
10GE port
4
4
4
NA
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB port
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
4
4
4
4
Memory (RAM)
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
118
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
29
Item
Power
supply
system
Heat
dissipation
system
Environmen
t
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4S-A
available for users
available for users
available for users
available for users
Power supply type
Built-in AC
Built-in DC
Built-in AC
Built-in AC power
Rated voltage
range
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
-48V DC～-60V DC
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
Maximum voltage
range

AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63
Hz
-38.4V DC～-72V
DC

AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to 65
Hz

AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V
AC, 47 Hz to 63
Hz

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)

High-voltage
DC input: 190 V
DC to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
Maximum input
current
2A
2A
6A
2A
Maximum power
consumption of the
device
43 W
43 W

56 W (without
PD)

458 W (with PD,
PD power
consumption of
380 W)
Power consumption
in the case of 30%
traffic load1
27 W
27 W
43 W
37 W
Power consumption
in the case of 100%
traffic load1
32 W
32 W
47 W
46 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
1
1
2
1
Airflow
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device (BTU/hour)
146.7
146.7
without PD :191.1
180.8
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
53 W
with PD：1563
119
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
30
Item
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L24T4X-D
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
Reliability
Certification
CloudEngine
S5735-L24P4X-A
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4S-A
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
5%-95%(noncondensing)
Operating altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
power)
50.8 dB(A)
47.3 dB(A)
57.7 dB(A)
53.3dB (A)
Noise under high
temperature (sound
power)
71 dB(A)
71 dB(A)
74.2 dB(A)
71.5dB (A)
Noise under normal
temperature (sound
pressure)
36 dB(A)
32.5 dB(A)
43 dB(A)
38.5dB (A)
Surge protection
specification (RJ45
service port)
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 2 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
± 4 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV
MTBF (year)2
50.68
50.68
57.07
46.36
MTTR (hour)
2.37
2
2.1
2.59
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
120
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
31
Hardware specifications of CloudEngine S5735-L48T4X-A/-L48P4X-A/-L32ST4X-A/D models
Item
Physical
specifications
Fixed port
Management
port
CPU
Storage
Power supply
system
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XD
Dimensions (H x
W x D)
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 420 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
43.6 mm x 442 mm
x 220 mm
Chassis height
1U
1U
1U
1U
Chassis weight
(including
packaging)
4.42 kg
8.7 kg
4.31 kg
4.31 kg
GE port
48
48(PoE+)
8
8
GE SFP port
NA
NA
24
24
10GE port
4
4
4
4
Console port
(RJ45)
Supported
Supported
Supported
Supported
USB port
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
USB 2.0
Frequency
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
1000 MHz
Core
4
4
4
4
Memory (RAM)
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
1 GB
Flash memory
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Hardware: 512 MB,
of which 306 MB is
available for users
Power supply
type
Built-in AC power
1000 W AC PoE
Built-in AC
Built-in DC
Rated voltage
range
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
AC input : 100 V
AC to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
100 V AC to 240 V
AC, 50/60 Hz
-48V DC～-60V DC
Maximum
voltage range

AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63 Hz


AC input: 90 V
AC to 264 V AC,
47 Hz to 63 Hz
-38.4V DC～-72V
DC

High-voltage DC
input: 190 V DC
to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
AC input: 90 V
AC to 290 V
AC, 45 Hz to
65 Hz


High-voltage
DC input: 190
V DC to 290 V
DC (meeting
240 V highvoltage DC
certification)
High-voltage DC
input: 190 V DC
to 290 V DC
(meeting 240 V
high-voltage DC
certification)
Maximum input
current
2A
8A
Maximum power
consumption of
the device
54 W

80 W (without
PD)

914 W (with
PD, PD power
consumption of
874 W)
2A
2A
65 W
65 W
121
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
32
Item
Heat
dissipation
system
Environment
parameters
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XD
Power
consumption in
the case of 30%
traffic load1
39 W
59 W
46 W
46 W
Power
consumption in
the case of 100%
traffic load1
48 W
68 W
48 W
48 W
Heat dissipation
mode
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan speed
adjustment
Air-cooled heat
dissipation and
intelligent fan
speed adjustment
Number of fan
modules
1
2
2
2
Airflow
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Air flows in from
the left,right sides
and front panel,
exhausts from the
rear panel
Air flows in from the
left side and front
panel, exhausts
from the right side
Air flows in from
the left side and
front panel,
exhausts from the
right side
Maximum heat
dissipation of the
device
(BTU/hour)
184.3

Without PDs:
262.7
221.8
221.8

With PDs: 5667
Long-term
operating
temperature

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+50°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

0-1800 m
altitude: -5°C to
+55°C

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.

1800-5000 m
altitude: The
operating
temperature
reduces by 1ºC
every time the
altitude
increases by
220 m.
Short-term
operating
temperature3
Storage
temperature
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
-40°C to +70°C
Relative humidity
5%-95%(non-
5%-95%(non-
5%-95%(non-
5%-95%(non-
122
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
33
Item
Reliability
Certification
CloudEngine
S5735-L48T4X-A
CloudEngine
S5735-L48P4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XA
CloudEngine
S5735-L32ST4XD
condensing)
condensing)
condensing)
condensing)
Operating
altitude
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
5000 m
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound power)
53.3dB (A)
58.9dB (A)
53.3 dB(A)
53.3 dB(A)
Noise under high
temperature
(sound power)
71.5dB (A)
75dB (A)
74.5 dB(A)
74.5 dB(A)
Noise under
normal
temperature
(sound pressure)
38.5dB (A)
43.8dB (A)
38.5 dB(A)
38.5 dB(A)
Surge protection
specification
(RJ45 service
port)
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
±7 kV in common
mode
Surge protection
specification
(power port)

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 6 kV

Differential
mode: ± 2 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common
mode: ±6 kV

Common mode:
±6 kV

Common mode:
± 4 kV
MTBF (year)2
41.48
61.7
85.87
85.87
MTTR (hour)
2.89
1.94
1.4
1.4
Availability
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999
> 0.99999

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

EMC
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Safety
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification

Manufacturing
certification
1: The power consumption under different load conditions is calculated according to the ATIS standard. Additionally, the EEE
function is enabled and there is no PoE power output.
2: The reliability parameter values are calculated based on the typical configuration of the device. The parameter values vary
according to the modules configured by the customer.
3: Short term indicates that the successive operating time is no more than 96 hours, the total operating time is no more than 360
hours, or the number of times the operating temperature is over 45°C is no more than 15 in a year.
Networking and Applications
Large-Scale Enterprise Campus Network
CloudEngine S5735-L series switches can be deployed at the access layer of a campus network to build a high-performance
and highly reliable enterprise network.
123
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
34
Small- or Medium-scale Enterprise Campus Network
CloudEngine S5735-L series switches can be deployed at the aggregation layer of a campus network to build a highperformance, multi-service, and highly reliable enterprise network.
Small-scale Enterprise Campus Network
With powerful aggregation and routing capabilities of CloudEngine S5735-L series switches make them suitable for use as core
switches in a small-scale enterprise network. Two or more S5735-L switches use iStack technology to ensure high reliability.
They provide a variety of access control policies to achieve centralized management and simplify configuration.
124
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
35
Application on a MAN
CloudEngine S5735-L series switches can be deployed at the access layer of a MAN(Metropolitan Area Network) to build a
high-performance, multi-service, and highly reliable ISP MAN network.
Application in Public Cloud
CloudCampus Solution is a network solution suite based on Huawei public cloud. CloudEngine S5735-L series switches can be
located at the access layer.
The switches are plug-and-play. They go online automatically after being powered on and connected with network cables,
without the need for complex configurations. The switches can connect to the management and control system
(CloudCampus@AC-Campus for switches running V200R019C00 and earlier versions; iMaster NCE-Campus for switches
running V200R019C10 and later versions), and use bidirectional certificate authentication to ensure management channel
security. The switches provide the NETCONF and YANG interfaces, through which the management and control system delivers
configurations to them. In addition, remote maintenance and fault diagnosis can be performed on the management and control
system.
125
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
36
Safety and Regulatory Compliance
Safety and regulatory compliance of the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Certification
Category
Description
Safety

IEC 60950-1

EN 60950-1/A11/A12

UL 60950-1

CSA C22.2 No 60950-1

AS/NZS 60950.1

CNS 14336-1

IEC60825-1

IEC60825-2

EN60825-1

EN60825-2

CISPR22 Class A

CISPR24

EN55022 Class A

EN55024
Laser safety
Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC)
126
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
37
Certification
Category
Environment
Description

ETSI EN 300 386 Class A

CFR 47 FCC Part 15 Class A

ICES 003 Class A

AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A

VCCI Class A

EN61000-3-2

EN61000-3-3

IEC61000-4-2

ITU-T K 20

ITU-T K 21

ITU-T K 44

CNS13438

RoHS

REACH

WEEE

EMC: electromagnetic compatibility

CISPR: International Special Committee on Radio Interference

EN: European Standard

ETSI: European Telecommunications Standards Institute

CFR: Code of Federal Regulations

FCC: Federal Communication Commission

IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission

AS/NZS: Australian/New Zealand Standard

VCCI: Voluntary Control Council for Interference

UL: Underwriters Laboratories

CSA: Canadian Standards Association

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

RoHS: restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances

REACH: Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals

WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
MIB and Standards Compliance
Supported MIBs
Supported MIBs by the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Category
MIB
Public MIB

BRIDGE-MIB

DISMAN-NSLOOKUP-MIB

DISMAN-PING-MIB

DISMAN-TRACEROUTE-MIB

ENTITY-MIB
127
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
38
Category
Huawei-proprietary MIB
MIB

EtherLike-MIB

IF-MIB

IP-FORWARD-MIB

IPv6-MIB

LAG-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT1-MIB

LLDP-EXT-DOT3-MIB

LLDP-MIB

NOTIFICATION-LOG-MIB

NQA-MIB

P-BRIDGE-MIB

Q-BRIDGE-MIB

RFC1213-MIB

RMON-MIB

SAVI-MIB

SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB

SNMP-MPD-MIB

SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB

SNMP-TARGET-MIB

SNMP-USER-BASED-SM-MIB

SNMPv2-MIB

SNMP-VIEW-BASED-ACM-MIB

TCP-MIB

UDP-MIB

HUAWEI-AAA-MIB

HUAWEI-ACL-MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-MIB

HUAWEI-ALARM-RELIABILITY-MIB

HUAWEI-BASE-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-RADIUS-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-EAP-MIB

HUAWEI-BRAS-SRVCFG-STATICUSER-MIB

HUAWEI-CBQOS-MIB

HUAWEI-CDP-COMPLIANCE-MIB

HUAWEI-CONFIG-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-CPU-MIB

HUAWEI-DAD-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-DATASYNC-MIB

HUAWEI-DEVICE-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPR-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCPS-MIB

HUAWEI-DHCP-SNOOPING-MIB

HUAWEI-DIE-MIB

HUAWEI-DNS-MIB
128
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
39
Category
MIB

HUAWEI-DLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-ERPS-MIB

HUAWEI-ERRORDOWN-MIB

HUAWEI-ENERGYMNGT-MIB

HUAWEI-EASY-OPERATION-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-EXTENT-MIB

HUAWEI-ENTITY-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHARP-MIB

HUAWEI-ETHOAM-MIB

HUAWEI-FLASH-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-FWD-RES-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-GARP-APP-MIB

HUAWEI-GTL-MIB

HUAWEI-HGMP-MIB

HUAWEI-HWTACACS-MIB

HUAWEI-IF-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-INFOCENTER-MIB

HUAWEI-IPPOOL-MIB

HUAWEI-IPV6-MIB

HUAWEI-ISOLATE-MIB

HUAWEI-L2IF-MIB

HUAWEI-L2MAM-MIB

HUAWEI-L2VLAN-MIB

HUAWEI_LDT-MIB

HUAWEI-LLDP-MIB

HUAWEI-MAC-AUTHEN-MIB

HUAWEI-MEMORY-MIB

HUAWEI-MFF-MIB

HUAWEI-MFLP-MIB

HUAWEI-MSTP-MIB

HUAWEI-MULTICAST-MIB

HUAWEI-NTPV3-MIB

HUAWEI-PERFORMANCE-MIB

HUAWEI-PERFMGMT-MIB

HUAWEI-PORT-MIB

HUAWEI-PORTAL-MIB

HUAWEI-QINQ-MIB

HUAWEI-RM-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-RRPP-MIB

HUAWEI-SECURITY-MIB

HUAWEI-SEP-MIB

HUAWEI-SNMP-EXT-MIB

HUAWEI-SSH-MIB

HUAWEI-STACK-MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-L2MAM-EXT-MIB
129
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
40
Category
MIB

HUAWEI-SWITCH-SRV-TRAP-MIB

HUAWEI-SYS-MAN-MIB

HUAWEI-TCP-MIB

HUAWEI-TFTPC-MIB

HUAWEI-TRNG-MIB

HUAWEI-UNIMNG-MIB

HUAWEI-USA-MIB

HUAWEI-XQOS-MIB
For more detailed information of MIBs supported by the CloudEngine S5735-L series, visit
https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/en/switches/s5700-pid-6691579?category=reference-guides&subcategory=mib-reference.
Standard Compliance
Standard compliance list of the CloudEngine S5735-L series
Standard
Organization
Standard or Protocol
IETF

RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol (UDP)

RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)

RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

RFC 826 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)

RFC 854 Telnet Protocol Specification

RFC 951 Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)

RFC 959 File Transfer Protocol (FTP)

RFC 1058 Routing Information Protocol (RIP)

RFC 1112 Host extensions for IP multicasting

RFC 1157 A Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

RFC 1256 ICMP Router Discovery

RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol Version 3 (NTP)

RFC 1349 Internet Protocol (IP)

RFC 1493 Definitions of Managed Objects for Bridges

RFC 1542 Clarifications and Extensions for the Bootstrap Protocol

RFC 1643 Ethernet Interface MIB

RFC 1757 Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)

RFC 1901 Introduction to Community-based SNMPv2

RFC 1902-1907 SNMP v2

RFC 1981 Path MTU Discovery for IP version 6

RFC 2131 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 Specification (IPv6)

RFC 2461 Neighbor Discovery for IP Version 6 (IPv6)

RFC 2462 IPv6 Stateless Address Auto configuration

RFC 2463 Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6)

RFC 2474 Differentiated Services Field (DS Field)

RFC 2863 The Interfaces Group MIB

RFC 2597 Assured Forwarding PHB Group
130
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
41
Standard
Organization
IEEE
ITU
MEF
Standard or Protocol

RFC 2598 An Expedited Forwarding PHB

RFC 2571 SNMP Management Frameworks

RFC 2865 Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)

RFC 3046 DHCP Option82

RFC 3513 IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture

RFC 3579 RADIUS Support For EAP

draft-grant-tacacs-02 TACACS+

RFC 6241 Network Configuration Protocol (NETCONF)

RFC 6020 YANG - A Data Modeling Language for the Network Configuration Protocol
(NETCONF)

IEEE 802.1D Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges

IEEE 802.1p Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering

IEEE 802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks

IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridges

IEEE 802.2 Logical Link Control

IEEE Std 802.3 CSMA/CD

IEEE Std 802.3ab 1000BASE-T specification

IEEE Std 802.3ad Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments

IEEE Std 802.3ae 10GE WEN/LAN Standard

IEEE Std 802.3x Full Duplex and flow control

IEEE Std 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Standard

IEEE802.1ax/IEEE802.3ad Link Aggregation

IEEE 802.3ah Ethernet in the First Mile

IEEE 802.1ag Connectivity Fault Management

IEEE 802.1ab Link Layer Discovery Protocol

IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol

IEEE 802.1x Port based network access control protocol

IEEE 802.3af DTE Power via MIDI

IEEE 802.3at DTE Power via the MDI Enhancements

IEEE 802.3az Energy Efficient Ethernet

ITU SG13 Y.17ethoam

ITU SG13 QoS control Ethernet-Based IP Access

ITU-T Y.1731 ETH OAM performance monitor

MEF 2 Requirements and Framework for Ethernet Service Protection

MEF 9 Abstract Test Suite for Ethernet Services at the UNI

MEF 11 UNI Requirements and Framework

MEF 15 Requirements for Management of Metro Ethernet Phase 1 Network Elements

MEF 17 Service OAM Framework and Requirements

MEF 20 UNI Type 2 Implementation Agreement

MEF 23 Class of Service Phase 1 Implementation Agreement

XMODEM/YMODEM Protocol Reference
131
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
42
The listed standards and protocols are fully or partially supported by Huawei switches. For details, visit http://e.huawei.com/en
or contact your local Huawei sales office.
Ordering Information
Model
Product Description
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4SQA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-QA1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, AC power,
Fanless)
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4SQA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4S-QA1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
power, Fanless)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4S-QA1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-QA1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, AC
power, Fanless)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4X-QA1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-QA1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, AC
power, Fanless)
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4SA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4S-A1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, AC power)
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4SA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4S-A1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4XA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8T4X-A1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4XA1
CloudEngine S5735-L8P4X-A1 (8*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, PoE+, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-A1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L24P4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-A1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4X-D1
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-D1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, DC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24P4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A1 (24*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, PoE+,
AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L48T4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4S-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L48P4S-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4S-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L48T4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4X-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L48P4X-A1
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A1 (48*10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4*10GE SFP+ ports, PoE+,
AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L12T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L12T4S-A (12 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735-
CloudEngine S5735-L12P4S-A (12 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
132
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
43
Model
Product Description
L12P4S-A
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4S-A (24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24P4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4S-A (24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports, PoE+, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-A (24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24T4X-D
CloudEngine S5735-L24T4X-D (24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, DC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L24P4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L24P4X-A (24 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports,
PoE+, AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L48T4S-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4S-A (48 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x GE SFP ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L48T4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48T4X-A (48 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+ ports, AC
power)
CloudEngine S5735L48P4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A bundle (48 x 10/100/1000BASE-T ports, 4 x 10 GE SFP+
ports, PoE+, 1*1000W PoE AC power module)
CloudEngine S5735L32ST4X-A
CloudEngine S5735-L32ST4X-A (24 x GE SFP ports, 8 *10/100/1000Base-T, 4 x 10 GE
SFP+ ports, AC power)
CloudEngine S5735L32ST4X-D
CloudEngine S5735-L32ST4X-D (24 x GE SFP ports, 8 *10/100/1000Base-T, 4 x 10 GE
SFP+ ports, DC power)
PAC1000S56-DB
1000W AC PoE power module，can be used in CloudEngine S5735-L48P4X-A
N1-S57L-M-Lic
S57XX-L Series Basic SW,Per Device
N1-S57L-M-SnS1Y
S57XX-L Series Basic SW,SnS,Per Device,1Year
N1-S57L-F-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Foundation,S57XX-L Series,Per Device
N1-S57L-F-SnS
N1-CloudCampus,Foundation,S57XX-L Series,SnS,Per Device
N1-S57L-A-Lic
N1-CloudCampus,Advanced,S57XX-L Series,Per Device
N1-S57L-A-SnS
N1-CloudCampus,Advanced,S57XX-L Series,SnS,Per Device
N1-S57L-FToA-Lic
N1-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced,S57XX-L,Per Device
N1-S57L-FToA-SnS
N1-Upgrade-Foundation to Advanced,S57XX-L,SnS,Per Device
More Information
For more information about Huawei Campus Switches, visit http://e.huawei.com or contact us in the following ways:

Global service hotline: http://e.huawei.com/en/service-hotline

Logging in to the Huawei Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise/

Sending an email to the customer service mailbox: support_e@huawei.com
133
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
44
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2021. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of
any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address:Huawei Industrial Base Bantian,
Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's
Republic of China
Website:e.huawei.com
134
CloudEngine S5735-L Series Switches Datasheet
45
OMXD30000 Datasheet
Get a Quote
Overview
Huawei OMXD30000 is a 10GBASE-iLR Optical Transceiver. It’s a Single-mode Module.
Quick Specs
Table 1 shows the Quick Specs.
Product Code
OMXD30000
Transceiver form factor
SFP+
Transmission speed
10 Gbit/s
Center wavelength (nm)
1310
Standard compliance
10GBASE-iLR
Connector type
LC
Applicable cable and maximum transmission distance
Single-mode fiber: 1.4 km
Transmit power (dBm)
-8.2 to +0.5
Maximum receiver sensitivity (dBm)
-14.4
Overload power (dBm)
0.5
Extinction ratio (dB)
3.5
Operating temperature
-40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)
The Supported Switches
Figure 1. OMXD30000 can be installed in the switch’s SFP slot.
Table 2 shows the Huawei hot switches which support OMXD30000.
135
Model
Description
S5700-28P-LI-AC
24 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports, 4 Gig SFP, AC 110/220V
S5700-28TP-LI-AC
24 x Ethernet 10/100/1000ports,2 Gig SFP and 2 dual-purpose 10/100/1000 or SFP,AC 110/220V
S5700S-52P-LI-AC
48 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports, 4 Gig SFP, AC 110/220V
S5700-28P-PWR-LI-AC
24 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 PoE+ ports, 4 Gig SFP, AC 110/220V
S5700-10P-PWR-LI-AC
8 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 PoE+ ports, 2 Gig SFP, AC 110/220V
S5720-36C-EI-AC
28 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports,4 of which are dual-purpose 10/100/1000 or SFP,4 10 Gig SFP+,
1 interface slot, with 150W AC
S5700-28C-EI-AC
24 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports, with 1 interface slot, with 150W AC power supply
S5720-56C-HI-AC
48 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports, 4 10 Gig SFP+, with 2 interface slots, with 600W AC power supply
S5720-56PC-EI-AC
48 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports,4 Gig SFP, with 1 interface slot, with 150W AC power supply
S5720-56C-PWR-HI-AC
48 x Ethernet 10/100/1000 POE+ ports,4 10 Gig SFP+, with 2 interface slots, with 1150W AC power supply
Compare to Similar Items
Table 3 shows the comparison of OSX010000 andOMXD30000.
Item
OSX010000
OMXD30000
Transceiver form factor
SFP+
SFP+
Transmission speed
10 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s
Center wavelength (nm)
1310
1310
Standard compliance
10Gbase-LR
10GBASE-iLR
Connector type
LC
LC
Applicable cable and maximum transmission distance
Single-mode fiber: 10 km
Single-mode fiber: 1.4 km
Transmit power (dBm)
-8.2 to +0.5
-8.2 to +0.5
Maximum receiver sensitivity (dBm)
-12.6
-14.4
Overload power (dBm)
0.5
0.5
Extinction ratio (dB)
3.5
3.5
Operating temperature
0°C to 70°C (32°F to 158°F)
-40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)
Get more information
Do you have any question about the OMXD30000?
Contact us now via Live Chat or sales@router-switch.com.
Specification
OMXD30000 Specification
Transceiver form factor
SFP+
Transmission speed
10 Gbit/s
136
Center wavelength (nm)
1310
Standard compliance
10GBASE-iLR
Connector type
LC
Applicable cable and maximum transmission distance
Single-mode fiber: 1.4 km
Transmit power (dBm)
-8.2 to +0.5
Maximum receiver sensitivity (dBm)
-14.4
Overload power (dBm)
0.5
Extinction ratio (dB)
3.5
Operating temperature
-40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)
Want to Buy
Order Now
Get a Quote
Why Router-switch.com
As a leading network hardware supplier, Router-switch.com focuses on original new ICT equipment of Cisco, Huawei, HPE,
Dell, Hikvision, Juniper, Fortinet, etc.
200+
18,000+
$20,000,000
50%-98%
100%
Countries we Sold
Customers Trusted
Inventory Available
Off Global List Price
Safe Online Shopping
Contact Us
● Tel: +1-626-655-0998 (USA) +852-3050-1066 / +852-3174-6166
● Fax: +852-3050-1066 (Hong Kong)
● Email: sales@router-switch.com
137
SFP-10G-CU3M Datasheet
Get a Quote
Overview
The SFP+ DAC copper cable is programmed to be compatible with a wide range of HW network equipment for in-rack connections such as 10 Gigabit Ethernet (10
GbE) Switches, Routers, Network Interface Cards (NICs) and Network Storage Systems. It’s proven to be a cost-effective alternative to high-cost HW SFP-10GCU3M 10G SFP+ 3m direct attach the copper cable.
Quick Specs
Table 1 shows the Quick Specs.
Product Code
SFP-10G-CU3M
Supply Voltage
3.3V
Cable Length
3m
Cable impedance
100 Ω
Cable Type
Twinax
Wire Gauge
30AWG
Product Details
Huawei SFP-10G-CU3M provides these features:
• lower cost than SFP+ optical transceiver and active optical cable (AOC)
• Support for multi-gigabit data rates up to 10.5Gbps
• Support for 1x, 2x, 4x and 8x Fibre Channel data rates
• Hot-pluggable SFP 20PIN footprint
• I/O Connector designed for high-speed differential signal applications
• Improved Pluggable Form Factor (IPF) compliant for enhanced EMI/EMC performance
• Single 3.3V power supply
• Compatible to SFP+ MSA
• Operating temperature range: 0 to 70°C
• RoHS Compliant and Lead-Free
Get More Information
Do you have any question about the SFP-10G-CU3M?
Contact us now via Live Chat or sales@router-switch.com.
Specification
SFP-10G-CU3M Specification
Compatible OEM Part Number
SFP-10G-CU3M
Form Factor
SFP+ DAC Cable
Data Rate
10.5Gb/s
Passive or actively equalized
Passive
Supply Voltage
3.3V
Cable Length
3m
138
Cable impedance
100 Ω
Cable Type
Twinax
Wire Gauge
30AWG
Minimum cable bend radius
25 mm
Cable Jacket Type
PVC
Connector
SFP+/SFP+
Digital Diagnostic Monitoring
N/A
Environment
Operating: 0°C to 70°C
Storage: -40°C to 85°C
Application
Storage Area Networks (SAN)
Network Attached Storage
The switched fabric I/O
High-density connections between networking equipment
Data center cabling infrastructure
Compliance
SFF-8472, SFF-8431
IEC/EN 61000-4-2
MIL-STD -883E, RoHS
Want to Buy
Order Now
Get a Quote
Why Router-switch.com
As a leading network hardware supplier, Router-switch.com focuses on original new ICT equipment of Cisco, Huawei, HPE,
Dell, Hikvision, Juniper, Fortinet, etc.
200+
18,000+
$20,000,000
50%-98%
100%
Countries we Sold
Customers Trusted
Inventory Available
Off Global List Price
Safe Online Shopping
Contact Us
● Tel: +1-626-655-0998 (USA) +852-3050-1066 / +852-3174-6166
● Fax: +852-3050-1066 (Hong Kong)
● Email: sales@router-switch.com
139
Network and server
Single phase UPS
Eaton 5PX Gen2 UPS
1000/1500/2200/3000 VA
Exceptional efficiency, manageability and energy
metering capabilities for IT managers
Performance and efficiency
Rack/Tower versatile
• Eaton 5PX Gen 2 provides Unity power factor (W=VA) capability.
With 11% more power than other UPS it can protect more
servers.
• Energy Star 2.0 certified, 5PX Gen2 offers best-in-class
efficiency performance to reduce energy consumption and
cooling costs.
• When operating in battery mode the 5PX provides a high-quality
output signal for any sensitive equipment connected, such as
active PFC (power factor corrected) servers.
• Each 5PX Gen2 battery configuration provides the best size/
runtime ratio.
Management and Cybersecurity
Intuitive LCD display for ease
of configuration and management
Advanced protection for:
•
•
•
•
Servers
Switches
Routers
Storage devices
• Innovative graphical LCD display brings all operating information
at first sight. It also enhances commissioning and configuration
capabilities.
• 5PX Gen2 Netpack models are delivered with Eaton Gigabit
network management card, which provides Dual cybersecurity
certifications (UL 2900-1 & IEC 62443-4-2) and enables
connection to Eaton Cyber Secured Monitoring solutions.
• Together with 5PX Gen2, Eaton Gigabit network management
card allows both remote UPS settings and remote firmware
upgrade to ensure easy deployment (fleet management) and
reduced maintenance cost.
• 5PX Gen2 meters energy consumption right down to the
managed outlet groups. kWh values can be monitored using the
LCD or Eaton’s Intelligent Power Software.
• Eaton’s Intelligent Power Software seamlessly integrates with
leading virtualization environments and cloud orchestration tools.
Availability and flexibility
• 5PX Gen2 2200VA & 3000VA are available in RT2U format
(optimized for rack mounting) or RT3U (for tower installation or
short-depth racks). Pedestals and rail kits are included with all
models.
• 5PX Gen2 load segment control enables prioritized shutdowns
of non-essential equipment to maximize battery runtime for
critical devices (2 groups).
• Eaton ABM® battery management technology uses a threestage charging technique that optimizes battery health and
extends lifetime by up to 50%.
• Up to 4 external hot-swappable battery modules can be added
for longer power availability.
140
Eaton 5PX Gen2 UPS
1 USB port + 1 serial port + remote
ON/OFF and remote power OFF input + output relays
Graphical LCD display :
- Clear information on UPS status
and measurements
External battery (EBM) connector
- Enhanced configuration capabilities
- Available in 7 languages
8 IEC 10A + 2 IEC 16A sockets
with energy metering (including
5 remote controlled sockets)
anel for batteries replacement
P
(Hot-swappable)
Communication card slot
Eaton 5PX Gen2 2200i RT3U
Technical specifications
1000
1000VA / 1000W
RT2U
Rating (VA/W)
Format (RT: Tower / Rack)
Electrical characteristics
Technology
Input voltage range without using batteries
Input frequency range without using batteries
Output voltage
Connections
Input
Outputs
1500
1500VA / 1500W
RT2U
2200
2200VA / 2200W
RT2U & RT3U
3000
3000VA / 3000W
RT2U & RT3U
Line-Interactive High Frequency (Pure Sinewave, Booster + Fader)
160V-294V (adjustable to 150V-294V)
47 to 70 Hz (50 Hz system), 56.5 to 70 Hz (60 Hz system), 40 Hz in low-sensitivity mode
230 V (+6/-10 %) (Adjustable to 200V* / 208V / 220V / 230V / 240V), 50/60 Hz +/- 0.1 Hz (autosensing)
IEC C20 (16A)
IEC C20 (16A)
8 x IEC C13 (10A)
8 x IEC C13 (10A)
2 x IEC C19 (16A)
2 x IEC C19 (16A)
1 group of 2 x IEC C13 (10A)
2 groups of 2 x IEC C13 (10A)
2 groups of 2 x IEC C13 (10A)
1 group of 2 x IEC C13 (10A) + 1 x IEC C19 (16A)
4 FR / Schuko sockets or 3 BS sockets or 6 IEC 10A sockets or terminal blocks (HW version)
8 FR / Schuko sockets or 6 BS sockets or 12 IEC 10A sockets
Remote controlled sockets
Additional outputs with HS MBP
Additional outputs with FlexPDU
Batteries
Typical backup times **
5PX 1000
5PX 1000 + 1 EBM / + 4EBM
5PX 1500
5PX 1500 + 1 EBM / + 4EBM
5PX 2200
5PX 2200 + 1 EBM / + 4EBM
5PX 3000
5PX 3000 + 1 EBM / + 4EBM
Battery management
IEC C14 (10A)
IEC C14 (10A)
8 x IEC C13 (10A)
8 x IEC C13 (10A)
300W
500W
800W
1200W
1800W
2500W
30
17
8
148 / 591
83 / 332
48 / 192
44
24
13
7
164/611
92 / 346
53 / 199
33 / 123
50
28
16
9
4
242 / 958
138 / 551
80 / 319
49 / 197
30 / 121
68
39
23
13
7
4
255 / 950
146 / 546
86 / 323
54 / 201
33 / 124
22 / 84
ABM® & Temperature compensated charging method (user selectable), Automatic battery test, deep discharge protection, automatic recognition of
external battery units
Interfaces
Communication ports
Communication slot
Operating conditions, standards and approvals
Operating temperature
Noise level
Safety
EMC, Performance
Approvals
Dimensions W x D x H / Weight
UPS Dimensions (mm)
1 USB port + 1 serial RS232 port + 1 mini-terminal block for Remote ON/OFF + 1 mini-terminal block for Remote Power OFF + 1 mini-terminal block
for output relay
1 slot for Network M2 (included in Netpack version), INDGW-M2 or Relay-MS cards
0 to 40°C
<40 dB @ typical load
IEC/EN 62040-1, UL1778, CSA22.2
IEC/EN 62040-2, FCC Class B, CISPR22 class B
CE / CB report (TUV) / cTUVus / EAC / UKCA / Ukr / Cm
438x448x85.5
438x448x85.5
438x603x85.5 (RT2U)
438x483x129 (RT3U)
438x603x85.5 (RT2U)
438x483x129 (RT3U)
UPS Weight (kg)
19.6
22.4
EBM dimensions (mm)
438x448x85.5
438x448x85.5
28.2 (RT2U) / 27.5 (RT3U)
438x603x85.5 (RT2U)
438x483x129 (RT3U)
31.7 (RT2U) / 31.1 (RT3U)
438x603x85.5 (RT2U)
438x483x129 (RT3U)
EBM weight (kg)
27.8
27.8
40.4 (RT2U) / 39.7 (RT3U)
40.4 (RT2U) / 39.7 (RT3U)
Customer service & support
Warranty
3 years on electronics, 2 years on battery (3 years full warranty upon registration)
* 5% derating @ 200V.
** Backup times are approximate and may vary with equipment, configuration, battery age, temperature, etc.
Part numbers*
1000
1500
2200
3000
UPS RT2U
UPS RT2U with Network card**
UPS RT3U
EBM
2 m battery connection cable
5PX1000IRT2UG2
5PX1000IRTNG2
5PX1500IRT2UG2
5PX1500IRTNG2
5PXEBM48RT2UG2
EBMCBL48RT
5PXEBM48RT2UG2
EBMCBL48RT
5PX2200IRT2UG2
5PX3000IRT2UG2
5PX2200IRTNG2
5PX3000IRTNG2
5PX2200IRT3UG2
5PX3000IRT3UG2
5PXEBM72RT2UG2 (RT2U) / 5PXEBM72RT3UG2 (RT3U)
EBMCBL72
EBMCBL72
* All 5PX UPS and EBM are delivered with rack kit.
** Network Management Card included as standard in Netpack versions.
Eaton Industries Manufacturing GmbH
Electrical Sector EMEA
Route de la Longeraie 7
1110 Morges, Switzerland
Eaton.eu
© 2021 Eaton All Rights Reserved
Printed in Europe
Publication No. BR153152EN
July 2021
Changes to the products, to the information contained in this
document, and to prices are reserved; so are errors and omissions.
Only order confirmations and technical documentation by Eaton is
binding. Photos and pictures also do not warrant a specific layout or
functionality. Their use in whatever form is subject to prior approval
by Eaton. The same applies to Trademarks (especially Eaton, Moeller,
and Cutler-Hammer). The Terms and Conditions of Eaton apply, as
referenced on Eaton Internet pages and Eaton order confirmations.
Eaton is a registered trademark.
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.
141
Datasheet
Next-Generation Firewall
60 Series
Reliability and security for the distributed enterprise—introducing
Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall 60 Series with secure SD-WAN
Remote offices, branches, and stores can connect directly to the cloud more easily
and affordably than ever before. The Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall 60 Series
integrates full secure SD-WAN connectivity, advanced high-availability clustering
and strong security in a compact, desktop appliance—all managed at enterprise
scale from the renowned Forcepoint Security Management Center (SMC).
Key Benefits
› The most compact Forcepoint
Next-Generation Firewall
› Direct-to-cloud and site-tosite connectivity
› Simple, robust and costeffective site solution
› Centralized management
Direct-to-cloud connectivity and security for digital transformation
Digital transformation is all about connecting distributed workforces to the resources they
need, no matter where they are, without compromising the security of your infrastructure.
With applications and data moving to the cloud, organizations are increasingly finding that
old “hub-and-spoke” networking technologies such as MPLS can no longer handle the load.
The Forcepoint Next-GenerationFirewall 60 series provides the networking and security
needed to safely connect stores, branches, and remote offices directly to the internet for
maximum performance and productivity using the cloud.
› Designed for reliability to help
secure business continuity
Reduced costs and footprint with integrated SD-WAN and
Next-Generation Firewall
› High-availability clustering
The Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall 60 Series unites networking and security
in a compact desktop appliance that is easy to install in even the smallest locations.
It integrates multi-ISP SD-WAN connectivity, site-to-site Multi-Link™ VPN, and highavailability clustering with best-of-breed Next-Generation Firewall and intrusion
prevention (IPS) security to find, fix, and finish advanced threats before they infiltrate
your infrastructure.
› Best-of-breed security
technology with anti-evasion IPS
› Accelerated inspection of
encrypted traffic
› Built-in anti-virus and antibot defenses
› Access to updates and security
policies in just a few clicks
› Optional Advanced Malware
Detection sandboxing
› Optional URL Filtering powered
by Forcepoint ThreatSeeker
You can centrally administer Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewalls from the same
Forcepoint Security Management Center (SMC) that controls up to 2,000 physical, virtual,
and cloud appliances on a single pane of glass. Our SMC allows you to deploy Forcepoint
Next-Generation Firewall 60 Series devices quickly throughout the world and update
them easily, with just a few clicks.
Relentless reliability to help secure business continuity
Downtime is not an option for most organizations. Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall
60 Series offers advanced clustering that groups multiple appliances together (including
other Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall models) to keep branch networks running—
even in the middle of firmware updates or hardware failure. Built-in SD-WAN traffic
management lets you use links from more than one ISP at the same time to further reduce
the chance of outages. Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall helps you ensure business
continuity by keeping your organization connected, despite challenges that may arise.
142
forcepoint.com
Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall N60 Appliance
PERFORMANCE1
N60
PHYSICAL
N60
Next-Generation Firewall/NGIPS throughput
(HTTP 64 KB payload)
350 Mbps
Form factor
Desktop
Maximum firewall throughput (UDP 1518 byte)
2 Gbps
Maximum inspection throughput (UDP 1518 byte)
800 Mbps
TLS 1.2 inspection performance (44 KB payload)
110 Mbps
IPsec VPN throughput (AES-GCM-256)
1 Gbps
Concurrent IPsec VPN tunnels
1,000
Mobile VPN clients
Max 25
Maximum inspected concurrent HTTP connections
18,500
Concurrent connections (no inspection)
2,000,000
VLAN tagging
Unlimited
1
Dimensions W x H x D
Net weight /
Appliance + package weight
AC power supply
Typical power consumption
Max power consumption
Max BTU/Hour
MTBF
Performance values reflect maximums measured under test conditions
and may vary based on configuration and features enabled
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
ORDERING
N60
Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall
N60 Appliance
N60
Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall
N60 spare unit
N60SPU
Forcepoint Next-Generation Firewall
Appliance Evaluation
N60
URL Filtering
FPURL1X
Advanced Malware Detection
FPAMD1X
60 Series Power Supply Kit
Relative humidity non-condensing
Safety certification
EMI certification
1.070 kg /
2.145 kg
100-240 VAC
50-60 Hz, 40 W
15 W
21.72 W
74.06 BTU
Minimum 652,732 hours
MTBF at 25°C
0° to ~40° C (32° to ~104°F)
-20° to ~80° C
(-4° to ~176°F)
10% - 90%
CE, CB, UL, LVD, RoHS 3.
REACH, FCC, BIS, KCC
FCC Sub Part 47 “B”
NETWORK INTERFACES
N60
Fixed Ethernet interfaces
4 x 1 GbE, RJ45
Wireless
Connectors
ACP120
225 x 44 x 150 mm /
8.9 x 1.7 x 5.9 in
—
2 x USB 3.0, Serial Console,
DC in 12V
forcepoint.com/contact
© 2021 Forcepoint. Forcepoint and the FORCEPOINT logo are trademarks of Forcepoint.
All other trademarks used in this document are the property of their respective owners.
[NGFW-60-Series-Datasheet-EN] 10Feb2021
143
2
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-01
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
12. System Architect/Schematic Diagram
LEGENDS & ABBREVIATIONS :
SYMBOLS
DESCRIPTION
CAT6A CABLE
SLAB
2x6 CORE MULTIMODE FIBRE CABLE
RISER
24CORE SINGLE MODE FIBRE CABLE
RISER
INTERCOM SYSTEM MAIN ENTRANCE PANEL
SECURITY INTERCOM GUARD UNIT
(CONNECTS TO SECURITY RACK)
INTERCOM RECEPTION GUARD UNIT
(CONNECTS TO ICT RACK)
APARTMENT AUDIO INTERCOM HANDFREE SET
HELP POINT
MOUNTING
HEIGHT
VIDEO HELP POINT INTERCOM PANEL
SINGLE OUTLET BMS
PHASE-03A
MASTER KEY PLAN:
N
Bldg 8
Q
1300mm FFL
FCC ROOM
RECEPTION DESK
1300mm FFL
SHEET-4 of 4
Bldg 6
1300mm FFL/
PEDESTAL POST
SHEET-2 of 4
TO BE CONFIRMED WITH
BMS CONTRACTOR
Bldg 7
SHEET-3 of 4
SHEET-1 of 4
MJL-PH3A
2
MJL-PH3A-O-SE-40002
I
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ACCESS
CONTROL SYSTEM
1
MJL-PH3A-S-IN-32001
E
INTERCOM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
NO. DRG. NO.
REV
DESCRIPTION
REFERENCES
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
18
19
CABLE MANAGER
24 PORT FIBRE
PATCH PANEL
14
15
17
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
6
7
8
16
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
CABLE MANAGER
24 PORT FIBRE
PATCH PANEL
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
7
9
8
8
10
9
9
11
11
10
10
12
12
11
11
13
13
12
12
14
CABLE MANAGER
24 PORT FIBRE
PATCH PANEL
14
15
B7-4F-ICT RACK
27U
16
17
13
19
18
20
20
19
21
21
20
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
25
25
25
26
26
27 U
27
27
FTR ROOM
15
16
17
18
23
14
15
19
22
13
14
16
17
18
2KVA UPS
6
9
22
27 U
4
7
20
2KVA UPS
3
5
6
17
21
2
3
5
19
21
27
1
2
4
18
20
26
1
10
16
16
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
6
7
8
15
15
B6-4F-ICT RACK
27U
1
3KVA UPS
21
17
B8-4F-ICT RACK
27U
18
19
20
22
24
23
23
25
24
24
26
27
FTR ROOM
00
10.08.22
REV
DATE
FOR APPROVAL
NM
PK
CHKD
APP.
21
22
25
25
26
26
27
27
FTR ROOM
DESCRIPTION
REVISIONS
CLIENT:
PROJECT:
Design and Construction of Madinat Jumeirah Living
(Phase 3A) Residential Buildings
Asayel 1 (Building-06) G+10, Asayel 2 (Building-07) G+7 &
Asayel 3 (Building-08) G+8 on Plot No. 3660509, Umm Suqeim 3, Dubai.
CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE:
ARCHITECTURAL CONSULTANT:
LEAD D&B CONSULTANT:
MAIN ICT RACK
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
CABLE MANAGER
GATE BARRIER
HELP POINT
GUARD ROOM
HELP POINT
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
18
19
20
21
22
8
23
23
9
10
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
24
24
10
25
25
11
11
11
11
11
11
26
26
12
12
12
12
12
27
27
13
13
13
13
13
28
28
14
14
14
14
14
29
29
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
16
16
16
16
16
16
31
31
17
17
17
17
17
17
32
32
18
18
19
19
20
20
B6-GF-ICT RACK
18
18
19
19
20
27U
B7-GF-ICT RACK
20
21
21
27U
B8-GF-ICT RACK
33
18
21
36
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
38
38
39
39
37
3KVA UPS
37
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
26
26
26
26
26
26
41
41
27
27
27
27
27
FTR ROOM
27
42
FTR ROOM
27U
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
Khalifa Juma Al Nabooda & Khalid Khalifa Al Nabooda & Company
36
24
25
27U
AL SAHEL
35
22
23
2KVA UPS
D&B MAIN CONTRACTOR:
34
35
21
22
23
2KVA UPS
CORE SWITCH
33
34
19
20
27U
21
22
24
Tel: 9714 2857324 Fax: 9714 2851609 P.O. Box: 3815 Dubai
42
SYSTEM INTEGRATOR:
42U
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
2
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
BUILDING-08
SEC.CONTROL ROOM
SECURITY RACK
MTR RACK
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
35
27
28
33
34
B6-BF-IDF-RACK
35
36
42U
36
36
36
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
B8-BF-IDF-RACK
SAIFCO
Electromechanical Works (LLC)
DRAWING TITLE:
34
35
42U
36
37
38
39
40
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
42
42
42
42
42
42
42
ICT SCHEMATIC
42U
MTR ROOM
Office 312, Safina Building
Oud Metha, Dubai U.A.E
Tel: 043366602
www.saifcomep.com
33
41
SECURITY EQUIPMENT ROOM
SUB CONTRACTOR:
28
42
47U
ELEC. ROOM
CABLE MANAGER
14
21
2
17
22
4
13
20
1
14
21
4
9
13
14
16
4
10
13
20
4
9
11
12
15
3
10
10
11
12
19
2
3
9
10
18
1
2
3
10
9
15
1
2
3
9
9
12
19
FTR ROOM
CABLE MANAGER
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
7
8
17
1
2
CABLE MANAGER
6
7
8
16
1
10
18
2KVA UPS
48 POE NETWORK
EDGE SWITCH
24 PORT CAT6
PATCH PANEL
24 PORT FIBRE
PATCH PANEL
4
5
FTR. ROOM
SCALE
DATE
DRAWN BY
N.T.S
10.08.2022
SH
CHECKED BY APPROVED BY
NM
DRAWING NO.
J260-SFCO-CO-SD-INT-SCH-003
PK
REVISION
00
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
13. List of Project Executed
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
S No:
1.
Project Name
Zayed Miltary Hospital
Avenue Retail
Development
Location
Abu Dhabi
Systems
Structured Cabling System,
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
3.
Dana Mall
Ajman
Structured Cabling System
4.
Jumeirah Retail
Development
Dubai
5.
Yahar Mall
Al Ain
6.
Scholar’s Academy
Sharjah
7.
Foremarke School
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
8.
ADNOC Filling Station
(14 nos)
Ajman, Samran,
Wasit, Maeeha,
UAQ, Khaleej Al
Arabi, Batha al
Hayer, Al magma,
Al Wagan, Al
Haffar, Al
Marfaa,Al Dhafra.
Structured Cabling System
9.
Legnano FZE Factory and
Office Building
Dubai
2.
Structured Cabling System
Structured Cabling System
Structured Cabling System
Structured Cabling System
Client
CMW
Meraas
Development
Abdullah Amin
Group
Consultant
Amana
Dewan Architect &
Engineers
Contractor
Amana
Mazaya
Contral Contracting
Wasl
Bel Yoahah
Al Shirawi
Magdi Ghareed
Naser Al
Ahbaby
Scholars
International
Group
City Foundation
Engineering
Consultants
Al Futtaim MEP
John R. Harris &
Partners
Jasaf
Evolvence
Brewer Smith Brewer
Gulf
Bilt Middle East
ADNOC
Al Thorath
Engineering
Consultants
Ali Moosa & Sons
Legnano
Al Futtaim MEP
Bridgeway
10.
Light Industrial Unit,
Silicon Oasis
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
DSOA
Naga
System Construct
11.
Technohub
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
DSOA
NEB
Al Andalos
12.
Dynergy Factory
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Dynergy
Ian Banham &
Associates
Omega
13.
Emirates Flight Catering
Dubai Airport
Structured Cabling System
Emirates
NEB
Transgulf
14.
Emirates Flight Catering Staff Accommodation
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Emirates
Archon
Fawaz
15.
Emirates NBD Building
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Emirates NBD
16.
Kaloti Gold Refinery
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Kaloti Group
17.
ADNOC Filling Station
18.
19.
20.
21.
City Seasons Hotel
Royal City Seasons
Sir Baniyas Island Hotel
Tiffany Tower
22.
Vision Hotel Apartments
(3 towers)
Abu Dhabi
Structured Cabling System
23.
Flamingo Hotel
Abu Dhabi
Structured Cabling System
24.
The First Group Hotel
(G+32)(Wyndham Hotel)
Dubai
25.
Reflections Hotel
Dubai
Ghabat
Baynounah, Abu
Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Dubai
Transgulf
Ian Banham
Al Andalous
Al Thorath
Bridgeway
APG
Nael Energy
Norr
WS Atkins
Hilaco
Trinity
Syr Consult
Al Nasr Middle
East
Flamingo
Syr Consult
Square General
Structured Cabling System
New Dubai
Properties
Al Ajmi
Sterling
Structured Cabling System
Falaknaz
Archgroup
Al Shirawi
ADNOC
Structured Cabling System
Structured
Structured
Structured
Structured
Cabling
Cabling
Cabling
Cabling
System
System
System
System
City Seasons
City Seasons
TDIC
Tiffany Realty
Mr. Ahamad
Mobroak Al
mazroay
Yas Marina
26.
Yas Marina Enhancement
Abu Dhabi
Structured Cabling System
27.
Al Khaili Tower
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Bhatia Group
Federal
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Bhatia Group
Federal
Sharjah
Structured Cabling System
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Emirates
Engineering
Khatib & Alami
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Yousef Ahmed
Khalil Al Baker
Cayan
Damac
32.
Akoya Golf Community
(Hotel Apartments)
127 Villas at Jumeirah
Village
46 Villas at Jumeirah
Village
Al Nahda Tower
(G+5P+40+R)
Infinity Tower (G+6P+72)
33.
Burj Damac 5
28.
29.
30.
31.
34.
B+G+8+R
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Al Khaili
Group
Damac
Aecom
Al Nasr
Shadeed
REMCO
NAGA
Conversion MEP
Bhatia General
Cont.
Bhatia General
Cont.
Zoom Emirates
Drake & Scull
Lacasa
Fawaz
Abdul Mohd.
Ahmed Al
Zarooni Al
Bafta
Abdul Rahim
Architectural
Consultants
GCC Contracting
Gheyath
Mohammad
Al Ajmi
GINCO
Electromechanical
EM Square
Bhatia General
Cont.
35.
B+G+9+R
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
36.
G+6+Pool+Gym
Residential Plot 20-006
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
37.
SCA Building
4B+G+10+HC
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Emirates real
estate Co Op
Archon Engineering
Consultant
Bu Haleeba
Contracting
38.
Park Corner
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Drake & Scull
TNQ.
Drake & Scull
Bhatia Group
39.
40.
41.
42.
43
44.
45
46
47
48
49
50
Akoya Golf Community
(G+7) Golf Residences
B+G+16 @ Business Bay
Hatta Staff
Accommodation
ADNOC Staff
accommodation
Mall of Emirates
Expansion
Damac Ghalia
G+14 @ Business Bay
G+18 @ Business Bay
G+22 Hotel @ Marina
G+18 Hotel @ Business
Bay
Intercity Hotel @ Jadaf
Damac Paramount
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Damac
Mr.
Abdulrehman
Mohd. Taher
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Ministry of
Health
Ruwais
Structured Cabling System
ADNOC
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
MAF
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Damac
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Mr.
Abdulrehman
Mohd. Wali
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Mr.
Abdulrehman
Mohd. Wali
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
New Dubai
Properties
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
The First Group
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Intercity Hotels
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Damac
NAGA
Fawaz
Al Ajmi
Fawaz
Bel Yoahah
Drake & Scull
ECG Engineering
Consultant Group
Holford
Associates/WSP
Engg. Consortium
Al Ajmi
Al Ajmi
Al Ajmi
Al Ajmi
Erga Progress
KEO
System Construct
Drake & Scull
Conversion
Remco
Remco
Wafa
Electromechanical
Technomech
Technomech
TAV
51
52.
53
54
55
Arkiteknik
International
Consulting Engineers
Wafi Mall & Hotel Expansion Dubai
Structured Cabling System
MKM Holdings
Khalidiya Plaza Views
Abu Dhabi
Structured Cabling System
TMKV Property Bayati Architects
81 villas ,Al Furjan
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
DIGO Real
Estate
Developments
B+G+16 Hotel
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
AlSahil Alakhder
Al Ajmi
commercial
brokers LLC
Technomech
Dubai Creek Harbour
Development Plot !8 A
Dubai
Structured Cabling System
Emaar Properties Atkins
Emirates Falcon
Electromechanical
LLC
Drake & Scull
Drake & Scull
Barbuda
Arkiplan Consulting
Architects & Engineers Electromechanical
LLC
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
14. Company Profile
,%$06\VWHPVVWDUWHGLWVRSHUDWLRQVLQDVDILUPVXSSO\LQJWHOHFRPHTXLSPHQWVLQ
'XEDL 8QLWHG $UDE (PLUDWHV ,%$0 ZDV LQFRUSRUDWHG LQWR D /LPLWHG /LDELOLW\
&RPSDQ\DVSDUWRIDQH[SDQVLRQVWUDWHJ\LQ6XEVHTXHQWO\,%$0H[SDQGHGLWV
SURGXFWSRUWIROLRWRLQFOXGHYRLFHGDWDQHWZRUNLQJSURGXFWVDQGVHFXULW\V\VWHPV
,QWKHFRPSDQ\H[SDQGHGLWVRSHUDWLRQVWRLQFOXGHWKHFRPSOHWHUDQJHRIVDIHW\
VHFXULW\ EXLOGLQJ DXWRPDWLRQPDQDJHPHQW V\VWHPV ,EDP SURYLGHV HQG WR HQG
VROXWLRQV IRU WKH /9 DQG (/9 V\VWHPV 7KLV LQFOXGHV VXSSRUW IRU GHVLJQ VDOHV PDUNHWLQJ LQVWDOODWLRQ FRPPLVVLRQLQJ SURMHFW PDQDJHPHQW VHUYLFH DQG VXSSRUW
WUDLQLQJHWF«LQ/RZ9ROWDJH /9 DQG([WUD/RZ9ROWDJH (/9 V\VWHPVWRFOLHQWV
JRYHUQPHQW GHSDUWPHQWV RLO ILHOGV FRPSDQLHV KRWHOV FRQVXOWDQWV SURMHFW PDQDJHUV
FRQWUDFWRUVGHYHORSHUVRIKLJKULVHFRPPHUFLDOUHVLGHQWLDOSURMHFWVHWF«6RPHRIWKH
SURGXFWVVHUYLFHVSURYLGHGE\,%$0DUH
• #EEGUU%QPVTQN
• #KTETCHV9CTPKPI.KIJVU
• #WFKQ8KFGQ+PVGTEQO5[UVGOU
• #WFKQ8KUWCN5[UVGOU #WFKQ8KFGQ%QPHGTGPEG5[UVGOUGVE
• $WKNFKPI/CPCIGOGPV5[UVGOU $/5
• %CT2CTM/CPCIGOGPV5[UVGO
• %%685[UVGOU
• %GPVTCN$CVVGT[CPF'OGTIGPE[.KIJVKPI5[UVGOU
• %QPHGTGPEKPICPF5KOWNVCPGQWU+PVGTRTGVCVKQP5[UVGOU
• &CVC$CPFYKFVJ/CPCIGOGPV5[UVGOU
• (KTG#NCTO5[UVGOU
• *GNKRCF.KIJVKPI5[UVGOU
• *QOG#WVQOCVKQP5[UVGOU
• *QVGN+PVGTCEVKXG68
• *QVGN4QQO/CPCIGOGPV5[UVGOU
• +65GEWTKV[5[UVGOU
• /CUVGT%NQEM5[UVGOU
• 0WTUG%CNN5[UVGOU
• 2WDNKE#FFTGUUCPF/CUU0QVKHKECVKQP5[UVGOU
• 4(+&Ō2GTUQPPGN6TCEMKPICPF#UUGV/CPCIGOGPV
• 5GEWTKV[5[UVGOU
• 5/#68+2685[UVGOU
• 5VTWEVWTGF%CDNKPI8QKEG&CVC0GVYQTMKPI5[UVGOU
#DW&JCDK21$QZ#DW&JCDK6GN (CZ 2CIGQH
,%$0KDVH[HFXWHGDQXPEHURIFRPPHUFLDODQGUHVLGHQWLDOSURMHFWVLQ'XEDLGXULQJ
WKH SDVW ILYH \HDUV ,Q DGGLWLRQ WR WKH 8$( PDUNHW ,%$0 KDV EHHQ VXSSO\LQJ
HTXLSPHQWWRRWKHU0LGGOH(DVWDQG$IULFD 0($ FRXQWULHVDVZHOO
,%$0SURYLGHVWKHFRPSOHWHUDQJHRISURGXFWVDQGV\VWHPVLQWKH(/9VHFWRU7KHVH
SURGXFWV DUH HLWKHU GLUHFWO\ UHSUHVHQWHG E\ ,%$0 RU RXWVRXUFHG EDVHG RQ SURMHFW
UHTXLUHPHQWV ,%$0 ZLWK LWV WHDP RI H[SHULHQFHG HQJLQHHUV DQGWHFKQLFLDQV RIIHUV D
FRPSUHKHQVLYH UDQJH RI VHUYLFHV OLNH GHVLJQ VXSSRUW VXSSO\ WHVWLQJ FRPPLVVLRQLQJ
DQGWUDLQLQJ,%$0RIIHUVDFDOORXWIDFLOLW\WRVXSSRUWXQGHUZDUUDQW\MREVDQG
$0&V
0DQXIDFWXUHUVUHSUHVHQWHGE\,%$0
7KH IROORZLQJ DUH VRPH RI WKH PDQXIDFWXUHV FXUUHQWO\ UHSUHVHQWHG E\ ,%$0 LQ WKH
8$(,%$0LVLQWKHSURFHVVRIDFTXLULQJDGGLWLRQDOSURGXFWVWRSURYLGHDFRPSOHWH
SDFNDJHRI/9(/9V\VWHPV
)TQUXGPQT6GEJPQNQI[8.
*URVYHQRU 7HFKQRORJ\ LV D JOREDO OHDGHU LQ WKH KLJKO\ VSHFLDOL]HG VHFWRU RI CEEGUU
EQPVTQN CPF CFXCPEGF UGEWTKV[ OCPCIGOGPV U[UVGOU *URVYHQRU 7HFKQRORJ\
HQJDJHV WKH NHHQHVW DQG PRVW FUHDWLYH ,7 PLQGV WR FRQIURQW DQG PDQDJH WKH
FRPSOH[LWLHV RI FRUSRUDWH VHFXULW\ 6WURQJ HPSKDVLV RQ LQQRYDWLYH WKLQNLQJ DQG
PHWLFXORXVV\VWHPGHVLJQOHDGVWKHZD\DQGHQDEOHV*URVYHQRU7HFKQRORJ\WRLQLWLDWH
QHZSURGXFWVLQDQWLFLSDWLRQRIPDUNHWQHHGV
ZZZJURVYHQRUWHFKQRORJ\FRP
%QQRGT+PFWUVTKGU86$
&RRSHU LV D OHDGLQJ PDQXIDFWXUHU RI HOHFWULFDO DQG OLIH VDIHW\VHFXULW\ SURGXFWV ZLWK
IDFLOLWLHV DURXQG WKH JOREH 6RPH RI WKH SURGXFWV WKDW &RRSHU PDQXIDFWXUHV DUH )LUH
$ODUP 6\VWHPV &HQWUDO %DWWHU\ DQG (PHUJHQF\ 6\VWHPV 0DVV 1RWLILFDWLRQ
6\VWHPV6HFXULW\6\VWHPVHWF&RRSHULVODUJHVWPDQXIDFWXUHRIHPHUJHQF\OLJKWLQJ
V\VWHPV
ZZZFRRSHULQGXVWULHVFRP
%NKRUCN$XVWUDOLD
7KH ZRUOG IDPRXV &OLSVDO EUDQG LV $XVWUDOLD·V QXPEHU RQH EUDQG RI HOHFWULFDO
DFFHVVRULHV (VWDEOLVKHG LQ &OLSVDO LV D PDUNHW OHDGHU LQ OLJKWLQJ FRQWURO
VROXWLRQVDQGKRPHDXWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV&OLSVDO·VSURGXFWUDQJHLVPDQXIDFWXUHGDW
LWVKHDGRIILFHLQ%RZGHQ6RXWK$XVWUDOLDDVZHOODVUHJLRQDOVDWHOOLWHIDFWRULHV
ZZZFOLSVDOFRPDX
&GNVC%QPVTQNU&DQDGD
)RU PRUH WKDQ \HDUV 'HOWD &RQWUROV KDV RIIHUHG GHSHQGDEOH DQG XVHUIULHQGO\
EXLOGLQJ PDQDJHPHQW %06 VROXWLRQV WR FRPPHUFLDO JRYHUQPHQW DQG UHWDLO
EXLOGLQJVDVZHOODVVFKRROVXQLYHUVLWLHVKRVSLWDOVDLUSRUWVDQGPRUH'HOWDGHOLYHUHG
WKHZRUOG·VILUVWIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGQDWLYH%$&QHWEXLOGLQJVROXWLRQHQFRPSDVVLQJ+9$&
/LJKWLQJDQG$FFHVVSURGXFWV
ZZZGHOWDFRQWUROVFRP
$NCPMQO*HUPDQ\
7HOHYHV GHYHORSV PDQXIDFWXUHV DQG SURYLGHV LQQRYDWLYH DQG VWDWHRIWKHDUW KHDGHQG
VROXWLRQV IRU ,3 79 GLJLWDO DQG DQDORJ YLGHR GLVWULEXWLRQ DQG PHHWV WKH KLJKHVW
2CIGQH
TXDOLW\VWDQGDUGV0RGHUQSURGXFWLRQIDFLOLWLHVDVZHOODVLPSOHPHQWDWLRQRIKLJKTXDOLW\
FRPSRQHQWVDVVXUHH[FHOOHQWWHFKQLFDOSURGXFWFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDQGORQJOLIHWLPH
ZZZWHOHYHVFRP
#':5[UVGO*QNFKPIU2V[.6&$XVWUDOLD
$(; 6\VWHP ZDV IRXQGHG LQ ZLWK D YLVLRQ RI GHYHORSLQJ DQG PDQXIDFWXULQJ
3XEOLF$GGUHVV 3$ 6\VWHPV(YHQLQWKHHDUO\GD\VRILQFHSWLRQ$(;6\VWHPKDG
VWURQJO\ EHOLHYHG WKDW WKH PRVW LPSRUWDQW IXQFWLRQ RI D 3$ 6\VWHP ZDV WR VDYH OLYHV
GXULQJDQHPHUJHQF\%DVHGRQWKDWSULQFLSOHXSWRWRGD\$(;6\VWHPKDVDGYDQFHG
WUHPHQGRXVO\ LQ WKH GHVLJQ FUHDWLRQDQG PDUNHWLQJRI DFUHGLWDEOH UDQJH RISURGXFWV
&RQVWDQW LQYHVWPHQW LQ UHVHDUFKDQG GHYHORSPHQW KDV HQDEOHG $(; 6\VWHP WR FRPH
XS ZLWK SURGXFWV WKDW UDQN DPRQJ WKH WRS LQ WKH ZRUOG V SURIHVVLRQDO SXEOLF DGGUHVV
DQG VRXQG UHLQIRUFHPHQW WHFKQRORJ\ VHFWRU $(; 6\VWHP SURGXFWV DUH FXUUHQWO\
LQVWDOOHGLQRYHUORFDWLRQVIRUPLQJWKHFRUQHUVWRQHRIKLJKTXDOLW\VRXQGV\VWHPV
LQVRPHRIWKHPRVWWHFKQRORJLFDOO\DGYDQFHGDQGVRSKLVWLFDWHGEXLOGLQJVLQWKHZRUOG
ZZZDH[V\VWHPVFRP
/KFKVGE*HUPDQ\
0LGLWHF PDQXIDFWXUHV GHYHORSV DQG LPSOHPHQWV UHOLDEOH DQG FUHDWLYH SURMHFWVROXWLRQV
IRUWLPHUHFRUGLQJDQG VHFXULW\V\VWHPV²ZLWKFXVWRPL]HGKDUGZDUHDQGVRIWZDUH
IURP RQH VRXUFH +RZHYHU ODUJH WKH FRPSDQ\ ZKDWHYHU WKH LQGXVWU\ 0LGLWHF KDV
VROXWLRQVIURPVLQJOHXVHUWRFRPSOH[V\VWHPV0LGLWHFVROXWLRQVDUHH[SDQGDEOHDWDQ\
WLPH DQG ZLWKRXW UHVWULFWLRQ 6ROXWLRQV FDQ EH FXVWRPL]HG RSWLPDOO\ WR PHHW DQ\
UHTXLUHPHQWVDQGFDQEHFRQWUROOHGLQDQDEVROXWHO\XVHUIULHQGO\IDVKLRQYLDLQWUDQHW
DQGLQWHUQHW1DWXUDOO\WKHVHVROXWLRQVDUHPXOWLOLQJXDODQGKDYHPXOWLFOLHQWFDSDELOLW\
ZZZPLGLWHFGH
7TOGV,WDO\
8UPHW'RPXVLVWKHOHDGLQJ,WDOLDQFRPSDQ\VSHFLDOL]HGLQWKHKRPHFRPPXQLFDWLRQV
DQG RIILFH DXWRPDWLRQ VHFWRU ,WV DUHDV RI DFWLYLW\ DUH KRPH HQWU\SKRQHV YLGHR
HQWU\SKRQHVGLJLWDOWHFKQRORJ\V\VWHPVIRULQWHJUDWLQJVHUYLFHVDQGLQWHJUDWHG
SKRQHHQWU\SKRQHV\VWHPV
ZZZXUPHWGRPXVFRP
$QUEJ5GEWTKV[86$
%RVFKGHVLJQVDQGPDQXIDFWXUHVSRZHUIXOKDUGZDUHSODWIRUPVDQGIOH[LEOHV\VWHPVIRU
VHFXULW\YLGHRVXUYHLOODQFH &&79 OLIHVDIHW\FRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGSURIHVVLRQDO
DXGLR
ZZZERVFKVHFXULW\FRP
6GNGEQT&DQDGD
7HOHFRU FRPSDQ\ IRUPHG LQ GHVLJQV DQG PDQXIDFWXUHV D UDQJH RI LQQRYDWLYH
KLJKTXDOLW\FRPPXQLFDWLRQVSURGXFWV7HOHFRUSUHVHQWO\PDQXIDFWXUHVVWDWHRIWKHDUW
0DVWHU &ORFN 6\VWHPV 1XUVH &DOO 6\VWHPV &RQIHUHQFLQJ 6\VWHPV 3& EDVHG
3%6V\VWHPV$GPLQLVWUDWLYH&RPPXQLFDWLRQ6\VWHPVHWF
ZZZWHOHFRUFRP
8KORGZ7-
9LPSH[ DUH VSHFLDOLVW PDQXIDFWXUHUV DQG ZRUOGZLGH GLVWULEXWRUV RI DODUP DQG
DQFLOODU\ SURGXFWV IRU WKH ILUH DQG VHFXULW\ LQGXVWU\ DQG ZDWHU OHDN GHWHFWLRQ
V\VWHP 7KH +\GURVHQVH :DWHU 'HWHFWLRQ 6\VWHP LV GHVLJQHG WR SURWHFW DUHDV ZKHUH
2CIGQH
ZDWHUOHDNDJHFRXOGVHULRXVO\GDPDJHHOHFWULFDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGFRPSXWHUQHWZRUNV
DQGFDQEHLQVWDOOHGLQDZLGHUDQJHRIDSSOLFDWLRQV
ZZZYLPSH[FRXN
(/5*QURKVCNKV[2VG5KPICRQTG
)06 +RVSLWDOLW\ 3WH /WG )RUPHO\ NQRZQ DV (NGEQP 0XOWL 6\VWHP 3WH /WG LV WKH
RULJLQDO SLRQHHU DQG VSHFLDOLVW LQ WKH +RWHO ,QURRP &RQWURO DQG 0DQDJHPHQW
6\VWHPV (VWDEOLVKHG VLQFH )06 KDV QRW RQO\ GHYRWHG WR SURYLGH VROXWLRQV WR
PHHWHDFKKRWHOLHU VXQLTXHUHTXLUHPHQWVEXWDOVRWRRWKHUFXVWRPHUVLQWKHKRVSLWDOLW\
LQGXVWULHV )RU RYHU GHFDGHV )06 V VROXWLRQV KDYH EHHQ VXFFHVVIXOO\ LQVWDOOHG DQG
LPSOHPHQWHGLQPRUHWKDQURRPVJOREDOO\
ZZZIOHFRQFRPVJ
8KUKQP/KUUKQPCPF8CNWGU
8KUKQP
7R EH WKH SURYLGHU RI FKRLFH IRU VDIHW\ VHFXULW\ EXLOGLQJ DXWRPDWLRQPDQDJHPHQW
V\VWHPVDQGVHUYLFHVLQWKH8$(DQGWKHUHVWRIWKH*&&
/KUUKQP
,%$0 VKDOO PHHW DQG H[FHHG WKH QHHGV DQG H[SHFWDWLRQV RI RXU FXVWRPHUV WKHUHE\
SURYLGHFRPSOHWHFXVWRPHUVDWLVIDFWLRQ
8CNWGU
+PVGITKV[
,%$0 DGKHUHV WR D FRQVLVWHQW VWDQGDUG RI KRQHVW\ DQG UHOLDELOLW\ :H DUH
FRPPLWWHG WR PDNLQJ WKH ULJKW GHFLVLRQV EDVHG RQ WKH KLJKHVW VWDQGDUGV RI
SURIHVVLRQDOSUDFWLFH
5VGYCTFUJKR
:H DUH GHYRWHG WR WKH FXOWLYDWLRQ RI ORQJWHUP DQG PXWXDOO\ UHZDUGLQJ
UHODWLRQVKLSV ZLWK RXU HPSOR\HHV FOLHQWV EXVLQHVV SDUWQHUV DQG DVVRFLDWHV DQG
WDNHSHUVRQDOUHVSRQVLELOLW\WRKHOSHDFKRWKHUVXFFHHG
+PXGUVOGPV
:H LQYHVW LQ RXU EXVLQHVV DQG RXU SHRSOH ZH JURZ DQG GHYHORS WR DQWLFLSDWH
DQGPHHWFKDQJLQJQHHGV
6GCOYQTM
:HFRRSHUDWHFROODERUDWHDQGFUHDWHLQQRYDWLYHVROXWLRQV
'ZEGNNGPEG
:HVWULYHWRH[FHHGH[SHFWDWLRQVDQGH[SHFWQRWKLQJOHVVWKDQWKHKLJKHVWOHYHO
RISHUIRUPDQFH:HDUHFRPPLWWHGWRXQFRPSURPLVLQJTXDOLW\
6JGUGXCNWGU
• )XHORXUPLVVLRQ
• /D\WKHJURXQGZRUNIRUODVWLQJUHODWLRQVKLSVZLWKRXUVWDIIFXVWRPHUV
DQGSDUWQHUV
• $UH WKH TXDOLWLHV ZH VHHN HQFRXUDJH DQG UHZDUG LQ ,%$0 WHDP
PHPEHUV
2CIGQH
Quality Policy:
Our Quality Policy starts and ends with the customer as a focal point: understanding
the customer’s requirements, designing optimal solutions to meet those requirements,
building systems and processes in place to ensure quality at every stage, and achieving
our commitments on delivery and service before and after sales. It is our endeavor to
create a culture of Total Quality where continuous improvement of our people, our
processes and our products become a way of life.
Health Safety and Environmental (HSE) Policy:
IBAM aligns its business practices and principles by committing to excellence in
environmental performance, and the health and safety of our employees, customers,
and communities. Meeting this commitment is a primary management objective and the
individual and collective responsibility of all IBAM employees. Our objectives are to:
 Meet or exceed applicable environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations
and other requirements;
 Continually improve our performance-based HSE Management Systems;
 Ensure that our business practices and services are aligned with our HSE policies
and goals;
 Minimize the environmental impact of our operations by conserving natural
resources, eliminating waste, reusing and recycling materials, and responsibly
managing energy use;
 Motivate and prepare all employees to take personal accountability for protecting
the environment and creating a safe and healthy workplace; and
 Be a leader in deploying and promoting innovative, cost-effective environmental,
health, and safety programs and procedures.
IBAM will periodically review and improve this policy, communicate it to all
employees.
******
Page 5 of 5
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
15. Valid Civil Defence/SIRA card/Local Authority
(certificate)
‫ﺷﻬﺎدة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
Registration Certificate
‫ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺄن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺎﺗﺼﺎﻟﺎت وﻟﺎﺋﺤﺘﻪ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻳﺔ‬2003 ‫ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬3 ‫اﺳﺘﻨﺎدا اﻟﻰ اﺣﻜﺎم اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮم ﺑﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﺗﺤﺎدي رﻗﻢ‬
‫ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺎﺗﺼﺎﻟﺎت ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬،‫وﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬
Based on the Federal Law by Decree No. 3 of 2003 - Regarding Organization of the Telecommunication Sector
and its Executive Order and their amendments The Telecommunication Regulatory Authority (TRA) registers.
‫اﻳﺒﺎم ﻟﻠﺎﻧﻈﻤﺔ ش ذ م م‬
IBAM SYSTEMS LLC
Certificate Number :
0023179/10
: ‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة‬
‫وذﻟﻚ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮوط واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ واﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺎت واﻟﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﺪى اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﺎع اﻟﺈﺗﺼﺎﻟﺎت‬
According to the terms, conditions, policies and regulation of the TRA for the periodDate of Issue : 14-Nov-2020
14-Nov-2020
: ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﺈﺻﺪار‬
Date of Expiry : 13-Nov-2025
13-Nov-2025
: ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺼﻠﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
16. Method Statement/Fixing detail for
installation
will be provided seperately
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
17. Storing/Handling the Material
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
On receipt of the SCS Material at site necessary precautions shall be taken for unloading, shifting and
storage, as follows: 
All delivered material shall be inspected on arrival at the site.

The delivered materials shall be inspected in accordance with the approved design, approved
shop drawing; materials approvals and all applicable documentation and certification shall be
available with the delivery.

Any material delivered to the site that not conforming to the above shall be returned to the
point of supply and to be replaced with approved materials.

No materials will be permitted to enter the works locations without being inspected on arrival
to the site.

Inspect the materials visually for any mechanical/physical damage that may occur during
transport. Any Discrepancies, damage etc., shall be notified immediately for further action.

Materials shall be stored in protected environment and in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.

Proper care shall be taken while moving and handling the materials.

The storage area must be free from loose debris above so as not to damage the materials.
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
18. Scope Of Work
SCOPE OF WORK MATRIX
SNO
1
LIST OF SYSTEM
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
WORK DESCRIPTION
SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION
CONSTRUCTION NOC
CONTAINMENT
CABLE PULLING
CABLE TERMINATION/PATCHING
CABLE TESTING
DEVICE INSTALLATION
IDENTIFICATION LABEL
IDF RACK INSTALLATION
42U RACK INSTALLATION
3PHASE ISOLATOR
GROUNDING
PANEL SIDE CABLE TERMINATION/PATCHING/SPICING
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
AUTHORITY APPROVAL
WARRANTY FROM TOC
HANDOVER
DLP FOR ONE YEAR
SCOPE OF WORKS
SAIFCO
IBAM
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
REMARKS
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
19. Load Calculation
UPS LOAD CALCULATION
IDF cabinet at B6 Ground floor ; B7 Ground floor& B8 Ground Floor
Items
Qty
Wattage
Total Wattage
48 Port POE Switch
1
456.00
456.00
456.00
Total Consumption (watts)
Considering 20% spare =
547.20 W
Assuming power factor 0.9 ,
kVA rating = 0.61 kVA
Hence, a Standard 2 kVA UPS is proposed.
IDF cabinet at B6 Fourth Floor ,B7 Fourth Floor
Items
Qty
Wattage
48 Port POE Switch
2
456.00
Total Consumption (watts)
Total Wattage
912.00
912.00
Considering 20% spare =
1,094.40 W
Assuming power factor 0.9 ,
kVA rating = 1.22 kVA
Hence, a Standard 2 kVA UPS is proposed
IDF cabinet at B8 Fourth Floor
Items
Qty
Wattage
48 Port POE Switch
3
456.00
Total Consumption (watts)
Total Wattage
1,368.00
1,368.00
Considering 20% spare =
1,641.60
Assuming power factor 0.9 ,
kVA rating = 1.82 kVA
Hence, a Standard 2 kVA UPS is proposed
MAIN ICT RACK at B8 Ground Floor
Items
Qty
Wattage
Core Switch
2
159.00
Core Switch main control unit
4
48.00
Core Switch fabric unit
4
137.00
firewall
1
21.72
Server farm switch
2
59.00
Total Consumption (watts)
Total Wattage
318.00
192.00
548.00
21.72
118.00
1,197.72
Considering 20% spare =
1,437.26
Assuming power factor 0.9 ,
kVA rating = 1.60 kVA
Hence, a Standard 3 kVA UPS is proposed considering future expansion.
UPS RUNTIME CHART
3KVA UPS
2KVA UPS
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
20. Rack Details & Patch Panel Schedule
WILL BE PROVIDED SEPERATELY ALONG WITH SHOP DRAWING SUBMISSION.
CLIENT
MAIN CONTRACTOR
Project Title:
MEP SUBCONTRACTOR
Madinat Jumeirah Living Phase – 3A, Jumeriah Umm Suqiem
Doc. Title :
Material Submittal
for ICT Network & Active System
21.
Submittal Ref. No.
J260-SFCO-MEP-MAT-EL-034-02
Rev.
03
Date
25-10-2022
Annexure
PORT SCHEDULE & BANDWIDTH
NETWORK EDGE SWITCH
BUILDING B6
FLOOR
IDF
OUTLETS
BF
GF
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
8F
9F
10F
RF
TO GF
1
TO GF
TO 4F
TO 4F
1
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
3
15
11
11
8
8
8
8
8
8
6
4
1
OUTLETS OUTLETS+
SPARE 20%
/ IDF
BANDWIDTH
24POE
48POE
29
34.8
1
70
84
2
BW PER
OUTLET=
1MBPS
3
15
11
11
8
8
8
8
8
8
6
4
1
TOTAL
BW
29
70
BUILDING B7
FLOOR
IDF
OUTLETS
BF
GF
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
RF
TO GF
1
TO GF
TO 4F
TO 4F
1
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
2
17
13
13
13
13
13
6
5
1
FLOOR
IDF
OUTLETS
BF
GF
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
8F
RF
TO GF
1
TO GF
TO 4F
TO 4F
1
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
TO 4F
4
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
11
11
1
OUTLETS OUTLETS+
SPARE 20%
/ IDF
24POE
48POE
32
38.4
1
64
76.8
2
BUILDING B8
OUTLETS
OUTLETS+
/ IDF &
SPARE 20%
MDF
36
43.2
102
24POE
48POE
1
122.4
3
BW PER
OUTLET=
1MBPS
2
17
13
13
13
13
13
6
5
1
BW PER
OUTLET=
1MBPS
4
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
11
11
1
TOTAL
BW
32
64
TOTAL
BW
36
102
POE SWITCH AT MDF (BUILDING 8)
BUILDING 8
OUTLETS
OUTLETS+
SPARE 20%
24POE
SWITCH
CORE SWITCH
SEVER FARM WITCH
2
11
2.4
13.2
2
48POE
2
BW PER
OUTLET
TOTAL
BW
132
20
264
220